1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
10 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
11 // variables in loops.
13 // There are several aspects to this library. First is the representation of
14 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
15 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
16 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
17 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
20 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node). If
21 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
22 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
23 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
26 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
27 // particular expression. These folders are capable of using a variety of
28 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
31 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
32 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
35 // dependence analysis!
37 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 // Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
42 // of closed-form functions
43 // Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 // On computational properties of chains of recurrences
48 // Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
49 // Robert A. van Engelen
51 // Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
52 // Robert A. van Engelen
54 // Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
55 // induction variable substitution
56 // MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
61 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
76 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
77 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
78 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
84 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
85 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Verifier.h"
111 #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h"
112 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
113 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
114 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
115 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
134 using namespace llvm
;
135 using namespace PatternMatch
;
137 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
139 STATISTIC(NumExitCountsComputed
,
140 "Number of loop exits with predictable exit counts");
141 STATISTIC(NumExitCountsNotComputed
,
142 "Number of loop exits without predictable exit counts");
143 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed
,
144 "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
146 #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
147 bool llvm::VerifySCEV
= true;
149 bool llvm::VerifySCEV
= false;
152 static cl::opt
<unsigned>
153 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden
,
154 cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
155 "symbolically execute a constant "
159 static cl::opt
<bool, true> VerifySCEVOpt(
160 "verify-scev", cl::Hidden
, cl::location(VerifySCEV
),
161 cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
162 static cl::opt
<bool> VerifySCEVStrict(
163 "verify-scev-strict", cl::Hidden
,
164 cl::desc("Enable stricter verification with -verify-scev is passed"));
166 static cl::opt
<bool> VerifyIR(
167 "scev-verify-ir", cl::Hidden
,
168 cl::desc("Verify IR correctness when making sensitive SCEV queries (slow)"),
171 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
172 "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden
,
173 cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
176 static cl::opt
<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
177 "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden
,
178 cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
181 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
182 "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden
,
183 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
186 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
187 "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden
,
188 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
191 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
192 "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden
,
193 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
196 static cl::opt
<unsigned>
197 MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden
,
198 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
201 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
202 "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden
,
203 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
205 static cl::opt
<unsigned>
206 MaxCastDepth("scalar-evolution-max-cast-depth", cl::Hidden
,
207 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt/Trunc"),
210 static cl::opt
<unsigned>
211 MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden
,
212 cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
215 static cl::opt
<unsigned>
216 HugeExprThreshold("scalar-evolution-huge-expr-threshold", cl::Hidden
,
217 cl::desc("Size of the expression which is considered huge"),
220 static cl::opt
<unsigned> RangeIterThreshold(
221 "scev-range-iter-threshold", cl::Hidden
,
222 cl::desc("Threshold for switching to iteratively computing SCEV ranges"),
226 ClassifyExpressions("scalar-evolution-classify-expressions",
227 cl::Hidden
, cl::init(true),
228 cl::desc("When printing analysis, include information on every instruction"));
230 static cl::opt
<bool> UseExpensiveRangeSharpening(
231 "scalar-evolution-use-expensive-range-sharpening", cl::Hidden
,
233 cl::desc("Use more powerful methods of sharpening expression ranges. May "
234 "be costly in terms of compile time"));
236 static cl::opt
<unsigned> MaxPhiSCCAnalysisSize(
237 "scalar-evolution-max-scc-analysis-depth", cl::Hidden
,
238 cl::desc("Maximum amount of nodes to process while searching SCEVUnknown "
239 "Phi strongly connected components"),
243 EnableFiniteLoopControl("scalar-evolution-finite-loop", cl::Hidden
,
244 cl::desc("Handle <= and >= in finite loops"),
247 static cl::opt
<bool> UseContextForNoWrapFlagInference(
248 "scalar-evolution-use-context-for-no-wrap-flag-strenghening", cl::Hidden
,
249 cl::desc("Infer nuw/nsw flags using context where suitable"),
252 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
253 // SCEV class definitions
254 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
256 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
257 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
260 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
261 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD
void SCEV::dump() const {
267 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream
&OS
) const {
268 switch (getSCEVType()) {
270 cast
<SCEVConstant
>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS
, false);
276 const SCEVPtrToIntExpr
*PtrToInt
= cast
<SCEVPtrToIntExpr
>(this);
277 const SCEV
*Op
= PtrToInt
->getOperand();
278 OS
<< "(ptrtoint " << *Op
->getType() << " " << *Op
<< " to "
279 << *PtrToInt
->getType() << ")";
283 const SCEVTruncateExpr
*Trunc
= cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(this);
284 const SCEV
*Op
= Trunc
->getOperand();
285 OS
<< "(trunc " << *Op
->getType() << " " << *Op
<< " to "
286 << *Trunc
->getType() << ")";
290 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(this);
291 const SCEV
*Op
= ZExt
->getOperand();
292 OS
<< "(zext " << *Op
->getType() << " " << *Op
<< " to "
293 << *ZExt
->getType() << ")";
297 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(this);
298 const SCEV
*Op
= SExt
->getOperand();
299 OS
<< "(sext " << *Op
->getType() << " " << *Op
<< " to "
300 << *SExt
->getType() << ")";
304 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(this);
305 OS
<< "{" << *AR
->getOperand(0);
306 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= AR
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
307 OS
<< ",+," << *AR
->getOperand(i
);
309 if (AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
311 if (AR
->hasNoSignedWrap())
313 if (AR
->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
314 !AR
->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags
)(FlagNUW
| FlagNSW
)))
316 AR
->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
326 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
327 const SCEVNAryExpr
*NAry
= cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(this);
328 const char *OpStr
= nullptr;
329 switch (NAry
->getSCEVType()) {
330 case scAddExpr
: OpStr
= " + "; break;
331 case scMulExpr
: OpStr
= " * "; break;
332 case scUMaxExpr
: OpStr
= " umax "; break;
333 case scSMaxExpr
: OpStr
= " smax "; break;
340 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
341 OpStr
= " umin_seq ";
344 llvm_unreachable("There are no other nary expression types.");
347 ListSeparator
LS(OpStr
);
348 for (const SCEV
*Op
: NAry
->operands())
351 switch (NAry
->getSCEVType()) {
354 if (NAry
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
356 if (NAry
->hasNoSignedWrap())
360 // Nothing to print for other nary expressions.
366 const SCEVUDivExpr
*UDiv
= cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(this);
367 OS
<< "(" << *UDiv
->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv
->getRHS() << ")";
371 cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS
, false);
373 case scCouldNotCompute
:
374 OS
<< "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
377 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
380 Type
*SCEV::getType() const {
381 switch (getSCEVType()) {
383 return cast
<SCEVConstant
>(this)->getType();
385 return cast
<SCEVVScale
>(this)->getType();
390 return cast
<SCEVCastExpr
>(this)->getType();
392 return cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(this)->getType();
394 return cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(this)->getType();
399 return cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(this)->getType();
400 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
401 return cast
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr
>(this)->getType();
403 return cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(this)->getType();
405 return cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(this)->getType();
407 return cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(this)->getType();
408 case scCouldNotCompute
:
409 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
411 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
414 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> SCEV::operands() const {
415 switch (getSCEVType()) {
424 return cast
<SCEVCastExpr
>(this)->operands();
432 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
433 return cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(this)->operands();
435 return cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(this)->operands();
436 case scCouldNotCompute
:
437 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
439 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
442 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
443 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(this))
444 return SC
->getValue()->isZero();
448 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
449 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(this))
450 return SC
->getValue()->isOne();
454 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
455 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(this))
456 return SC
->getValue()->isMinusOne();
460 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
461 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(this);
462 if (!Mul
) return false;
464 // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
465 const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Mul
->getOperand(0));
466 if (!SC
) return false;
468 // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
469 return SC
->getAPInt().isNegative();
472 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
473 SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute
, 0) {}
475 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV
*S
) {
476 return S
->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute
;
479 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt
*V
) {
481 ID
.AddInteger(scConstant
);
484 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
485 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVConstant(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), V
);
486 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
490 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt
&Val
) {
491 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val
));
495 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type
*Ty
, uint64_t V
, bool isSigned
) {
496 IntegerType
*ITy
= cast
<IntegerType
>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
));
497 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy
, V
, isSigned
));
500 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getVScale(Type
*Ty
) {
502 ID
.AddInteger(scVScale
);
505 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
507 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVVScale(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Ty
);
508 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
512 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
, SCEVTypes SCEVTy
,
513 const SCEV
*op
, Type
*ty
)
514 : SCEV(ID
, SCEVTy
, computeExpressionSize(op
)), Op(op
), Ty(ty
) {}
516 SCEVPtrToIntExpr::SCEVPtrToIntExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
, const SCEV
*Op
,
518 : SCEVCastExpr(ID
, scPtrToInt
, Op
, ITy
) {
519 assert(getOperand()->getType()->isPointerTy() && Ty
->isIntegerTy() &&
520 "Must be a non-bit-width-changing pointer-to-integer cast!");
523 SCEVIntegralCastExpr::SCEVIntegralCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
524 SCEVTypes SCEVTy
, const SCEV
*op
,
526 : SCEVCastExpr(ID
, SCEVTy
, op
, ty
) {}
528 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
, const SCEV
*op
,
530 : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID
, scTruncate
, op
, ty
) {
531 assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
532 "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
535 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
536 const SCEV
*op
, Type
*ty
)
537 : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID
, scZeroExtend
, op
, ty
) {
538 assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
539 "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
542 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
543 const SCEV
*op
, Type
*ty
)
544 : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID
, scSignExtend
, op
, ty
) {
545 assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
546 "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
549 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
550 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
551 SE
->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
553 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
554 SE
->UniqueSCEVs
.RemoveNode(this);
556 // Release the value.
560 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value
*New
) {
561 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
562 SE
->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
564 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
565 SE
->UniqueSCEVs
.RemoveNode(this);
567 // Replace the value pointer in case someone is still using this SCEVUnknown.
571 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
573 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
575 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
576 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
577 /// operands in SCEV expressions. \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
578 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine. It is
579 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
589 /// CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
591 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
592 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
594 CompareValueComplexity(EquivalenceClasses
<const Value
*> &EqCacheValue
,
595 const LoopInfo
*const LI
, Value
*LV
, Value
*RV
,
597 if (Depth
> MaxValueCompareDepth
|| EqCacheValue
.isEquivalent(LV
, RV
))
600 // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
602 bool LIsPointer
= LV
->getType()->isPointerTy(),
603 RIsPointer
= RV
->getType()->isPointerTy();
604 if (LIsPointer
!= RIsPointer
)
605 return (int)LIsPointer
- (int)RIsPointer
;
607 // Compare getValueID values.
608 unsigned LID
= LV
->getValueID(), RID
= RV
->getValueID();
610 return (int)LID
- (int)RID
;
612 // Sort arguments by their position.
613 if (const auto *LA
= dyn_cast
<Argument
>(LV
)) {
614 const auto *RA
= cast
<Argument
>(RV
);
615 unsigned LArgNo
= LA
->getArgNo(), RArgNo
= RA
->getArgNo();
616 return (int)LArgNo
- (int)RArgNo
;
619 if (const auto *LGV
= dyn_cast
<GlobalValue
>(LV
)) {
620 const auto *RGV
= cast
<GlobalValue
>(RV
);
622 const auto IsGVNameSemantic
= [&](const GlobalValue
*GV
) {
623 auto LT
= GV
->getLinkage();
624 return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT
) ||
625 GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT
));
628 // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
629 // names are semantically important.
630 if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV
) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV
))
631 return LGV
->getName().compare(RGV
->getName());
634 // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count. This
636 if (const auto *LInst
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(LV
)) {
637 const auto *RInst
= cast
<Instruction
>(RV
);
639 // Compare loop depths.
640 const BasicBlock
*LParent
= LInst
->getParent(),
641 *RParent
= RInst
->getParent();
642 if (LParent
!= RParent
) {
643 unsigned LDepth
= LI
->getLoopDepth(LParent
),
644 RDepth
= LI
->getLoopDepth(RParent
);
645 if (LDepth
!= RDepth
)
646 return (int)LDepth
- (int)RDepth
;
649 // Compare the number of operands.
650 unsigned LNumOps
= LInst
->getNumOperands(),
651 RNumOps
= RInst
->getNumOperands();
652 if (LNumOps
!= RNumOps
)
653 return (int)LNumOps
- (int)RNumOps
;
655 for (unsigned Idx
: seq(LNumOps
)) {
657 CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue
, LI
, LInst
->getOperand(Idx
),
658 RInst
->getOperand(Idx
), Depth
+ 1);
664 EqCacheValue
.unionSets(LV
, RV
);
668 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
669 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
671 // If the max analysis depth was reached, return std::nullopt, assuming we do
672 // not know if they are equivalent for sure.
673 static std::optional
<int>
674 CompareSCEVComplexity(EquivalenceClasses
<const SCEV
*> &EqCacheSCEV
,
675 EquivalenceClasses
<const Value
*> &EqCacheValue
,
676 const LoopInfo
*const LI
, const SCEV
*LHS
,
677 const SCEV
*RHS
, DominatorTree
&DT
, unsigned Depth
= 0) {
678 // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
682 // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
683 SCEVTypes LType
= LHS
->getSCEVType(), RType
= RHS
->getSCEVType();
685 return (int)LType
- (int)RType
;
687 if (EqCacheSCEV
.isEquivalent(LHS
, RHS
))
690 if (Depth
> MaxSCEVCompareDepth
)
693 // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
694 // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
695 // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
698 const SCEVUnknown
*LU
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(LHS
);
699 const SCEVUnknown
*RU
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(RHS
);
701 int X
= CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue
, LI
, LU
->getValue(),
702 RU
->getValue(), Depth
+ 1);
704 EqCacheSCEV
.unionSets(LHS
, RHS
);
709 const SCEVConstant
*LC
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
);
710 const SCEVConstant
*RC
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
);
712 // Compare constant values.
713 const APInt
&LA
= LC
->getAPInt();
714 const APInt
&RA
= RC
->getAPInt();
715 unsigned LBitWidth
= LA
.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth
= RA
.getBitWidth();
716 if (LBitWidth
!= RBitWidth
)
717 return (int)LBitWidth
- (int)RBitWidth
;
718 return LA
.ult(RA
) ? -1 : 1;
722 const auto *LTy
= cast
<IntegerType
>(cast
<SCEVVScale
>(LHS
)->getType());
723 const auto *RTy
= cast
<IntegerType
>(cast
<SCEVVScale
>(RHS
)->getType());
724 return LTy
->getBitWidth() - RTy
->getBitWidth();
728 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*LA
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
729 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*RA
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(RHS
);
731 // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
732 // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
733 // order in getAddExpr.
734 const Loop
*LLoop
= LA
->getLoop(), *RLoop
= RA
->getLoop();
735 if (LLoop
!= RLoop
) {
736 const BasicBlock
*LHead
= LLoop
->getHeader(), *RHead
= RLoop
->getHeader();
737 assert(LHead
!= RHead
&& "Two loops share the same header?");
738 if (DT
.dominates(LHead
, RHead
))
740 assert(DT
.dominates(RHead
, LHead
) &&
741 "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
759 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
760 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> LOps
= LHS
->operands();
761 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> ROps
= RHS
->operands();
763 // Lexicographically compare n-ary-like expressions.
764 unsigned LNumOps
= LOps
.size(), RNumOps
= ROps
.size();
765 if (LNumOps
!= RNumOps
)
766 return (int)LNumOps
- (int)RNumOps
;
768 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= LNumOps
; ++i
) {
769 auto X
= CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV
, EqCacheValue
, LI
, LOps
[i
],
770 ROps
[i
], DT
, Depth
+ 1);
774 EqCacheSCEV
.unionSets(LHS
, RHS
);
778 case scCouldNotCompute
:
779 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
781 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
784 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
785 /// objects of the same complexity together by value. When this routine is
786 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
787 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
789 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
790 /// results from this routine. In other words, we don't want the results of
791 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
793 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
,
794 LoopInfo
*LI
, DominatorTree
&DT
) {
795 if (Ops
.size() < 2) return; // Noop
797 EquivalenceClasses
<const SCEV
*> EqCacheSCEV
;
798 EquivalenceClasses
<const Value
*> EqCacheValue
;
800 // Whether LHS has provably less complexity than RHS.
801 auto IsLessComplex
= [&](const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
803 CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV
, EqCacheValue
, LI
, LHS
, RHS
, DT
);
804 return Complexity
&& *Complexity
< 0;
806 if (Ops
.size() == 2) {
807 // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
809 const SCEV
*&LHS
= Ops
[0], *&RHS
= Ops
[1];
810 if (IsLessComplex(RHS
, LHS
))
815 // Do the rough sort by complexity.
816 llvm::stable_sort(Ops
, [&](const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
817 return IsLessComplex(LHS
, RHS
);
820 // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
821 // complexity. Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
822 // be extremely short in practice. Note that we take this approach because we
823 // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
824 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
-2; ++i
) {
825 const SCEV
*S
= Ops
[i
];
826 unsigned Complexity
= S
->getSCEVType();
828 // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
830 for (unsigned j
= i
+1; j
!= e
&& Ops
[j
]->getSCEVType() == Complexity
; ++j
) {
831 if (Ops
[j
] == S
) { // Found a duplicate.
832 // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
833 std::swap(Ops
[i
+1], Ops
[j
]);
834 ++i
; // no need to rescan it.
835 if (i
== e
-2) return; // Done!
841 /// Returns true if \p Ops contains a huge SCEV (the subtree of S contains at
842 /// least HugeExprThreshold nodes).
843 static bool hasHugeExpression(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
844 return any_of(Ops
, [](const SCEV
*S
) {
845 return S
->getExpressionSize() >= HugeExprThreshold
;
849 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
850 // Simple SCEV method implementations
851 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
853 /// Compute BC(It, K). The result has width W. Assume, K > 0.
854 static const SCEV
*BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV
*It
, unsigned K
,
857 // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
859 return SE
.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It
, ResultTy
);
861 // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
863 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
865 // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value. We must be prepared for
866 // overflow. Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
867 // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W. Unfortunately, division isn't
868 // safe in modular arithmetic.
870 // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
871 // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
872 // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
875 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
877 // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula. However,
878 // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently. The trick is that
879 // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
880 // arithmetic. To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
881 // to do is multiply by the inverse. Therefore, this step can be done at
884 // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T. The way this
885 // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
886 // bits. This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
887 // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
888 // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate. Extra bits are okay; they'll get
889 // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
891 // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
892 // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
893 // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
894 // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
896 // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
897 // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
898 // the result must be zero anyway. We prefer here to do it in the width of
899 // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
900 // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
901 // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
904 // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
905 // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
906 // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
907 // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
908 // much more complicated for K > 3.)
910 // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
911 // but it probably doesn't matter.
913 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
915 unsigned W
= SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy
);
917 // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
918 // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
919 // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
920 // W bits of the result.
921 APInt
OddFactorial(W
, 1);
923 for (unsigned i
= 3; i
<= K
; ++i
) {
925 unsigned TwoFactors
= Mult
.countr_zero();
927 Mult
.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors
);
928 OddFactorial
*= Mult
;
931 // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
932 unsigned CalculationBits
= W
+ T
;
934 // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
935 APInt DivFactor
= APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits
, T
);
937 // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
938 // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
940 APInt Mod
= APInt::getSignedMinValue(W
+1);
941 APInt MultiplyFactor
= OddFactorial
.zext(W
+1);
942 MultiplyFactor
= MultiplyFactor
.multiplicativeInverse(Mod
);
943 MultiplyFactor
= MultiplyFactor
.trunc(W
);
945 // Calculate the product, at width T+W
946 IntegerType
*CalculationTy
= IntegerType::get(SE
.getContext(),
948 const SCEV
*Dividend
= SE
.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It
, CalculationTy
);
949 for (unsigned i
= 1; i
!= K
; ++i
) {
950 const SCEV
*S
= SE
.getMinusSCEV(It
, SE
.getConstant(It
->getType(), i
));
951 Dividend
= SE
.getMulExpr(Dividend
,
952 SE
.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S
, CalculationTy
));
956 const SCEV
*DivResult
= SE
.getUDivExpr(Dividend
, SE
.getConstant(DivFactor
));
958 // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
960 return SE
.getMulExpr(SE
.getConstant(MultiplyFactor
),
961 SE
.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult
, ResultTy
));
964 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
965 /// number. We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
966 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it. In other words, we
967 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
969 /// A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
971 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
972 const SCEV
*SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV
*It
,
973 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) const {
974 return evaluateAtIteration(operands(), It
, SE
);
978 SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Operands
,
979 const SCEV
*It
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
980 assert(Operands
.size() > 0);
981 const SCEV
*Result
= Operands
[0];
982 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Operands
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
983 // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
984 // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
986 const SCEV
*Coeff
= BinomialCoefficient(It
, i
, SE
, Result
->getType());
987 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Coeff
))
990 Result
= SE
.getAddExpr(Result
, SE
.getMulExpr(Operands
[i
], Coeff
));
995 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
996 // SCEV Expression folder implementations
997 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
999 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(const SCEV
*Op
,
1001 assert(Depth
<= 1 &&
1002 "getLosslessPtrToIntExpr() should self-recurse at most once.");
1004 // We could be called with an integer-typed operands during SCEV rewrites.
1005 // Since the operand is an integer already, just perform zext/trunc/self cast.
1006 if (!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy())
1009 // What would be an ID for such a SCEV cast expression?
1010 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
1011 ID
.AddInteger(scPtrToInt
);
1016 // Is there already an expression for such a cast?
1017 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
1020 // It isn't legal for optimizations to construct new ptrtoint expressions
1021 // for non-integral pointers.
1022 if (getDataLayout().isNonIntegralPointerType(Op
->getType()))
1023 return getCouldNotCompute();
1025 Type
*IntPtrTy
= getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Op
->getType());
1027 // We can only trivially model ptrtoint if SCEV's effective (integer) type
1028 // is sufficiently wide to represent all possible pointer values.
1029 // We could theoretically teach SCEV to truncate wider pointers, but
1030 // that isn't implemented for now.
1031 if (getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(getEffectiveSCEVType(Op
->getType())) !=
1032 getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(IntPtrTy
))
1033 return getCouldNotCompute();
1035 // If not, is this expression something we can't reduce any further?
1036 if (auto *U
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(Op
)) {
1037 // Perform some basic constant folding. If the operand of the ptr2int cast
1038 // is a null pointer, don't create a ptr2int SCEV expression (that will be
1039 // left as-is), but produce a zero constant.
1040 // NOTE: We could handle a more general case, but lack motivational cases.
1041 if (isa
<ConstantPointerNull
>(U
->getValue()))
1042 return getZero(IntPtrTy
);
1044 // Create an explicit cast node.
1045 // We can reuse the existing insert position since if we get here,
1046 // we won't have made any changes which would invalidate it.
1047 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
1048 SCEVPtrToIntExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Op
, IntPtrTy
);
1049 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1050 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1054 assert(Depth
== 0 && "getLosslessPtrToIntExpr() should not self-recurse for "
1055 "non-SCEVUnknown's.");
1057 // Otherwise, we've got some expression that is more complex than just a
1058 // single SCEVUnknown. But we don't want to have a SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an
1059 // arbitrary expression, we want to have SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an SCEVUnknown
1060 // only, and the expressions must otherwise be integer-typed.
1061 // So sink the cast down to the SCEVUnknown's.
1063 /// The SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter takes a scalar evolution expression,
1064 /// which computes a pointer-typed value, and rewrites the whole expression
1065 /// tree so that *all* the computations are done on integers, and the only
1066 /// pointer-typed operands in the expression are SCEVUnknown.
1067 class SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
1068 : public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
> {
1069 using Base
= SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
>;
1072 SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter(ScalarEvolution
&SE
) : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
) {}
1074 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*Scev
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
1075 SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
Rewriter(SE
);
1076 return Rewriter
.visit(Scev
);
1079 const SCEV
*visit(const SCEV
*S
) {
1080 Type
*STy
= S
->getType();
1081 // If the expression is not pointer-typed, just keep it as-is.
1082 if (!STy
->isPointerTy())
1084 // Else, recursively sink the cast down into it.
1085 return Base::visit(S
);
1088 const SCEV
*visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr
*Expr
) {
1089 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Operands
;
1090 bool Changed
= false;
1091 for (const auto *Op
: Expr
->operands()) {
1092 Operands
.push_back(visit(Op
));
1093 Changed
|= Op
!= Operands
.back();
1095 return !Changed
? Expr
: SE
.getAddExpr(Operands
, Expr
->getNoWrapFlags());
1098 const SCEV
*visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr
*Expr
) {
1099 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Operands
;
1100 bool Changed
= false;
1101 for (const auto *Op
: Expr
->operands()) {
1102 Operands
.push_back(visit(Op
));
1103 Changed
|= Op
!= Operands
.back();
1105 return !Changed
? Expr
: SE
.getMulExpr(Operands
, Expr
->getNoWrapFlags());
1108 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
1109 assert(Expr
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
1110 "Should only reach pointer-typed SCEVUnknown's.");
1111 return SE
.getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Expr
, /*Depth=*/1);
1115 // And actually perform the cast sinking.
1116 const SCEV
*IntOp
= SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter::rewrite(Op
, *this);
1117 assert(IntOp
->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1118 "We must have succeeded in sinking the cast, "
1119 "and ending up with an integer-typed expression!");
1123 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getPtrToIntExpr(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
) {
1124 assert(Ty
->isIntegerTy() && "Target type must be an integer type!");
1126 const SCEV
*IntOp
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Op
);
1127 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(IntOp
))
1130 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(IntOp
, Ty
);
1133 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
,
1135 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
1136 "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1137 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) &&
1138 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1139 assert(!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't truncate pointer!");
1140 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
1142 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
1143 ID
.AddInteger(scTruncate
);
1147 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
1149 // Fold if the operand is constant.
1150 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
1152 cast
<ConstantInt
>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC
->getValue(), Ty
)));
1154 // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1155 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*ST
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Op
))
1156 return getTruncateExpr(ST
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1158 // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1159 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(Op
))
1160 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1162 // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1163 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*SZ
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Op
))
1164 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1166 if (Depth
> MaxCastDepth
) {
1168 new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Op
, Ty
);
1169 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1170 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1174 // trunc(x1 + ... + xN) --> trunc(x1) + ... + trunc(xN) and
1175 // trunc(x1 * ... * xN) --> trunc(x1) * ... * trunc(xN),
1176 // if after transforming we have at most one truncate, not counting truncates
1177 // that replace other casts.
1178 if (isa
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Op
) || isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Op
)) {
1179 auto *CommOp
= cast
<SCEVCommutativeExpr
>(Op
);
1180 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
1181 unsigned numTruncs
= 0;
1182 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= CommOp
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
&& numTruncs
< 2;
1184 const SCEV
*S
= getTruncateExpr(CommOp
->getOperand(i
), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1185 if (!isa
<SCEVIntegralCastExpr
>(CommOp
->getOperand(i
)) &&
1186 isa
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(S
))
1188 Operands
.push_back(S
);
1190 if (numTruncs
< 2) {
1191 if (isa
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Op
))
1192 return getAddExpr(Operands
);
1193 if (isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Op
))
1194 return getMulExpr(Operands
);
1195 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV type for Op.");
1197 // Although we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache, it is
1198 // possible that during recursion and different modification ID was inserted
1199 // into the cache. So if we find it, just return it.
1200 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
1204 // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1205 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Op
)) {
1206 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
1207 for (const SCEV
*Op
: AddRec
->operands())
1208 Operands
.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1209 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, AddRec
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
);
1212 // Return zero if truncating to known zeros.
1213 uint32_t MinTrailingZeros
= getMinTrailingZeros(Op
);
1214 if (MinTrailingZeros
>= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
1217 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1218 // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1219 // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1220 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
1222 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1223 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1227 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1228 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1229 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1230 static const SCEV
*getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV
*Step
,
1231 ICmpInst::Predicate
*Pred
,
1232 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) {
1233 unsigned BitWidth
= SE
->getTypeSizeInBits(Step
->getType());
1234 if (SE
->isKnownPositive(Step
)) {
1235 *Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
;
1236 return SE
->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
) -
1237 SE
->getSignedRangeMax(Step
));
1239 if (SE
->isKnownNegative(Step
)) {
1240 *Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
;
1241 return SE
->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth
) -
1242 SE
->getSignedRangeMin(Step
));
1247 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1248 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1249 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1250 static const SCEV
*getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV
*Step
,
1251 ICmpInst::Predicate
*Pred
,
1252 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) {
1253 unsigned BitWidth
= SE
->getTypeSizeInBits(Step
->getType());
1254 *Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
;
1256 return SE
->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth
) -
1257 SE
->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step
));
1262 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase
{
1263 typedef const SCEV
*(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy
)(const SCEV
*, Type
*,
1267 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1268 template <typename ExtendOp
> struct ExtendOpTraits
{
1271 // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1273 // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1275 // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1276 // ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1277 // ScalarEvolution *SE);
1281 struct ExtendOpTraits
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase
{
1282 static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType
= SCEV::FlagNSW
;
1284 static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr
;
1286 static const SCEV
*getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV
*Step
,
1287 ICmpInst::Predicate
*Pred
,
1288 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) {
1289 return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step
, Pred
, SE
);
1293 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits
<
1294 SCEVSignExtendExpr
>::GetExtendExpr
= &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr
;
1297 struct ExtendOpTraits
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase
{
1298 static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType
= SCEV::FlagNUW
;
1300 static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr
;
1302 static const SCEV
*getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV
*Step
,
1303 ICmpInst::Predicate
*Pred
,
1304 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) {
1305 return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step
, Pred
, SE
);
1309 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits
<
1310 SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>::GetExtendExpr
= &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr
;
1312 } // end anonymous namespace
1314 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1315 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1316 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1317 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1318 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1319 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1320 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1321 template <typename ExtendOpTy
>
1322 static const SCEV
*getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
, Type
*Ty
,
1323 ScalarEvolution
*SE
, unsigned Depth
) {
1324 auto WrapType
= ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::WrapType
;
1325 auto GetExtendExpr
= ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::GetExtendExpr
;
1327 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
1328 const SCEV
*Start
= AR
->getStart();
1329 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*SE
);
1331 // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1332 const SCEVAddExpr
*SA
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Start
);
1336 // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1337 // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1338 // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. Note, that
1339 // SA might have repeated ops, like %a + %a + ..., so only remove one.
1340 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> DiffOps(SA
->operands());
1341 for (auto It
= DiffOps
.begin(); It
!= DiffOps
.end(); ++It
)
1347 if (DiffOps
.size() == SA
->getNumOperands())
1350 // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1353 // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1354 auto PreStartFlags
=
1355 ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA
->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW
);
1356 const SCEV
*PreStart
= SE
->getAddExpr(DiffOps
, PreStartFlags
);
1357 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*PreAR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(
1358 SE
->getAddRecExpr(PreStart
, Step
, L
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
));
1360 // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1361 // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1364 const SCEV
*BECount
= SE
->getBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
1365 if (PreAR
&& PreAR
->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType
) &&
1366 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
) && SE
->isKnownPositive(BECount
))
1369 // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1370 unsigned BitWidth
= SE
->getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType());
1371 Type
*WideTy
= IntegerType::get(SE
->getContext(), BitWidth
* 2);
1372 const SCEV
*OperandExtendedStart
=
1373 SE
->getAddExpr((SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(PreStart
, WideTy
, Depth
),
1374 (SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(Step
, WideTy
, Depth
));
1375 if ((SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(Start
, WideTy
, Depth
) == OperandExtendedStart
) {
1376 if (PreAR
&& AR
->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType
)) {
1377 // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1378 // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1379 // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`. Cache this fact.
1380 SE
->setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(PreAR
), WrapType
);
1385 // 3. Loop precondition.
1386 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
;
1387 const SCEV
*OverflowLimit
=
1388 ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step
, &Pred
, SE
);
1390 if (OverflowLimit
&&
1391 SE
->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, PreStart
, OverflowLimit
))
1397 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1398 template <typename ExtendOpTy
>
1399 static const SCEV
*getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
, Type
*Ty
,
1400 ScalarEvolution
*SE
,
1402 auto GetExtendExpr
= ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::GetExtendExpr
;
1404 const SCEV
*PreStart
= getPreStartForExtend
<ExtendOpTy
>(AR
, Ty
, SE
, Depth
);
1406 return (SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(AR
->getStart(), Ty
, Depth
);
1408 return SE
->getAddExpr((SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*SE
), Ty
,
1410 (SE
->*GetExtendExpr
)(PreStart
, Ty
, Depth
));
1413 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences. A
1414 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1415 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1419 // {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1420 // => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1422 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow ... (1)
1424 // RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1426 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow ... (2)
1428 // RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1429 // == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1431 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow ... (3)
1433 // RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1434 // == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1436 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1437 // Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1439 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1440 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration. Therefore we only need
1441 // to check for (1) and (2).
1443 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1444 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1445 template <typename ExtendOpTy
>
1446 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV
*Start
,
1449 auto WrapType
= ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::WrapType
;
1451 // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1452 // time here. It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1453 // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1454 // `PreStart` below.
1455 const SCEVConstant
*StartC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Start
);
1459 APInt StartAI
= StartC
->getAPInt();
1461 for (unsigned Delta
: {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1462 const SCEV
*PreStart
= getConstant(StartAI
- Delta
);
1464 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
1465 ID
.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr
);
1466 ID
.AddPointer(PreStart
);
1467 ID
.AddPointer(Step
);
1471 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
));
1473 // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1474 // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1475 if (PreAR
&& PreAR
->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType
)) { // proves (2)
1476 const SCEV
*DeltaS
= getConstant(StartC
->getType(), Delta
);
1477 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
= ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE
;
1478 const SCEV
*Limit
= ExtendOpTraits
<ExtendOpTy
>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1479 DeltaS
, &Pred
, this);
1480 if (Limit
&& isKnownPredicate(Pred
, PreAR
, Limit
)) // proves (1)
1488 // Finds an integer D for an expression (C + x + y + ...) such that the top
1489 // level addition in (D + (C - D + x + y + ...)) would not wrap (signed or
1490 // unsigned) and the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...) is
1491 // maximized, where C is the \p ConstantTerm, x, y, ... are arbitrary SCEVs, and
1492 // the (C + x + y + ...) expression is \p WholeAddExpr.
1493 static APInt
extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
1494 const SCEVConstant
*ConstantTerm
,
1495 const SCEVAddExpr
*WholeAddExpr
) {
1496 const APInt
&C
= ConstantTerm
->getAPInt();
1497 const unsigned BitWidth
= C
.getBitWidth();
1498 // Find number of trailing zeros of (x + y + ...) w/o the C first:
1499 uint32_t TZ
= BitWidth
;
1500 for (unsigned I
= 1, E
= WholeAddExpr
->getNumOperands(); I
< E
&& TZ
; ++I
)
1501 TZ
= std::min(TZ
, SE
.getMinTrailingZeros(WholeAddExpr
->getOperand(I
)));
1503 // Set D to be as many least significant bits of C as possible while still
1504 // guaranteeing that adding D to (C - D + x + y + ...) won't cause a wrap:
1505 return TZ
< BitWidth
? C
.trunc(TZ
).zext(BitWidth
) : C
;
1507 return APInt(BitWidth
, 0);
1510 // Finds an integer D for an affine AddRec expression {C,+,x} such that the top
1511 // level addition in (D + {C-D,+,x}) would not wrap (signed or unsigned) and the
1512 // number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x * n) is maximized, where C is the \p
1513 // ConstantStart, x is an arbitrary \p Step, and n is the loop trip count.
1514 static APInt
extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
1515 const APInt
&ConstantStart
,
1517 const unsigned BitWidth
= ConstantStart
.getBitWidth();
1518 const uint32_t TZ
= SE
.getMinTrailingZeros(Step
);
1520 return TZ
< BitWidth
? ConstantStart
.trunc(TZ
).zext(BitWidth
)
1522 return APInt(BitWidth
, 0);
1525 static void insertFoldCacheEntry(
1526 const ScalarEvolution::FoldID
&ID
, const SCEV
*S
,
1527 DenseMap
<ScalarEvolution::FoldID
, const SCEV
*> &FoldCache
,
1528 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<ScalarEvolution::FoldID
, 2>>
1530 auto I
= FoldCache
.insert({ID
, S
});
1532 // Remove FoldCacheUser entry for ID when replacing an existing FoldCache
1534 auto &UserIDs
= FoldCacheUser
[I
.first
->second
];
1535 assert(count(UserIDs
, ID
) == 1 && "unexpected duplicates in UserIDs");
1536 for (unsigned I
= 0; I
!= UserIDs
.size(); ++I
)
1537 if (UserIDs
[I
] == ID
) {
1538 std::swap(UserIDs
[I
], UserIDs
.back());
1542 I
.first
->second
= S
;
1544 auto R
= FoldCacheUser
.insert({S
, {}});
1545 R
.first
->second
.push_back(ID
);
1549 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
, unsigned Depth
) {
1550 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
1551 "This is not an extending conversion!");
1552 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) &&
1553 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1554 assert(!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1555 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
1557 FoldID
ID(scZeroExtend
, Op
, Ty
);
1558 auto Iter
= FoldCache
.find(ID
);
1559 if (Iter
!= FoldCache
.end())
1560 return Iter
->second
;
1562 const SCEV
*S
= getZeroExtendExprImpl(Op
, Ty
, Depth
);
1563 if (!isa
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(S
))
1564 insertFoldCacheEntry(ID
, S
, FoldCache
, FoldCacheUser
);
1568 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExprImpl(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
,
1570 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
1571 "This is not an extending conversion!");
1572 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) && "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1573 assert(!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1575 // Fold if the operand is constant.
1576 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
1577 return getConstant(SC
->getAPInt().zext(getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
)));
1579 // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1580 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*SZ
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Op
))
1581 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1583 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1584 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1585 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
1586 ID
.AddInteger(scZeroExtend
);
1590 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
1591 if (Depth
> MaxCastDepth
) {
1592 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
1594 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1595 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1599 // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1600 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*ST
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Op
)) {
1601 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1602 // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1603 const SCEV
*X
= ST
->getOperand();
1604 ConstantRange CR
= getUnsignedRange(X
);
1605 unsigned TruncBits
= getTypeSizeInBits(ST
->getType());
1606 unsigned NewBits
= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
);
1607 if (CR
.truncate(TruncBits
).zeroExtend(NewBits
).contains(
1608 CR
.zextOrTrunc(NewBits
)))
1609 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X
, Ty
, Depth
);
1612 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1613 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1614 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like
1615 // this: for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1616 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Op
))
1617 if (AR
->isAffine()) {
1618 const SCEV
*Start
= AR
->getStart();
1619 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1620 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType());
1621 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
1623 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1624 // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1625 if (AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1627 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
1628 Step
= getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1629 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1632 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1633 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1634 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1635 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1636 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1637 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1638 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1639 // that value once it has finished.
1640 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
1641 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBECount
)) {
1642 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for overflow.
1644 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1645 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1646 const SCEV
*CastedMaxBECount
=
1647 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount
, Start
->getType(), Depth
);
1648 const SCEV
*RecastedMaxBECount
= getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
1649 CastedMaxBECount
, MaxBECount
->getType(), Depth
);
1650 if (MaxBECount
== RecastedMaxBECount
) {
1651 Type
*WideTy
= IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth
* 2);
1652 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1653 const SCEV
*ZMul
= getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount
, Step
,
1654 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
1655 const SCEV
*ZAdd
= getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start
, ZMul
,
1659 const SCEV
*WideStart
= getZeroExtendExpr(Start
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1);
1660 const SCEV
*WideMaxBECount
=
1661 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1);
1662 const SCEV
*OperandExtendedAdd
=
1663 getAddExpr(WideStart
,
1664 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount
,
1665 getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1),
1666 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1),
1667 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
1668 if (ZAdd
== OperandExtendedAdd
) {
1669 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1670 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNUW
);
1671 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1672 Start
= getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this,
1674 Step
= getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1675 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1677 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1678 // This covers loops that count down.
1679 OperandExtendedAdd
=
1680 getAddExpr(WideStart
,
1681 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount
,
1682 getSignExtendExpr(Step
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1),
1683 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1),
1684 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
1685 if (ZAdd
== OperandExtendedAdd
) {
1686 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1687 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1688 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNW
);
1689 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1690 Start
= getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this,
1692 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1693 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1698 // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1699 // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1700 // taken count for the loop. The exceptions are assumptions and
1701 // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1702 // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1703 // these to prove lack of overflow. Use this fact to avoid
1704 // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1705 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBECount
) || HasGuards
||
1706 !AC
.assumptions().empty()) {
1708 auto NewFlags
= proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(AR
);
1709 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), NewFlags
);
1710 if (AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1711 // Same as nuw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
1712 // issue. It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
1713 // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
1714 // reverted. Be conservative for the moment.
1716 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
1717 Step
= getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1718 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1721 // For a negative step, we can extend the operands iff doing so only
1722 // traverses values in the range zext([0,UINT_MAX]).
1723 if (isKnownNegative(Step
)) {
1724 const SCEV
*N
= getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
) -
1725 getSignedRangeMin(Step
));
1726 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
, AR
, N
) ||
1727 isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
, AR
, N
)) {
1728 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1729 // AddRec. Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1730 // still can't self-wrap.
1731 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNW
);
1732 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1733 Start
= getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this,
1735 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1736 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1741 // zext({C,+,Step}) --> (zext(D) + zext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
1742 // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1743 // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
1744 if (const auto *SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Start
)) {
1745 const APInt
&C
= SC
->getAPInt();
1746 const APInt
&D
= extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C
, Step
);
1748 const SCEV
*SZExtD
= getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D
), Ty
, Depth
);
1749 const SCEV
*SResidual
=
1750 getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C
- D
), Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1751 const SCEV
*SZExtR
= getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1752 return getAddExpr(SZExtD
, SZExtR
,
1753 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(SCEV::FlagNSW
| SCEV::FlagNUW
),
1758 if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Start
, Step
, L
)) {
1759 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNUW
);
1761 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
1762 Step
= getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1763 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
1767 // zext(A % B) --> zext(A) % zext(B)
1771 if (matchURem(Op
, LHS
, RHS
))
1772 return getURemExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(LHS
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1),
1773 getZeroExtendExpr(RHS
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1776 // zext(A / B) --> zext(A) / zext(B).
1777 if (auto *Div
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(Op
))
1778 return getUDivExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Div
->getLHS(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1),
1779 getZeroExtendExpr(Div
->getRHS(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1781 if (auto *SA
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Op
)) {
1782 // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1783 if (SA
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1784 // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1785 // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1786 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Ops
;
1787 for (const auto *Op
: SA
->operands())
1788 Ops
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1789 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagNUW
, Depth
+ 1);
1792 // zext(C + x + y + ...) --> (zext(D) + zext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1793 // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1794 // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1796 // Often address arithmetics contain expressions like
1797 // (zext (add (shl X, C1), C2)), for instance, (zext (5 + (4 * X))).
1798 // This transformation is useful while proving that such expressions are
1799 // equal or differ by a small constant amount, see LoadStoreVectorizer pass.
1800 if (const auto *SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(SA
->getOperand(0))) {
1801 const APInt
&D
= extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC
, SA
);
1803 const SCEV
*SZExtD
= getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D
), Ty
, Depth
);
1804 const SCEV
*SResidual
=
1805 getAddExpr(getConstant(-D
), SA
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
);
1806 const SCEV
*SZExtR
= getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1807 return getAddExpr(SZExtD
, SZExtR
,
1808 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(SCEV::FlagNSW
| SCEV::FlagNUW
),
1814 if (auto *SM
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Op
)) {
1815 // zext((A * B * ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) * zext(B) * ...)<nuw>
1816 if (SM
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1817 // If the multiply does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1818 // commute the zero extension with the multiply operation.
1819 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Ops
;
1820 for (const auto *Op
: SM
->operands())
1821 Ops
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1822 return getMulExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagNUW
, Depth
+ 1);
1825 // zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM ->
1826 // 2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM)<nuw>
1830 // zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM
1831 // = zext((trunc X to iN) << K) to iM
1832 // = zext((trunc X to i{N-K}) << K)<nuw> to iM
1833 // (because shl removes the top K bits)
1834 // = zext((2^K * (trunc X to i{N-K}))<nuw>) to iM
1835 // = (2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM))<nuw>.
1837 if (SM
->getNumOperands() == 2)
1838 if (auto *MulLHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(SM
->getOperand(0)))
1839 if (MulLHS
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
1840 if (auto *TruncRHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(SM
->getOperand(1))) {
1841 int NewTruncBits
= getTypeSizeInBits(TruncRHS
->getType()) -
1842 MulLHS
->getAPInt().logBase2();
1843 Type
*NewTruncTy
= IntegerType::get(getContext(), NewTruncBits
);
1845 getZeroExtendExpr(MulLHS
, Ty
),
1847 getTruncateExpr(TruncRHS
->getOperand(), NewTruncTy
), Ty
),
1848 SCEV::FlagNUW
, Depth
+ 1);
1852 // zext(umin(x, y)) -> umin(zext(x), zext(y))
1853 // zext(umax(x, y)) -> umax(zext(x), zext(y))
1854 if (isa
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(Op
) || isa
<SCEVUMaxExpr
>(Op
)) {
1855 auto *MinMax
= cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Op
);
1856 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
1857 for (auto *Operand
: MinMax
->operands())
1858 Operands
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Operand
, Ty
));
1859 if (isa
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(MinMax
))
1860 return getUMinExpr(Operands
);
1861 return getUMaxExpr(Operands
);
1864 // zext(umin_seq(x, y)) -> umin_seq(zext(x), zext(y))
1865 if (auto *MinMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr
>(Op
)) {
1866 assert(isa
<SCEVSequentialUMinExpr
>(MinMax
) && "Not supported!");
1867 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
1868 for (auto *Operand
: MinMax
->operands())
1869 Operands
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Operand
, Ty
));
1870 return getUMinExpr(Operands
, /*Sequential*/ true);
1873 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1874 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1875 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
1876 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
1878 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1879 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1884 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
, unsigned Depth
) {
1885 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
1886 "This is not an extending conversion!");
1887 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) &&
1888 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1889 assert(!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1890 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
1892 FoldID
ID(scSignExtend
, Op
, Ty
);
1893 auto Iter
= FoldCache
.find(ID
);
1894 if (Iter
!= FoldCache
.end())
1895 return Iter
->second
;
1897 const SCEV
*S
= getSignExtendExprImpl(Op
, Ty
, Depth
);
1898 if (!isa
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(S
))
1899 insertFoldCacheEntry(ID
, S
, FoldCache
, FoldCacheUser
);
1903 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExprImpl(const SCEV
*Op
, Type
*Ty
,
1905 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
1906 "This is not an extending conversion!");
1907 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) && "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1908 assert(!Op
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1909 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
1911 // Fold if the operand is constant.
1912 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
1913 return getConstant(SC
->getAPInt().sext(getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
)));
1915 // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1916 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(Op
))
1917 return getSignExtendExpr(SS
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1919 // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1920 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*SZ
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Op
))
1921 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ
->getOperand(), Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1923 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1924 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1925 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
1926 ID
.AddInteger(scSignExtend
);
1930 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
1931 // Limit recursion depth.
1932 if (Depth
> MaxCastDepth
) {
1933 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
1935 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
1936 registerUser(S
, Op
);
1940 // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1941 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*ST
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Op
)) {
1942 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1943 // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1944 const SCEV
*X
= ST
->getOperand();
1945 ConstantRange CR
= getSignedRange(X
);
1946 unsigned TruncBits
= getTypeSizeInBits(ST
->getType());
1947 unsigned NewBits
= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
);
1948 if (CR
.truncate(TruncBits
).signExtend(NewBits
).contains(
1949 CR
.sextOrTrunc(NewBits
)))
1950 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X
, Ty
, Depth
);
1953 if (auto *SA
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Op
)) {
1954 // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1955 if (SA
->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1956 // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1957 // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1958 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Ops
;
1959 for (const auto *Op
: SA
->operands())
1960 Ops
.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1));
1961 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagNSW
, Depth
+ 1);
1964 // sext(C + x + y + ...) --> (sext(D) + sext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1965 // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not signed wrap
1966 // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1968 // For instance, this will bring two seemingly different expressions:
1969 // 1 + sext(5 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y) and
1970 // sext(6 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1971 // to the same form:
1972 // 2 + sext(4 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1973 if (const auto *SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(SA
->getOperand(0))) {
1974 const APInt
&D
= extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC
, SA
);
1976 const SCEV
*SSExtD
= getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D
), Ty
, Depth
);
1977 const SCEV
*SResidual
=
1978 getAddExpr(getConstant(-D
), SA
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
);
1979 const SCEV
*SSExtR
= getSignExtendExpr(SResidual
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
1980 return getAddExpr(SSExtD
, SSExtR
,
1981 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(SCEV::FlagNSW
| SCEV::FlagNUW
),
1986 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1987 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1988 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like
1989 // this: for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1990 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Op
))
1991 if (AR
->isAffine()) {
1992 const SCEV
*Start
= AR
->getStart();
1993 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1994 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType());
1995 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
1997 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1998 // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1999 if (AR
->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
2001 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
2002 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2003 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2006 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
2007 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
2008 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
2009 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
2010 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
2011 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
2012 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
2013 // that value once it has finished.
2014 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
2015 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBECount
)) {
2016 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
2019 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
2020 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
2021 const SCEV
*CastedMaxBECount
=
2022 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount
, Start
->getType(), Depth
);
2023 const SCEV
*RecastedMaxBECount
= getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
2024 CastedMaxBECount
, MaxBECount
->getType(), Depth
);
2025 if (MaxBECount
== RecastedMaxBECount
) {
2026 Type
*WideTy
= IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth
* 2);
2027 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
2028 const SCEV
*SMul
= getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount
, Step
,
2029 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2030 const SCEV
*SAdd
= getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start
, SMul
,
2034 const SCEV
*WideStart
= getSignExtendExpr(Start
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1);
2035 const SCEV
*WideMaxBECount
=
2036 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1);
2037 const SCEV
*OperandExtendedAdd
=
2038 getAddExpr(WideStart
,
2039 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount
,
2040 getSignExtendExpr(Step
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1),
2041 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1),
2042 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2043 if (SAdd
== OperandExtendedAdd
) {
2044 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
2045 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2046 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
2047 Start
= getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this,
2049 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2050 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
2052 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
2053 // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
2054 OperandExtendedAdd
=
2055 getAddExpr(WideStart
,
2056 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount
,
2057 getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, WideTy
, Depth
+ 1),
2058 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1),
2059 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2060 if (SAdd
== OperandExtendedAdd
) {
2061 // If AR wraps around then
2063 // abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
2064 // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
2066 // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
2067 // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
2069 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNW
);
2071 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
2072 Start
= getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this,
2074 Step
= getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2075 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
2080 auto NewFlags
= proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(AR
);
2081 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), NewFlags
);
2082 if (AR
->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
2083 // Same as nsw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
2084 // issue. It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
2085 // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
2086 // reverted. Be conservative for the moment.
2088 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
2089 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2090 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
2093 // sext({C,+,Step}) --> (sext(D) + sext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
2094 // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not signed wrap
2095 // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
2096 if (const auto *SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Start
)) {
2097 const APInt
&C
= SC
->getAPInt();
2098 const APInt
&D
= extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C
, Step
);
2100 const SCEV
*SSExtD
= getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D
), Ty
, Depth
);
2101 const SCEV
*SResidual
=
2102 getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C
- D
), Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
2103 const SCEV
*SSExtR
= getSignExtendExpr(SResidual
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2104 return getAddExpr(SSExtD
, SSExtR
,
2105 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(SCEV::FlagNSW
| SCEV::FlagNUW
),
2110 if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(Start
, Step
, L
)) {
2111 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2113 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, Depth
+ 1);
2114 Step
= getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2115 return getAddRecExpr(Start
, Step
, L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
2119 // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2120 // away the sext build a zext instead.
2121 if (isKnownNonNegative(Op
))
2122 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
, Depth
+ 1);
2124 // sext(smin(x, y)) -> smin(sext(x), sext(y))
2125 // sext(smax(x, y)) -> smax(sext(x), sext(y))
2126 if (isa
<SCEVSMinExpr
>(Op
) || isa
<SCEVSMaxExpr
>(Op
)) {
2127 auto *MinMax
= cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Op
);
2128 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
2129 for (auto *Operand
: MinMax
->operands())
2130 Operands
.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Operand
, Ty
));
2131 if (isa
<SCEVSMinExpr
>(MinMax
))
2132 return getSMinExpr(Operands
);
2133 return getSMaxExpr(Operands
);
2136 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2137 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2138 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
2139 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
2141 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
2142 registerUser(S
, { Op
});
2146 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getCastExpr(SCEVTypes Kind
, const SCEV
*Op
,
2150 return getTruncateExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2152 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2154 return getSignExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2156 return getPtrToIntExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2158 llvm_unreachable("Not a SCEV cast expression!");
2162 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2163 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2164 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV
*Op
,
2166 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
2167 "This is not an extending conversion!");
2168 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) &&
2169 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2170 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
2172 // Sign-extend negative constants.
2173 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
2174 if (SC
->getAPInt().isNegative())
2175 return getSignExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2177 // Peel off a truncate cast.
2178 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*T
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Op
)) {
2179 const SCEV
*NewOp
= T
->getOperand();
2180 if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp
->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
2181 return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp
, Ty
);
2182 return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp
, Ty
);
2185 // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2186 const SCEV
*ZExt
= getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2187 if (!isa
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(ZExt
))
2190 // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2191 const SCEV
*SExt
= getSignExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
);
2192 if (!isa
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(SExt
))
2195 // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2196 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Op
)) {
2197 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Ops
;
2198 for (const SCEV
*Op
: AR
->operands())
2199 Ops
.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op
, Ty
));
2200 return getAddRecExpr(Ops
, AR
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW
);
2203 // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2204 if (isa
<SCEVSMaxExpr
>(Op
))
2207 // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2211 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2212 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2213 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2214 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2216 /// m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2218 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2220 /// (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2222 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2223 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2225 /// 13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2227 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2228 /// the original operand list.
2230 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2231 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2232 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2233 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2235 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, APInt
> &M
,
2236 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &NewOps
,
2237 APInt
&AccumulatedConstant
,
2238 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
, const APInt
&Scale
,
2239 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
2240 bool Interesting
= false;
2242 // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2244 while (const SCEVConstant
*C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[i
])) {
2246 // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2247 if (Scale
!= 1 || AccumulatedConstant
!= 0 || C
->getValue()->isZero())
2249 AccumulatedConstant
+= Scale
* C
->getAPInt();
2252 // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2253 // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2254 for (; i
!= Ops
.size(); ++i
) {
2255 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[i
]);
2256 if (Mul
&& isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Mul
->getOperand(0))) {
2258 Scale
* cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Mul
->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2259 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Mul
->getOperand(1))) {
2260 // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2261 const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Mul
->getOperand(1));
2263 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M
, NewOps
, AccumulatedConstant
,
2264 Add
->operands(), NewScale
, SE
);
2266 // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2268 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps(drop_begin(Mul
->operands()));
2269 const SCEV
*Key
= SE
.getMulExpr(MulOps
);
2270 auto Pair
= M
.insert({Key
, NewScale
});
2272 NewOps
.push_back(Pair
.first
->first
);
2274 Pair
.first
->second
+= NewScale
;
2275 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2276 // a folding opportunity.
2281 // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2282 std::pair
<DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, APInt
>::iterator
, bool> Pair
=
2283 M
.insert({Ops
[i
], Scale
});
2285 NewOps
.push_back(Pair
.first
->first
);
2287 Pair
.first
->second
+= Scale
;
2288 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2289 // a folding opportunity.
2298 bool ScalarEvolution::willNotOverflow(Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp
, bool Signed
,
2299 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
2300 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
2301 const SCEV
*(ScalarEvolution::*Operation
)(const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*,
2302 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
, unsigned);
2305 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported binary op");
2306 case Instruction::Add
:
2307 Operation
= &ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr
;
2309 case Instruction::Sub
:
2310 Operation
= &ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV
;
2312 case Instruction::Mul
:
2313 Operation
= &ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr
;
2317 const SCEV
*(ScalarEvolution::*Extension
)(const SCEV
*, Type
*, unsigned) =
2318 Signed
? &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr
2319 : &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr
;
2321 // Check ext(LHS op RHS) == ext(LHS) op ext(RHS)
2322 auto *NarrowTy
= cast
<IntegerType
>(LHS
->getType());
2324 IntegerType::get(NarrowTy
->getContext(), NarrowTy
->getBitWidth() * 2);
2326 const SCEV
*A
= (this->*Extension
)(
2327 (this->*Operation
)(LHS
, RHS
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, 0), WideTy
, 0);
2328 const SCEV
*LHSB
= (this->*Extension
)(LHS
, WideTy
, 0);
2329 const SCEV
*RHSB
= (this->*Extension
)(RHS
, WideTy
, 0);
2330 const SCEV
*B
= (this->*Operation
)(LHSB
, RHSB
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, 0);
2333 // Can we use context to prove the fact we need?
2336 // TODO: Support mul.
2337 if (BinOp
== Instruction::Mul
)
2339 auto *RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
);
2340 // TODO: Lift this limitation.
2343 APInt C
= RHSC
->getAPInt();
2344 unsigned NumBits
= C
.getBitWidth();
2345 bool IsSub
= (BinOp
== Instruction::Sub
);
2346 bool IsNegativeConst
= (Signed
&& C
.isNegative());
2347 // Compute the direction and magnitude by which we need to check overflow.
2348 bool OverflowDown
= IsSub
^ IsNegativeConst
;
2349 APInt Magnitude
= C
;
2350 if (IsNegativeConst
) {
2351 if (C
== APInt::getSignedMinValue(NumBits
))
2352 // TODO: SINT_MIN on inversion gives the same negative value, we don't
2353 // want to deal with that.
2358 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
= Signed
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
;
2360 // To avoid overflow down, we need to make sure that MIN + Magnitude <= LHS.
2361 APInt Min
= Signed
? APInt::getSignedMinValue(NumBits
)
2362 : APInt::getMinValue(NumBits
);
2363 APInt Limit
= Min
+ Magnitude
;
2364 return isKnownPredicateAt(Pred
, getConstant(Limit
), LHS
, CtxI
);
2366 // To avoid overflow up, we need to make sure that LHS <= MAX - Magnitude.
2367 APInt Max
= Signed
? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(NumBits
)
2368 : APInt::getMaxValue(NumBits
);
2369 APInt Limit
= Max
- Magnitude
;
2370 return isKnownPredicateAt(Pred
, LHS
, getConstant(Limit
), CtxI
);
2374 std::optional
<SCEV::NoWrapFlags
>
2375 ScalarEvolution::getStrengthenedNoWrapFlagsFromBinOp(
2376 const OverflowingBinaryOperator
*OBO
) {
2377 // It cannot be done any better.
2378 if (OBO
->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && OBO
->hasNoSignedWrap())
2379 return std::nullopt
;
2381 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= SCEV::NoWrapFlags::FlagAnyWrap
;
2383 if (OBO
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
2384 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2385 if (OBO
->hasNoSignedWrap())
2386 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2388 bool Deduced
= false;
2390 if (OBO
->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add
&&
2391 OBO
->getOpcode() != Instruction::Sub
&&
2392 OBO
->getOpcode() != Instruction::Mul
)
2393 return std::nullopt
;
2395 const SCEV
*LHS
= getSCEV(OBO
->getOperand(0));
2396 const SCEV
*RHS
= getSCEV(OBO
->getOperand(1));
2398 const Instruction
*CtxI
=
2399 UseContextForNoWrapFlagInference
? dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(OBO
) : nullptr;
2400 if (!OBO
->hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2401 willNotOverflow((Instruction::BinaryOps
)OBO
->getOpcode(),
2402 /* Signed */ false, LHS
, RHS
, CtxI
)) {
2403 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2407 if (!OBO
->hasNoSignedWrap() &&
2408 willNotOverflow((Instruction::BinaryOps
)OBO
->getOpcode(),
2409 /* Signed */ true, LHS
, RHS
, CtxI
)) {
2410 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2416 return std::nullopt
;
2419 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2420 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior. Infer a more aggressive set of
2421 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2422 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2423 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution
*SE
, SCEVTypes Type
,
2424 const ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
,
2425 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
2426 using namespace std::placeholders
;
2428 using OBO
= OverflowingBinaryOperator
;
2431 Type
== scAddExpr
|| Type
== scAddRecExpr
|| Type
== scMulExpr
;
2433 assert(CanAnalyze
&& "don't call from other places!");
2435 int SignOrUnsignMask
= SCEV::FlagNUW
| SCEV::FlagNSW
;
2436 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap
=
2437 ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags
, SignOrUnsignMask
);
2439 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2440 auto IsKnownNonNegative
= [&](const SCEV
*S
) {
2441 return SE
->isKnownNonNegative(S
);
2444 if (SignOrUnsignWrap
== SCEV::FlagNSW
&& all_of(Ops
, IsKnownNonNegative
))
2446 ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)SignOrUnsignMask
);
2448 SignOrUnsignWrap
= ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags
, SignOrUnsignMask
);
2450 if (SignOrUnsignWrap
!= SignOrUnsignMask
&&
2451 (Type
== scAddExpr
|| Type
== scMulExpr
) && Ops
.size() == 2 &&
2452 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])) {
2457 return Instruction::Add
;
2459 return Instruction::Mul
;
2461 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV op.");
2465 const APInt
&C
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])->getAPInt();
2467 // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nsw> if the op doesn't sign overflow.
2468 if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap
& SCEV::FlagNSW
)) {
2469 auto NSWRegion
= ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2470 Opcode
, C
, OBO::NoSignedWrap
);
2471 if (NSWRegion
.contains(SE
->getSignedRange(Ops
[1])))
2472 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2475 // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nuw> if the op doesn't unsign overflow.
2476 if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap
& SCEV::FlagNUW
)) {
2477 auto NUWRegion
= ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2478 Opcode
, C
, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap
);
2479 if (NUWRegion
.contains(SE
->getUnsignedRange(Ops
[1])))
2480 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2484 // <0,+,nonnegative><nw> is also nuw
2485 // TODO: Add corresponding nsw case
2486 if (Type
== scAddRecExpr
&& ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
) &&
2487 !ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) && Ops
.size() == 2 &&
2488 Ops
[0]->isZero() && IsKnownNonNegative(Ops
[1]))
2489 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2491 // both (udiv X, Y) * Y and Y * (udiv X, Y) are always NUW
2492 if (Type
== scMulExpr
&& !ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) &&
2494 if (auto *UDiv
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(Ops
[0]))
2495 if (UDiv
->getOperand(1) == Ops
[1])
2496 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2497 if (auto *UDiv
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(Ops
[1]))
2498 if (UDiv
->getOperand(1) == Ops
[0])
2499 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2505 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
) {
2506 return isLoopInvariant(S
, L
) && properlyDominates(S
, L
->getHeader());
2509 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2510 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
,
2511 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags
,
2513 assert(!(OrigFlags
& ~(SCEV::FlagNUW
| SCEV::FlagNSW
)) &&
2514 "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2515 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2516 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
2518 Type
*ETy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[0]->getType());
2519 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
2520 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[i
]->getType()) == ETy
&&
2521 "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2522 unsigned NumPtrs
= count_if(
2523 Ops
, [](const SCEV
*Op
) { return Op
->getType()->isPointerTy(); });
2524 assert(NumPtrs
<= 1 && "add has at most one pointer operand");
2527 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2528 GroupByComplexity(Ops
, &LI
, DT
);
2530 // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2532 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])) {
2534 assert(Idx
< Ops
.size());
2535 while (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
2536 // We found two constants, fold them together!
2537 Ops
[0] = getConstant(LHSC
->getAPInt() + RHSC
->getAPInt());
2538 if (Ops
.size() == 2) return Ops
[0];
2539 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element
2540 LHSC
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0]);
2543 // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2544 if (LHSC
->getValue()->isZero()) {
2545 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin());
2549 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
2552 // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
2553 auto ComputeFlags
= [this, OrigFlags
](const ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
2554 return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr
, Ops
, OrigFlags
);
2557 // Limit recursion calls depth.
2558 if (Depth
> MaxArithDepth
|| hasHugeExpression(Ops
))
2559 return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops
, ComputeFlags(Ops
));
2561 if (SCEV
*S
= findExistingSCEVInCache(scAddExpr
, Ops
)) {
2562 // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
2563 SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= static_cast<SCEVAddExpr
*>(S
);
2564 if (Add
->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags
) != OrigFlags
)
2565 Add
->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops
));
2569 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2570 // once. If so, merge them together into an multiply expression. Since we
2571 // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2572 Type
*Ty
= Ops
[0]->getType();
2573 bool FoundMatch
= false;
2574 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
-1; ++i
)
2575 if (Ops
[i
] == Ops
[i
+1]) { // X + Y + Y --> X + Y*2
2576 // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2578 while (i
+Count
!= e
&& Ops
[i
+Count
] == Ops
[i
])
2580 // Merge the values into a multiply.
2581 const SCEV
*Scale
= getConstant(Ty
, Count
);
2582 const SCEV
*Mul
= getMulExpr(Scale
, Ops
[i
], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2583 if (Ops
.size() == Count
)
2586 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+i
+1, Ops
.begin()+i
+Count
);
2587 --i
; e
-= Count
- 1;
2591 return getAddExpr(Ops
, OrigFlags
, Depth
+ 1);
2593 // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2594 // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2595 // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2596 // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2597 auto FindTruncSrcType
= [&]() -> Type
* {
2598 // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2599 // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2600 // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2601 // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2602 if (auto *T
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]))
2603 return T
->getOperand()->getType();
2604 if (const auto *Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
2605 const auto *LastOp
= Mul
->getOperand(Mul
->getNumOperands() - 1);
2606 if (const auto *T
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(LastOp
))
2607 return T
->getOperand()->getType();
2611 if (auto *SrcType
= FindTruncSrcType()) {
2612 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> LargeOps
;
2614 // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2615 // source type of the truncate.
2616 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
2617 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*T
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(Ops
[i
])) {
2618 if (T
->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType
) {
2622 LargeOps
.push_back(T
->getOperand());
2623 } else if (const SCEVConstant
*C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[i
])) {
2624 LargeOps
.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C
, SrcType
));
2625 } else if (const SCEVMulExpr
*M
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[i
])) {
2626 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> LargeMulOps
;
2627 for (unsigned j
= 0, f
= M
->getNumOperands(); j
!= f
&& Ok
; ++j
) {
2628 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr
*T
=
2629 dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(M
->getOperand(j
))) {
2630 if (T
->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType
) {
2634 LargeMulOps
.push_back(T
->getOperand());
2635 } else if (const auto *C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(M
->getOperand(j
))) {
2636 LargeMulOps
.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C
, SrcType
));
2643 LargeOps
.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
2650 // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2651 const SCEV
*Fold
= getAddExpr(LargeOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2652 // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2653 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Fold
) || isa
<SCEVUnknown
>(Fold
))
2654 return getTruncateExpr(Fold
, Ty
);
2658 if (Ops
.size() == 2) {
2659 // Check if we have an expression of the form ((X + C1) - C2), where C1 and
2660 // C2 can be folded in a way that allows retaining wrapping flags of (X +
2662 const SCEV
*A
= Ops
[0];
2663 const SCEV
*B
= Ops
[1];
2664 auto *AddExpr
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(B
);
2665 auto *C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(A
);
2666 if (AddExpr
&& C
&& isa
<SCEVConstant
>(AddExpr
->getOperand(0))) {
2667 auto C1
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AddExpr
->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2668 auto C2
= C
->getAPInt();
2669 SCEV::NoWrapFlags PreservedFlags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
2671 APInt ConstAdd
= C1
+ C2
;
2672 auto AddFlags
= AddExpr
->getNoWrapFlags();
2673 // Adding a smaller constant is NUW if the original AddExpr was NUW.
2674 if (ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(AddFlags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) &&
2677 ScalarEvolution::setFlags(PreservedFlags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2680 // Adding a constant with the same sign and small magnitude is NSW, if the
2681 // original AddExpr was NSW.
2682 if (ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(AddFlags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) &&
2683 C1
.isSignBitSet() == ConstAdd
.isSignBitSet() &&
2684 ConstAdd
.abs().ule(C1
.abs())) {
2686 ScalarEvolution::setFlags(PreservedFlags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
2689 if (PreservedFlags
!= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
) {
2690 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> NewOps(AddExpr
->operands());
2691 NewOps
[0] = getConstant(ConstAdd
);
2692 return getAddExpr(NewOps
, PreservedFlags
);
2697 // Canonicalize (-1 * urem X, Y) + X --> (Y * X/Y)
2698 if (Ops
.size() == 2) {
2699 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[0]);
2700 if (Mul
&& Mul
->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
2701 Mul
->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
2704 if (matchURem(Mul
->getOperand(1), X
, Y
) && X
== Ops
[1]) {
2705 return getMulExpr(Y
, getUDivExpr(X
, Y
));
2710 // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2711 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr
)
2714 // If there are add operands they would be next.
2715 if (Idx
< Ops
.size()) {
2716 bool DeletedAdd
= false;
2717 // If the original flags and all inlined SCEVAddExprs are NUW, use the
2718 // common NUW flag for expression after inlining. Other flags cannot be
2719 // preserved, because they may depend on the original order of operations.
2720 SCEV::NoWrapFlags CommonFlags
= maskFlags(OrigFlags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
2721 while (const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
2722 if (Ops
.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold
||
2723 Add
->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold
)
2725 // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2727 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
);
2728 append_range(Ops
, Add
->operands());
2730 CommonFlags
= maskFlags(CommonFlags
, Add
->getNoWrapFlags());
2733 // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2734 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify
2735 // any operands we just acquired.
2737 return getAddExpr(Ops
, CommonFlags
, Depth
+ 1);
2740 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2741 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr
)
2744 // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2745 // operands multiplied by constant values.
2746 if (Idx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
2747 uint64_t BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
);
2748 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, APInt
> M
;
2749 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> NewOps
;
2750 APInt
AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth
, 0);
2751 if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M
, NewOps
, AccumulatedConstant
,
2752 Ops
, APInt(BitWidth
, 1), *this)) {
2753 struct APIntCompare
{
2754 bool operator()(const APInt
&LHS
, const APInt
&RHS
) const {
2755 return LHS
.ult(RHS
);
2759 // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2760 // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2761 // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2762 std::map
<APInt
, SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4>, APIntCompare
> MulOpLists
;
2763 for (const SCEV
*NewOp
: NewOps
)
2764 MulOpLists
[M
.find(NewOp
)->second
].push_back(NewOp
);
2765 // Re-generate the operands list.
2767 if (AccumulatedConstant
!= 0)
2768 Ops
.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant
));
2769 for (auto &MulOp
: MulOpLists
) {
2770 if (MulOp
.first
== 1) {
2771 Ops
.push_back(getAddExpr(MulOp
.second
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
2772 } else if (MulOp
.first
!= 0) {
2773 Ops
.push_back(getMulExpr(
2774 getConstant(MulOp
.first
),
2775 getAddExpr(MulOp
.second
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1),
2776 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
2781 if (Ops
.size() == 1)
2783 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2787 // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2788 // something is not already an operand of the multiply. If so, merge it into
2790 for (; Idx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]); ++Idx
) {
2791 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]);
2792 for (unsigned MulOp
= 0, e
= Mul
->getNumOperands(); MulOp
!= e
; ++MulOp
) {
2793 const SCEV
*MulOpSCEV
= Mul
->getOperand(MulOp
);
2794 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(MulOpSCEV
))
2796 for (unsigned AddOp
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); AddOp
!= e
; ++AddOp
)
2797 if (MulOpSCEV
== Ops
[AddOp
]) {
2798 // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z) --> W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2799 const SCEV
*InnerMul
= Mul
->getOperand(MulOp
== 0);
2800 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2801 // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2803 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps(
2804 Mul
->operands().take_front(MulOp
));
2805 append_range(MulOps
, Mul
->operands().drop_front(MulOp
+ 1));
2806 InnerMul
= getMulExpr(MulOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2808 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> TwoOps
= {getOne(Ty
), InnerMul
};
2809 const SCEV
*AddOne
= getAddExpr(TwoOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2810 const SCEV
*OuterMul
= getMulExpr(AddOne
, MulOpSCEV
,
2811 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2812 if (Ops
.size() == 2) return OuterMul
;
2814 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+AddOp
);
2815 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
-1);
2817 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
);
2818 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+AddOp
-1);
2820 Ops
.push_back(OuterMul
);
2821 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2824 // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2825 for (unsigned OtherMulIdx
= Idx
+1;
2826 OtherMulIdx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[OtherMulIdx
]);
2828 const SCEVMulExpr
*OtherMul
= cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[OtherMulIdx
]);
2829 // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2831 for (unsigned OMulOp
= 0, e
= OtherMul
->getNumOperands();
2832 OMulOp
!= e
; ++OMulOp
)
2833 if (OtherMul
->getOperand(OMulOp
) == MulOpSCEV
) {
2834 // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2835 const SCEV
*InnerMul1
= Mul
->getOperand(MulOp
== 0);
2836 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2837 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps(
2838 Mul
->operands().take_front(MulOp
));
2839 append_range(MulOps
, Mul
->operands().drop_front(MulOp
+1));
2840 InnerMul1
= getMulExpr(MulOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2842 const SCEV
*InnerMul2
= OtherMul
->getOperand(OMulOp
== 0);
2843 if (OtherMul
->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2844 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps(
2845 OtherMul
->operands().take_front(OMulOp
));
2846 append_range(MulOps
, OtherMul
->operands().drop_front(OMulOp
+1));
2847 InnerMul2
= getMulExpr(MulOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2849 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> TwoOps
= {InnerMul1
, InnerMul2
};
2850 const SCEV
*InnerMulSum
=
2851 getAddExpr(TwoOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2852 const SCEV
*OuterMul
= getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV
, InnerMulSum
,
2853 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2854 if (Ops
.size() == 2) return OuterMul
;
2855 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
);
2856 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+OtherMulIdx
-1);
2857 Ops
.push_back(OuterMul
);
2858 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2864 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2865 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the
2867 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr
)
2870 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2871 for (; Idx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]); ++Idx
) {
2872 // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2873 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2874 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> LIOps
;
2875 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]);
2876 const Loop
*AddRecLoop
= AddRec
->getLoop();
2877 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
2878 if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops
[i
], AddRecLoop
)) {
2879 LIOps
.push_back(Ops
[i
]);
2880 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+i
);
2884 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2885 if (!LIOps
.empty()) {
2886 // Compute nowrap flags for the addition of the loop-invariant ops and
2887 // the addrec. Temporarily push it as an operand for that purpose. These
2888 // flags are valid in the scope of the addrec only.
2889 LIOps
.push_back(AddRec
);
2890 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= ComputeFlags(LIOps
);
2893 // NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step} --> NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2894 LIOps
.push_back(AddRec
->getStart());
2896 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec
->operands());
2898 // It is not in general safe to propagate flags valid on an add within
2899 // the addrec scope to one outside it. We must prove that the inner
2900 // scope is guaranteed to execute if the outer one does to be able to
2901 // safely propagate. We know the program is undefined if poison is
2902 // produced on the inner scoped addrec. We also know that *for this use*
2903 // the outer scoped add can't overflow (because of the flags we just
2904 // computed for the inner scoped add) without the program being undefined.
2905 // Proving that entry to the outer scope neccesitates entry to the inner
2906 // scope, thus proves the program undefined if the flags would be violated
2907 // in the outer scope.
2908 SCEV::NoWrapFlags AddFlags
= Flags
;
2909 if (AddFlags
!= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
) {
2910 auto *DefI
= getDefiningScopeBound(LIOps
);
2911 auto *ReachI
= &*AddRecLoop
->getHeader()->begin();
2912 if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(DefI
, ReachI
))
2913 AddFlags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
2915 AddRecOps
[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps
, AddFlags
, Depth
+ 1);
2917 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2918 // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2919 // Always propagate NW.
2920 Flags
= AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
));
2921 const SCEV
*NewRec
= getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps
, AddRecLoop
, Flags
);
2923 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2924 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return NewRec
;
2926 // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2927 for (unsigned i
= 0;; ++i
)
2928 if (Ops
[i
] == AddRec
) {
2932 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2935 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2936 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2937 // added together. If so, we can fold them.
2938 for (unsigned OtherIdx
= Idx
+1;
2939 OtherIdx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
]);
2941 // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2942 // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2943 assert(DT
.dominates(
2944 cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2945 AddRec
->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2946 "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2947 if (AddRecLoop
== cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
])->getLoop()) {
2948 // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L> --> Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2949 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec
->operands());
2950 for (; OtherIdx
!= Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
]);
2952 const auto *OtherAddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
]);
2953 if (OtherAddRec
->getLoop() == AddRecLoop
) {
2954 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= OtherAddRec
->getNumOperands();
2956 if (i
>= AddRecOps
.size()) {
2957 append_range(AddRecOps
, OtherAddRec
->operands().drop_front(i
));
2960 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> TwoOps
= {
2961 AddRecOps
[i
], OtherAddRec
->getOperand(i
)};
2962 AddRecOps
[i
] = getAddExpr(TwoOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2964 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + OtherIdx
); --OtherIdx
;
2967 // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2968 Ops
[Idx
] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps
, AddRecLoop
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
);
2969 return getAddExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
2973 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the
2977 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr. Check to see if we
2978 // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2979 return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops
, ComputeFlags(Ops
));
2983 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
,
2984 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
2985 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
2986 ID
.AddInteger(scAddExpr
);
2987 for (const SCEV
*Op
: Ops
)
2991 static_cast<SCEVAddExpr
*>(UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
));
2993 const SCEV
**O
= SCEVAllocator
.Allocate
<const SCEV
*>(Ops
.size());
2994 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops
.begin(), Ops
.end(), O
);
2995 S
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
2996 SCEVAddExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), O
, Ops
.size());
2997 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
2998 registerUser(S
, Ops
);
3000 S
->setNoWrapFlags(Flags
);
3005 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddRecExpr(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
,
3006 const Loop
*L
, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
3007 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
3008 ID
.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr
);
3009 for (const SCEV
*Op
: Ops
)
3014 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
));
3016 const SCEV
**O
= SCEVAllocator
.Allocate
<const SCEV
*>(Ops
.size());
3017 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops
.begin(), Ops
.end(), O
);
3018 S
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
3019 SCEVAddRecExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), O
, Ops
.size(), L
);
3020 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
3021 LoopUsers
[L
].push_back(S
);
3022 registerUser(S
, Ops
);
3024 setNoWrapFlags(S
, Flags
);
3029 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
,
3030 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
3031 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
3032 ID
.AddInteger(scMulExpr
);
3033 for (const SCEV
*Op
: Ops
)
3037 static_cast<SCEVMulExpr
*>(UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
));
3039 const SCEV
**O
= SCEVAllocator
.Allocate
<const SCEV
*>(Ops
.size());
3040 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops
.begin(), Ops
.end(), O
);
3041 S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVMulExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
3043 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
3044 registerUser(S
, Ops
);
3046 S
->setNoWrapFlags(Flags
);
3050 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i
, uint64_t j
, bool &Overflow
) {
3052 if (j
> 1 && k
/ j
!= i
) Overflow
= true;
3056 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient. If an
3057 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
3058 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
3059 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n
, uint64_t k
, bool &Overflow
) {
3060 // We use the multiplicative formula:
3061 // n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
3062 // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
3063 // (k-n)th term of the denominator. This division will always produce an
3064 // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
3065 // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
3066 // final result would fit.
3068 if (n
== 0 || n
== k
) return 1;
3069 if (k
> n
) return 0;
3075 for (uint64_t i
= 1; i
<= k
; ++i
) {
3076 r
= umul_ov(r
, n
-(i
-1), Overflow
);
3082 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
3083 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
3084 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV
*StartExpr
) {
3085 struct FindConstantInAddMulChain
{
3086 bool FoundConstant
= false;
3088 bool follow(const SCEV
*S
) {
3089 FoundConstant
|= isa
<SCEVConstant
>(S
);
3090 return isa
<SCEVAddExpr
>(S
) || isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(S
);
3093 bool isDone() const {
3094 return FoundConstant
;
3098 FindConstantInAddMulChain F
;
3099 SCEVTraversal
<FindConstantInAddMulChain
> ST(F
);
3100 ST
.visitAll(StartExpr
);
3101 return F
.FoundConstant
;
3104 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
3105 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
,
3106 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags
,
3108 assert(OrigFlags
== maskFlags(OrigFlags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
| SCEV::FlagNSW
) &&
3109 "only nuw or nsw allowed");
3110 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
3111 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
3113 Type
*ETy
= Ops
[0]->getType();
3114 assert(!ETy
->isPointerTy());
3115 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
3116 assert(Ops
[i
]->getType() == ETy
&&
3117 "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
3120 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3121 GroupByComplexity(Ops
, &LI
, DT
);
3123 // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3125 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])) {
3127 assert(Idx
< Ops
.size());
3128 while (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
3129 // We found two constants, fold them together!
3130 Ops
[0] = getConstant(LHSC
->getAPInt() * RHSC
->getAPInt());
3131 if (Ops
.size() == 2) return Ops
[0];
3132 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element
3133 LHSC
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0]);
3136 // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
3137 if (LHSC
->getValue()->isZero())
3140 // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
3141 if (LHSC
->getValue()->isOne()) {
3142 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin());
3146 if (Ops
.size() == 1)
3150 // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
3151 auto ComputeFlags
= [this, OrigFlags
](const ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
3152 return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr
, Ops
, OrigFlags
);
3155 // Limit recursion calls depth.
3156 if (Depth
> MaxArithDepth
|| hasHugeExpression(Ops
))
3157 return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops
, ComputeFlags(Ops
));
3159 if (SCEV
*S
= findExistingSCEVInCache(scMulExpr
, Ops
)) {
3160 // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
3161 SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= static_cast<SCEVMulExpr
*>(S
);
3162 if (Mul
->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags
) != OrigFlags
)
3163 Mul
->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops
));
3167 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])) {
3168 if (Ops
.size() == 2) {
3169 // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
3170 if (const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Ops
[1]))
3171 // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, apply this
3172 // transformation as well.
3174 // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
3175 // profitable; for example, Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z. Maybe the scope of
3176 // this transformation should be narrowed down.
3177 if (Add
->getNumOperands() == 2 && containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add
)) {
3178 const SCEV
*LHS
= getMulExpr(LHSC
, Add
->getOperand(0),
3179 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3180 const SCEV
*RHS
= getMulExpr(LHSC
, Add
->getOperand(1),
3181 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3182 return getAddExpr(LHS
, RHS
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3185 if (Ops
[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
3186 // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
3188 if (const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Ops
[1])) {
3189 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> NewOps
;
3190 bool AnyFolded
= false;
3191 for (const SCEV
*AddOp
: Add
->operands()) {
3192 const SCEV
*Mul
= getMulExpr(Ops
[0], AddOp
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
,
3194 if (!isa
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Mul
)) AnyFolded
= true;
3195 NewOps
.push_back(Mul
);
3198 return getAddExpr(NewOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3199 } else if (const auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[1])) {
3200 // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
3201 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
3202 for (const SCEV
*AddRecOp
: AddRec
->operands())
3203 Operands
.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops
[0], AddRecOp
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
,
3205 // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. AddRec with nsw
3206 // multiplied by -1 can have signed overflow if and only if it takes a
3207 // value of M: M * (-1) would stay M and (M + 1) * (-1) would be the
3208 // maximum signed value. In all other cases signed overflow is
3210 auto FlagsMask
= SCEV::FlagNW
;
3211 if (hasFlags(AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNSW
)) {
3213 APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec
->getType()));
3214 if (getSignedRangeMin(AddRec
) != MinInt
)
3215 FlagsMask
= setFlags(FlagsMask
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
3217 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, AddRec
->getLoop(),
3218 AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(FlagsMask
));
3224 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
3225 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr
)
3228 // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
3229 if (Idx
< Ops
.size()) {
3230 bool DeletedMul
= false;
3231 while (const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
3232 if (Ops
.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold
)
3234 // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
3236 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
);
3237 append_range(Ops
, Mul
->operands());
3241 // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
3242 // list, and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and
3243 // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
3245 return getMulExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3248 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
3249 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the
3251 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr
)
3254 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
3255 for (; Idx
< Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]); ++Idx
) {
3256 // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
3257 // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
3258 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> LIOps
;
3259 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]);
3260 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
3261 if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops
[i
], AddRec
->getLoop())) {
3262 LIOps
.push_back(Ops
[i
]);
3263 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+i
);
3267 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
3268 if (!LIOps
.empty()) {
3269 // NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step} --> NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
3270 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> NewOps
;
3271 NewOps
.reserve(AddRec
->getNumOperands());
3272 const SCEV
*Scale
= getMulExpr(LIOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3274 // If both the mul and addrec are nuw, we can preserve nuw.
3275 // If both the mul and addrec are nsw, we can only preserve nsw if either
3276 // a) they are also nuw, or
3277 // b) all multiplications of addrec operands with scale are nsw.
3278 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
=
3279 AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags({Scale
, AddRec
}));
3281 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= AddRec
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3282 NewOps
.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale
, AddRec
->getOperand(i
),
3283 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
3285 if (hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) && !hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
)) {
3286 ConstantRange NSWRegion
= ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
3287 Instruction::Mul
, getSignedRange(Scale
),
3288 OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap
);
3289 if (!NSWRegion
.contains(getSignedRange(AddRec
->getOperand(i
))))
3290 Flags
= clearFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
3294 const SCEV
*NewRec
= getAddRecExpr(NewOps
, AddRec
->getLoop(), Flags
);
3296 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
3297 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return NewRec
;
3299 // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
3300 for (unsigned i
= 0;; ++i
)
3301 if (Ops
[i
] == AddRec
) {
3305 return getMulExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3308 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
3309 // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
3310 // being multiplied together. If so, we can fold them.
3312 // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
3313 // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
3314 // choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
3315 // ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
3316 // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
3317 // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
3319 // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
3320 // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
3321 // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
3322 bool OpsModified
= false;
3323 for (unsigned OtherIdx
= Idx
+1;
3324 OtherIdx
!= Ops
.size() && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
]);
3326 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*OtherAddRec
=
3327 dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Ops
[OtherIdx
]);
3328 if (!OtherAddRec
|| OtherAddRec
->getLoop() != AddRec
->getLoop())
3331 // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
3332 // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
3333 if (AddRec
->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec
->getNumOperands() - 1 >
3334 MaxAddRecSize
|| hasHugeExpression({AddRec
, OtherAddRec
}))
3337 bool Overflow
= false;
3338 Type
*Ty
= AddRec
->getType();
3339 bool LargerThan64Bits
= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) > 64;
3340 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 7> AddRecOps
;
3341 for (int x
= 0, xe
= AddRec
->getNumOperands() +
3342 OtherAddRec
->getNumOperands() - 1; x
!= xe
&& !Overflow
; ++x
) {
3343 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 7> SumOps
;
3344 for (int y
= x
, ye
= 2*x
+1; y
!= ye
&& !Overflow
; ++y
) {
3345 uint64_t Coeff1
= Choose(x
, 2*x
- y
, Overflow
);
3346 for (int z
= std::max(y
-x
, y
-(int)AddRec
->getNumOperands()+1),
3347 ze
= std::min(x
+1, (int)OtherAddRec
->getNumOperands());
3348 z
< ze
&& !Overflow
; ++z
) {
3349 uint64_t Coeff2
= Choose(2*x
- y
, x
-z
, Overflow
);
3351 if (LargerThan64Bits
)
3352 Coeff
= umul_ov(Coeff1
, Coeff2
, Overflow
);
3354 Coeff
= Coeff1
*Coeff2
;
3355 const SCEV
*CoeffTerm
= getConstant(Ty
, Coeff
);
3356 const SCEV
*Term1
= AddRec
->getOperand(y
-z
);
3357 const SCEV
*Term2
= OtherAddRec
->getOperand(z
);
3358 SumOps
.push_back(getMulExpr(CoeffTerm
, Term1
, Term2
,
3359 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
3363 SumOps
.push_back(getZero(Ty
));
3364 AddRecOps
.push_back(getAddExpr(SumOps
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1));
3367 const SCEV
*NewAddRec
= getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps
, AddRec
->getLoop(),
3369 if (Ops
.size() == 2) return NewAddRec
;
3370 Ops
[Idx
] = NewAddRec
;
3371 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + OtherIdx
); --OtherIdx
;
3373 AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(NewAddRec
);
3379 return getMulExpr(Ops
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
, Depth
+ 1);
3381 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the
3385 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr. Check to see if we
3386 // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3387 return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops
, ComputeFlags(Ops
));
3390 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
3391 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
,
3393 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS
->getType()) ==
3394 getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS
->getType()) &&
3395 "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3397 // Short-circuit easy cases
3398 if (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
3399 // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3400 if (RHSC
->getValue()->isOne())
3401 return getZero(LHS
->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3403 // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3404 if (RHSC
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3405 Type
*FullTy
= LHS
->getType();
3407 IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC
->getAPInt().logBase2());
3408 return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS
, TruncTy
), FullTy
);
3412 // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3413 const SCEV
*UDiv
= getUDivExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
3414 const SCEV
*Mult
= getMulExpr(UDiv
, RHS
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
3415 return getMinusSCEV(LHS
, Mult
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
3418 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3420 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
,
3422 assert(!LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
3423 "SCEVUDivExpr operand can't be pointer!");
3424 assert(LHS
->getType() == RHS
->getType() &&
3425 "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3427 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
3428 ID
.AddInteger(scUDivExpr
);
3432 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
3436 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
))
3437 if (LHSC
->getValue()->isZero())
3440 if (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
3441 if (RHSC
->getValue()->isOne())
3442 return LHS
; // X udiv 1 --> x
3443 // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3444 // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3445 // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3446 if (!RHSC
->getValue()->isZero()) {
3447 // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3449 // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3450 Type
*Ty
= LHS
->getType();
3451 unsigned LZ
= RHSC
->getAPInt().countl_zero();
3452 unsigned MaxShiftAmt
= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) - LZ
- 1;
3453 // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3454 // nearest power of two.
3455 if (!RHSC
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3457 IntegerType
*ExtTy
=
3458 IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) + MaxShiftAmt
);
3459 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
))
3460 if (const SCEVConstant
*Step
=
3461 dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3462 // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3463 const APInt
&StepInt
= Step
->getAPInt();
3464 const APInt
&DivInt
= RHSC
->getAPInt();
3465 if (!StepInt
.urem(DivInt
) &&
3466 getZeroExtendExpr(AR
, ExtTy
) ==
3467 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR
->getStart(), ExtTy
),
3468 getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, ExtTy
),
3469 AR
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
)) {
3470 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
3471 for (const SCEV
*Op
: AR
->operands())
3472 Operands
.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op
, RHS
));
3473 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, AR
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW
);
3475 /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3476 /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3477 // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3478 const SCEVConstant
*StartC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AR
->getStart());
3479 if (StartC
&& !DivInt
.urem(StepInt
) &&
3480 getZeroExtendExpr(AR
, ExtTy
) ==
3481 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR
->getStart(), ExtTy
),
3482 getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, ExtTy
),
3483 AR
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
)) {
3484 const APInt
&StartInt
= StartC
->getAPInt();
3485 const APInt
&StartRem
= StartInt
.urem(StepInt
);
3486 if (StartRem
!= 0) {
3487 const SCEV
*NewLHS
=
3488 getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt
- StartRem
), Step
,
3489 AR
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW
);
3490 if (LHS
!= NewLHS
) {
3493 // Reset the ID to include the new LHS, and check if it is
3496 ID
.AddInteger(scUDivExpr
);
3500 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
3506 // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3507 if (const SCEVMulExpr
*M
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(LHS
)) {
3508 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
3509 for (const SCEV
*Op
: M
->operands())
3510 Operands
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, ExtTy
));
3511 if (getZeroExtendExpr(M
, ExtTy
) == getMulExpr(Operands
))
3512 // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3513 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= M
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3514 const SCEV
*Op
= M
->getOperand(i
);
3515 const SCEV
*Div
= getUDivExpr(Op
, RHSC
);
3516 if (!isa
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(Div
) && getMulExpr(Div
, RHSC
) == Op
) {
3517 Operands
= SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4>(M
->operands());
3519 return getMulExpr(Operands
);
3524 // (A/B)/C --> A/(B*C) if safe and B*C can be folded.
3525 if (const SCEVUDivExpr
*OtherDiv
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(LHS
)) {
3526 if (auto *DivisorConstant
=
3527 dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(OtherDiv
->getRHS())) {
3528 bool Overflow
= false;
3530 DivisorConstant
->getAPInt().umul_ov(RHSC
->getAPInt(), Overflow
);
3532 return getConstant(RHSC
->getType(), 0, false);
3534 return getUDivExpr(OtherDiv
->getLHS(), getConstant(NewRHS
));
3538 // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3539 if (const SCEVAddExpr
*A
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(LHS
)) {
3540 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
3541 for (const SCEV
*Op
: A
->operands())
3542 Operands
.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, ExtTy
));
3543 if (getZeroExtendExpr(A
, ExtTy
) == getAddExpr(Operands
)) {
3545 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= A
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3546 const SCEV
*Op
= getUDivExpr(A
->getOperand(i
), RHS
);
3547 if (isa
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(Op
) ||
3548 getMulExpr(Op
, RHS
) != A
->getOperand(i
))
3550 Operands
.push_back(Op
);
3552 if (Operands
.size() == A
->getNumOperands())
3553 return getAddExpr(Operands
);
3557 // Fold if both operands are constant.
3558 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
))
3559 return getConstant(LHSC
->getAPInt().udiv(RHSC
->getAPInt()));
3563 // The Insertion Point (IP) might be invalid by now (due to UniqueSCEVs
3564 // changes). Make sure we get a new one.
3566 if (const SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) return S
;
3567 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVUDivExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
),
3569 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
3570 registerUser(S
, {LHS
, RHS
});
3574 APInt
gcd(const SCEVConstant
*C1
, const SCEVConstant
*C2
) {
3575 APInt A
= C1
->getAPInt().abs();
3576 APInt B
= C2
->getAPInt().abs();
3577 uint32_t ABW
= A
.getBitWidth();
3578 uint32_t BBW
= B
.getBitWidth();
3585 return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A
), std::move(B
));
3588 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3589 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3590 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS. We can't do this when
3591 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3592 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
,
3594 // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3595 // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3596 // end of this file for inspiration.
3598 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(LHS
);
3599 if (!Mul
|| !Mul
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3600 return getUDivExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
3602 if (const SCEVConstant
*RHSCst
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
3603 // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3604 // first element of the mulexpr.
3605 if (const auto *LHSCst
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Mul
->getOperand(0))) {
3606 if (LHSCst
== RHSCst
) {
3607 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Operands(drop_begin(Mul
->operands()));
3608 return getMulExpr(Operands
);
3611 // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3612 // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3614 APInt Factor
= gcd(LHSCst
, RHSCst
);
3615 if (!Factor
.isIntN(1)) {
3617 cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getConstant(LHSCst
->getAPInt().udiv(Factor
)));
3619 cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getConstant(RHSCst
->getAPInt().udiv(Factor
)));
3620 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Operands
;
3621 Operands
.push_back(LHSCst
);
3622 append_range(Operands
, Mul
->operands().drop_front());
3623 LHS
= getMulExpr(Operands
);
3625 Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(LHS
);
3627 return getUDivExactExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
3632 for (int i
= 0, e
= Mul
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3633 if (Mul
->getOperand(i
) == RHS
) {
3634 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Operands
;
3635 append_range(Operands
, Mul
->operands().take_front(i
));
3636 append_range(Operands
, Mul
->operands().drop_front(i
+ 1));
3637 return getMulExpr(Operands
);
3641 return getUDivExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
3644 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. Simplify the
3645 /// expression as much as possible.
3646 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV
*Start
, const SCEV
*Step
,
3648 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
3649 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands
;
3650 Operands
.push_back(Start
);
3651 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*StepChrec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Step
))
3652 if (StepChrec
->getLoop() == L
) {
3653 append_range(Operands
, StepChrec
->operands());
3654 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, L
, maskFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
));
3657 Operands
.push_back(Step
);
3658 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, L
, Flags
);
3661 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. Simplify the
3662 /// expression as much as possible.
3664 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Operands
,
3665 const Loop
*L
, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
3666 if (Operands
.size() == 1) return Operands
[0];
3668 Type
*ETy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands
[0]->getType());
3669 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Operands
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3670 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands
[i
]->getType()) == ETy
&&
3671 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3672 assert(!Operands
[i
]->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Step must be integer");
3674 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Operands
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
3675 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Operands
[i
], L
) &&
3676 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not available at loop entry!");
3679 if (Operands
.back()->isZero()) {
3680 Operands
.pop_back();
3681 return getAddRecExpr(Operands
, L
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
); // {X,+,0} --> X
3684 // It's tempting to want to call getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3685 // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3686 // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3687 // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3688 // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3690 Flags
= StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr
, Operands
, Flags
);
3692 // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3693 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*NestedAR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Operands
[0])) {
3694 const Loop
*NestedLoop
= NestedAR
->getLoop();
3695 if (L
->contains(NestedLoop
)
3696 ? (L
->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop
->getLoopDepth())
3697 : (!NestedLoop
->contains(L
) &&
3698 DT
.dominates(L
->getHeader(), NestedLoop
->getHeader()))) {
3699 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR
->operands());
3700 Operands
[0] = NestedAR
->getStart();
3701 // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3702 // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3704 bool AllInvariant
= all_of(
3705 Operands
, [&](const SCEV
*Op
) { return isLoopInvariant(Op
, L
); });
3708 // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3710 // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3711 // inner recurrence has the same property.
3712 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags
=
3713 maskFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
| NestedAR
->getNoWrapFlags());
3715 NestedOperands
[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands
, L
, OuterFlags
);
3716 AllInvariant
= all_of(NestedOperands
, [&](const SCEV
*Op
) {
3717 return isLoopInvariant(Op
, NestedLoop
);
3721 // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3723 // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3724 // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3725 SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags
=
3726 maskFlags(NestedAR
->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW
| Flags
);
3727 return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands
, NestedLoop
, InnerFlags
);
3730 // Reset Operands to its original state.
3731 Operands
[0] = NestedAR
;
3735 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr. Check to see if we
3736 // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3737 return getOrCreateAddRecExpr(Operands
, L
, Flags
);
3741 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator
*GEP
,
3742 const SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &IndexExprs
) {
3743 const SCEV
*BaseExpr
= getSCEV(GEP
->getPointerOperand());
3744 // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3745 // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3746 Type
*IntIdxTy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr
->getType());
3747 const bool AssumeInBoundsFlags
= [&]() {
3748 if (!GEP
->isInBounds())
3751 // We'd like to propagate flags from the IR to the corresponding SCEV nodes,
3752 // but to do that, we have to ensure that said flag is valid in the entire
3753 // defined scope of the SCEV.
3754 auto *GEPI
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(GEP
);
3755 // TODO: non-instructions have global scope. We might be able to prove
3756 // some global scope cases
3757 return GEPI
&& isSCEVExprNeverPoison(GEPI
);
3760 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OffsetWrap
=
3761 AssumeInBoundsFlags
? SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
3763 Type
*CurTy
= GEP
->getType();
3764 bool FirstIter
= true;
3765 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Offsets
;
3766 for (const SCEV
*IndexExpr
: IndexExprs
) {
3767 // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3768 if (StructType
*STy
= dyn_cast
<StructType
>(CurTy
)) {
3769 // For a struct, add the member offset.
3770 ConstantInt
*Index
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(IndexExpr
)->getValue();
3771 unsigned FieldNo
= Index
->getZExtValue();
3772 const SCEV
*FieldOffset
= getOffsetOfExpr(IntIdxTy
, STy
, FieldNo
);
3773 Offsets
.push_back(FieldOffset
);
3775 // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3776 CurTy
= STy
->getTypeAtIndex(Index
);
3778 // Update CurTy to its element type.
3780 assert(isa
<PointerType
>(CurTy
) &&
3781 "The first index of a GEP indexes a pointer");
3782 CurTy
= GEP
->getSourceElementType();
3785 CurTy
= GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(CurTy
, (uint64_t)0);
3787 // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3788 const SCEV
*ElementSize
= getSizeOfExpr(IntIdxTy
, CurTy
);
3789 // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3790 IndexExpr
= getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr
, IntIdxTy
);
3792 // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3793 const SCEV
*LocalOffset
= getMulExpr(IndexExpr
, ElementSize
, OffsetWrap
);
3794 Offsets
.push_back(LocalOffset
);
3798 // Handle degenerate case of GEP without offsets.
3799 if (Offsets
.empty())
3802 // Add the offsets together, assuming nsw if inbounds.
3803 const SCEV
*Offset
= getAddExpr(Offsets
, OffsetWrap
);
3804 // Add the base address and the offset. We cannot use the nsw flag, as the
3805 // base address is unsigned. However, if we know that the offset is
3806 // non-negative, we can use nuw.
3807 SCEV::NoWrapFlags BaseWrap
= AssumeInBoundsFlags
&& isKnownNonNegative(Offset
)
3808 ? SCEV::FlagNUW
: SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
3809 auto *GEPExpr
= getAddExpr(BaseExpr
, Offset
, BaseWrap
);
3810 assert(BaseExpr
->getType() == GEPExpr
->getType() &&
3811 "GEP should not change type mid-flight.");
3815 SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::findExistingSCEVInCache(SCEVTypes SCEVType
,
3816 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
3817 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
3818 ID
.AddInteger(SCEVType
);
3819 for (const SCEV
*Op
: Ops
)
3822 return UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
);
3825 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getAbsExpr(const SCEV
*Op
, bool IsNSW
) {
3826 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= IsNSW
? SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
3827 return getSMaxExpr(Op
, getNegativeSCEV(Op
, Flags
));
3830 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getMinMaxExpr(SCEVTypes Kind
,
3831 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
) {
3832 assert(SCEVMinMaxExpr::isMinMaxType(Kind
) && "Not a SCEVMinMaxExpr!");
3833 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "Cannot get empty (u|s)(min|max)!");
3834 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
3836 Type
*ETy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[0]->getType());
3837 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3838 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[i
]->getType()) == ETy
&&
3839 "Operand types don't match!");
3840 assert(Ops
[0]->getType()->isPointerTy() ==
3841 Ops
[i
]->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
3842 "min/max should be consistently pointerish");
3846 bool IsSigned
= Kind
== scSMaxExpr
|| Kind
== scSMinExpr
;
3847 bool IsMax
= Kind
== scSMaxExpr
|| Kind
== scUMaxExpr
;
3849 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3850 GroupByComplexity(Ops
, &LI
, DT
);
3852 // Check if we have created the same expression before.
3853 if (const SCEV
*S
= findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind
, Ops
)) {
3857 // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3859 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0])) {
3861 assert(Idx
< Ops
.size());
3862 auto FoldOp
= [&](const APInt
&LHS
, const APInt
&RHS
) {
3865 return APIntOps::smax(LHS
, RHS
);
3867 return APIntOps::smin(LHS
, RHS
);
3869 return APIntOps::umax(LHS
, RHS
);
3871 return APIntOps::umin(LHS
, RHS
);
3873 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV min/max opcode");
3877 while (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[Idx
])) {
3878 // We found two constants, fold them together!
3879 ConstantInt
*Fold
= ConstantInt::get(
3880 getContext(), FoldOp(LHSC
->getAPInt(), RHSC
->getAPInt()));
3881 Ops
[0] = getConstant(Fold
);
3882 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element
3883 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
3884 LHSC
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Ops
[0]);
3887 bool IsMinV
= LHSC
->getValue()->isMinValue(IsSigned
);
3888 bool IsMaxV
= LHSC
->getValue()->isMaxValue(IsSigned
);
3890 if (IsMax
? IsMinV
: IsMaxV
) {
3891 // If we are left with a constant minimum(/maximum)-int, strip it off.
3892 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin());
3894 } else if (IsMax
? IsMaxV
: IsMinV
) {
3895 // If we have a max(/min) with a constant maximum(/minimum)-int,
3896 // it will always be the extremum.
3900 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
3903 // Find the first operation of the same kind
3904 while (Idx
< Ops
.size() && Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() < Kind
)
3907 // Check to see if one of the operands is of the same kind. If so, expand its
3908 // operands onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3909 if (Idx
< Ops
.size()) {
3910 bool DeletedAny
= false;
3911 while (Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() == Kind
) {
3912 const SCEVMinMaxExpr
*SMME
= cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]);
3913 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin()+Idx
);
3914 append_range(Ops
, SMME
->operands());
3919 return getMinMaxExpr(Kind
, Ops
);
3922 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If
3923 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3925 llvm::CmpInst::Predicate GEPred
=
3926 IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
;
3927 llvm::CmpInst::Predicate LEPred
=
3928 IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
;
3929 llvm::CmpInst::Predicate FirstPred
= IsMax
? GEPred
: LEPred
;
3930 llvm::CmpInst::Predicate SecondPred
= IsMax
? LEPred
: GEPred
;
3931 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size() - 1; i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3932 if (Ops
[i
] == Ops
[i
+ 1] ||
3933 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(FirstPred
, Ops
[i
], Ops
[i
+ 1])) {
3934 // X op Y op Y --> X op Y
3935 // X op Y --> X, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3936 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + i
+ 1, Ops
.begin() + i
+ 2);
3939 } else if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(SecondPred
, Ops
[i
],
3941 // X op Y --> Y, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3942 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + i
, Ops
.begin() + i
+ 1);
3948 if (Ops
.size() == 1) return Ops
[0];
3950 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3952 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an expr. Check to see if we
3953 // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3954 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
3955 ID
.AddInteger(Kind
);
3956 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
3957 ID
.AddPointer(Ops
[i
]);
3959 const SCEV
*ExistingSCEV
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
);
3961 return ExistingSCEV
;
3962 const SCEV
**O
= SCEVAllocator
.Allocate
<const SCEV
*>(Ops
.size());
3963 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops
.begin(), Ops
.end(), O
);
3964 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
3965 SCEVMinMaxExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Kind
, O
, Ops
.size());
3967 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
3968 registerUser(S
, Ops
);
3974 class SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor final
3975 : public SCEVVisitor
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor
,
3976 std::optional
<const SCEV
*>> {
3977 using RetVal
= std::optional
<const SCEV
*>;
3978 using Base
= SCEVVisitor
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor
, RetVal
>;
3980 ScalarEvolution
&SE
;
3981 const SCEVTypes RootKind
; // Must be a sequential min/max expression.
3982 const SCEVTypes NonSequentialRootKind
; // Non-sequential variant of RootKind.
3983 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEV
*, 16> SeenOps
;
3985 bool canRecurseInto(SCEVTypes Kind
) const {
3986 // We can only recurse into the SCEV expression of the same effective type
3987 // as the type of our root SCEV expression.
3988 return RootKind
== Kind
|| NonSequentialRootKind
== Kind
;
3991 RetVal
visitAnyMinMaxExpr(const SCEV
*S
) {
3992 assert((isa
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(S
) || isa
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr
>(S
)) &&
3993 "Only for min/max expressions.");
3994 SCEVTypes Kind
= S
->getSCEVType();
3996 if (!canRecurseInto(Kind
))
3999 auto *NAry
= cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(S
);
4000 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> NewOps
;
4001 bool Changed
= visit(Kind
, NAry
->operands(), NewOps
);
4006 return std::nullopt
;
4008 return isa
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr
>(S
)
4009 ? SE
.getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind
, NewOps
)
4010 : SE
.getMinMaxExpr(Kind
, NewOps
);
4013 RetVal
visit(const SCEV
*S
) {
4014 // Has the whole operand been seen already?
4015 if (!SeenOps
.insert(S
).second
)
4016 return std::nullopt
;
4017 return Base::visit(S
);
4021 SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
4023 : SE(SE
), RootKind(RootKind
),
4024 NonSequentialRootKind(
4025 SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(
4028 bool /*Changed*/ visit(SCEVTypes Kind
, ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> OrigOps
,
4029 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &NewOps
) {
4030 bool Changed
= false;
4031 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Ops
;
4032 Ops
.reserve(OrigOps
.size());
4034 for (const SCEV
*Op
: OrigOps
) {
4035 RetVal NewOp
= visit(Op
);
4039 Ops
.emplace_back(*NewOp
);
4043 NewOps
= std::move(Ops
);
4047 RetVal
visitConstant(const SCEVConstant
*Constant
) { return Constant
; }
4049 RetVal
visitVScale(const SCEVVScale
*VScale
) { return VScale
; }
4051 RetVal
visitPtrToIntExpr(const SCEVPtrToIntExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4053 RetVal
visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4055 RetVal
visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4057 RetVal
visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4059 RetVal
visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4061 RetVal
visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4063 RetVal
visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4065 RetVal
visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4067 RetVal
visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr
*Expr
) {
4068 return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr
);
4071 RetVal
visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr
*Expr
) {
4072 return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr
);
4075 RetVal
visitSMinExpr(const SCEVSMinExpr
*Expr
) {
4076 return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr
);
4079 RetVal
visitUMinExpr(const SCEVUMinExpr
*Expr
) {
4080 return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr
);
4083 RetVal
visitSequentialUMinExpr(const SCEVSequentialUMinExpr
*Expr
) {
4084 return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr
);
4087 RetVal
visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4089 RetVal
visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
4094 static bool scevUnconditionallyPropagatesPoisonFromOperands(SCEVTypes Kind
) {
4111 // If any operand is poison, the whole expression is poison.
4113 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
4114 // FIXME: if the *first* operand is poison, the whole expression is poison.
4115 return false; // Pessimistically, say that it does not propagate poison.
4116 case scCouldNotCompute
:
4117 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
4119 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
4123 // The only way poison may be introduced in a SCEV expression is from a
4124 // poison SCEVUnknown (ConstantExprs are also represented as SCEVUnknown,
4125 // not SCEVConstant). Notably, nowrap flags in SCEV nodes can *not*
4126 // introduce poison -- they encode guaranteed, non-speculated knowledge.
4128 // Additionally, all SCEV nodes propagate poison from inputs to outputs,
4129 // with the notable exception of umin_seq, where only poison from the first
4130 // operand is (unconditionally) propagated.
4131 struct SCEVPoisonCollector
{
4132 bool LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking
;
4133 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVUnknown
*, 4> MaybePoison
;
4134 SCEVPoisonCollector(bool LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking
)
4135 : LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking(LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking
) {}
4137 bool follow(const SCEV
*S
) {
4138 if (!LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking
&&
4139 !scevUnconditionallyPropagatesPoisonFromOperands(S
->getSCEVType()))
4142 if (auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
)) {
4143 if (!isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(SU
->getValue()))
4144 MaybePoison
.insert(SU
);
4148 bool isDone() const { return false; }
4152 /// Return true if V is poison given that AssumedPoison is already poison.
4153 static bool impliesPoison(const SCEV
*AssumedPoison
, const SCEV
*S
) {
4154 // First collect all SCEVs that might result in AssumedPoison to be poison.
4155 // We need to look through potentially poison-blocking operations here,
4156 // because we want to find all SCEVs that *might* result in poison, not only
4157 // those that are *required* to.
4158 SCEVPoisonCollector
PC1(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ true);
4159 visitAll(AssumedPoison
, PC1
);
4161 // AssumedPoison is never poison. As the assumption is false, the implication
4162 // is true. Don't bother walking the other SCEV in this case.
4163 if (PC1
.MaybePoison
.empty())
4166 // Collect all SCEVs in S that, if poison, *will* result in S being poison
4167 // as well. We cannot look through potentially poison-blocking operations
4168 // here, as their arguments only *may* make the result poison.
4169 SCEVPoisonCollector
PC2(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ false);
4172 // Make sure that no matter which SCEV in PC1.MaybePoison is actually poison,
4173 // it will also make S poison by being part of PC2.MaybePoison.
4174 return all_of(PC1
.MaybePoison
, [&](const SCEVUnknown
*S
) {
4175 return PC2
.MaybePoison
.contains(S
);
4179 void ScalarEvolution::getPoisonGeneratingValues(
4180 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const Value
*> &Result
, const SCEV
*S
) {
4181 SCEVPoisonCollector
PC(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ false);
4183 for (const SCEVUnknown
*SU
: PC
.MaybePoison
)
4184 Result
.insert(SU
->getValue());
4188 ScalarEvolution::getSequentialMinMaxExpr(SCEVTypes Kind
,
4189 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
) {
4190 assert(SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::isSequentialMinMaxType(Kind
) &&
4191 "Not a SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr!");
4192 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "Cannot get empty (u|s)(min|max)!");
4193 if (Ops
.size() == 1)
4196 Type
*ETy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[0]->getType());
4197 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
4198 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops
[i
]->getType()) == ETy
&&
4199 "Operand types don't match!");
4200 assert(Ops
[0]->getType()->isPointerTy() ==
4201 Ops
[i
]->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
4202 "min/max should be consistently pointerish");
4206 // Note that SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr is *NOT* commutative,
4207 // so we can *NOT* do any kind of sorting of the expressions!
4209 // Check if we have created the same expression before.
4210 if (const SCEV
*S
= findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind
, Ops
))
4213 // FIXME: there are *some* simplifications that we can do here.
4215 // Keep only the first instance of an operand.
4217 SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor
Deduplicator(*this, Kind
);
4218 bool Changed
= Deduplicator
.visit(Kind
, Ops
, Ops
);
4220 return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind
, Ops
);
4223 // Check to see if one of the operands is of the same kind. If so, expand its
4224 // operands onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
4227 bool DeletedAny
= false;
4228 while (Idx
< Ops
.size()) {
4229 if (Ops
[Idx
]->getSCEVType() != Kind
) {
4233 const auto *SMME
= cast
<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr
>(Ops
[Idx
]);
4234 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + Idx
);
4235 Ops
.insert(Ops
.begin() + Idx
, SMME
->operands().begin(),
4236 SMME
->operands().end());
4241 return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind
, Ops
);
4244 const SCEV
*SaturationPoint
;
4245 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
;
4247 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
4248 SaturationPoint
= getZero(Ops
[0]->getType());
4249 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
;
4252 llvm_unreachable("Not a sequential min/max type.");
4255 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
4256 // We can replace %x umin_seq %y with %x umin %y if either:
4257 // * %y being poison implies %x is also poison.
4258 // * %x cannot be the saturating value (e.g. zero for umin).
4259 if (::impliesPoison(Ops
[i
], Ops
[i
- 1]) ||
4260 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
, Ops
[i
- 1],
4262 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> SeqOps
= {Ops
[i
- 1], Ops
[i
]};
4263 Ops
[i
- 1] = getMinMaxExpr(
4264 SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(Kind
),
4266 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + i
);
4267 return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind
, Ops
);
4269 // Fold %x umin_seq %y to %x if %x ule %y.
4270 // TODO: We might be able to prove the predicate for a later operand.
4271 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred
, Ops
[i
- 1], Ops
[i
])) {
4272 Ops
.erase(Ops
.begin() + i
);
4273 return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind
, Ops
);
4277 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an expr. Check to see if we
4278 // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
4279 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
4280 ID
.AddInteger(Kind
);
4281 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
4282 ID
.AddPointer(Ops
[i
]);
4284 const SCEV
*ExistingSCEV
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
);
4286 return ExistingSCEV
;
4288 const SCEV
**O
= SCEVAllocator
.Allocate
<const SCEV
*>(Ops
.size());
4289 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops
.begin(), Ops
.end(), O
);
4290 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
4291 SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Kind
, O
, Ops
.size());
4293 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
4294 registerUser(S
, Ops
);
4298 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
4299 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
= {LHS
, RHS
};
4300 return getSMaxExpr(Ops
);
4303 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
) {
4304 return getMinMaxExpr(scSMaxExpr
, Ops
);
4307 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
4308 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
= {LHS
, RHS
};
4309 return getUMaxExpr(Ops
);
4312 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
) {
4313 return getMinMaxExpr(scUMaxExpr
, Ops
);
4316 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
,
4318 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
= { LHS
, RHS
};
4319 return getSMinExpr(Ops
);
4322 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
) {
4323 return getMinMaxExpr(scSMinExpr
, Ops
);
4326 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
4328 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
= { LHS
, RHS
};
4329 return getUMinExpr(Ops
, Sequential
);
4332 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
,
4334 return Sequential
? getSequentialMinMaxExpr(scSequentialUMinExpr
, Ops
)
4335 : getMinMaxExpr(scUMinExpr
, Ops
);
4339 ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type
*IntTy
, TypeSize Size
) {
4340 const SCEV
*Res
= getConstant(IntTy
, Size
.getKnownMinValue());
4341 if (Size
.isScalable())
4342 Res
= getMulExpr(Res
, getVScale(IntTy
));
4346 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type
*IntTy
, Type
*AllocTy
) {
4347 return getSizeOfExpr(IntTy
, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy
));
4350 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getStoreSizeOfExpr(Type
*IntTy
, Type
*StoreTy
) {
4351 return getSizeOfExpr(IntTy
, getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(StoreTy
));
4354 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type
*IntTy
,
4357 // We can bypass creating a target-independent constant expression and then
4358 // folding it back into a ConstantInt. This is just a compile-time
4360 const StructLayout
*SL
= getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy
);
4361 assert(!SL
->getSizeInBits().isScalable() &&
4362 "Cannot get offset for structure containing scalable vector types");
4363 return getConstant(IntTy
, SL
->getElementOffset(FieldNo
));
4366 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value
*V
) {
4367 // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
4368 // here. createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
4369 // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
4370 // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
4372 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
4373 ID
.AddInteger(scUnknown
);
4376 if (SCEV
*S
= UniqueSCEVs
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
)) {
4377 assert(cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
)->getValue() == V
&&
4378 "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
4381 SCEV
*S
= new (SCEVAllocator
) SCEVUnknown(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), V
, this,
4383 FirstUnknown
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
);
4384 UniqueSCEVs
.InsertNode(S
, IP
);
4388 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4389 // Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
4392 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
4393 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
4394 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
4395 /// target-specific information.
4396 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type
*Ty
) const {
4397 // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
4398 return Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy();
4401 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
4403 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type
*Ty
) const {
4404 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
4405 if (Ty
->isPointerTy())
4406 return getDataLayout().getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty
);
4407 return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
);
4410 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
4411 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
4412 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer index sized integer type.
4413 Type
*ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type
*Ty
) const {
4414 assert(isSCEVable(Ty
) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
4416 if (Ty
->isIntegerTy())
4419 // The only other support type is pointer.
4420 assert(Ty
->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
4421 return getDataLayout().getIndexType(Ty
);
4424 Type
*ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type
*T1
, Type
*T2
) const {
4425 return getTypeSizeInBits(T1
) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2
) ? T1
: T2
;
4428 bool ScalarEvolution::instructionCouldExistWithOperands(const SCEV
*A
,
4430 /// For a valid use point to exist, the defining scope of one operand
4431 /// must dominate the other.
4432 bool PreciseA
, PreciseB
;
4433 auto *ScopeA
= getDefiningScopeBound({A
}, PreciseA
);
4434 auto *ScopeB
= getDefiningScopeBound({B
}, PreciseB
);
4435 if (!PreciseA
|| !PreciseB
)
4438 return (ScopeA
== ScopeB
) || DT
.dominates(ScopeA
, ScopeB
) ||
4439 DT
.dominates(ScopeB
, ScopeA
);
4442 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
4443 return CouldNotCompute
.get();
4446 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV
*S
) const {
4447 bool ContainsNulls
= SCEVExprContains(S
, [](const SCEV
*S
) {
4448 auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
);
4449 return SU
&& SU
->getValue() == nullptr;
4452 return !ContainsNulls
;
4455 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV
*S
) {
4456 HasRecMapType::iterator I
= HasRecMap
.find(S
);
4457 if (I
!= HasRecMap
.end())
4461 SCEVExprContains(S
, [](const SCEV
*S
) { return isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
); });
4462 HasRecMap
.insert({S
, FoundAddRec
});
4466 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
4467 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
4468 ArrayRef
<Value
*> ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV
*S
) {
4469 ExprValueMapType::iterator SI
= ExprValueMap
.find_as(S
);
4470 if (SI
== ExprValueMap
.end())
4471 return std::nullopt
;
4472 return SI
->second
.getArrayRef();
4475 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
4476 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
4477 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
4478 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value
*V
) {
4479 ValueExprMapType::iterator I
= ValueExprMap
.find_as(V
);
4480 if (I
!= ValueExprMap
.end()) {
4481 auto EVIt
= ExprValueMap
.find(I
->second
);
4482 bool Removed
= EVIt
->second
.remove(V
);
4484 assert(Removed
&& "Value not in ExprValueMap?");
4485 ValueExprMap
.erase(I
);
4489 void ScalarEvolution::insertValueToMap(Value
*V
, const SCEV
*S
) {
4490 // A recursive query may have already computed the SCEV. It should be
4491 // equivalent, but may not necessarily be exactly the same, e.g. due to lazily
4492 // inferred nowrap flags.
4493 auto It
= ValueExprMap
.find_as(V
);
4494 if (It
== ValueExprMap
.end()) {
4495 ValueExprMap
.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V
, this), S
});
4496 ExprValueMap
[S
].insert(V
);
4500 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
4501 /// create a new one.
4502 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value
*V
) {
4503 assert(isSCEVable(V
->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
4505 if (const SCEV
*S
= getExistingSCEV(V
))
4507 return createSCEVIter(V
);
4510 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value
*V
) {
4511 assert(isSCEVable(V
->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
4513 ValueExprMapType::iterator I
= ValueExprMap
.find_as(V
);
4514 if (I
!= ValueExprMap
.end()) {
4515 const SCEV
*S
= I
->second
;
4516 assert(checkValidity(S
) &&
4517 "existing SCEV has not been properly invalidated");
4523 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
4524 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV
*V
,
4525 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
4526 if (const SCEVConstant
*VC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(V
))
4528 cast
<ConstantInt
>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC
->getValue())));
4530 Type
*Ty
= V
->getType();
4531 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
4532 return getMulExpr(V
, getMinusOne(Ty
), Flags
);
4535 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
4536 static const SCEV
*MatchNotExpr(const SCEV
*Expr
) {
4537 const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Expr
);
4538 if (!Add
|| Add
->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
4539 !Add
->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
4542 const SCEVMulExpr
*AddRHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Add
->getOperand(1));
4543 if (!AddRHS
|| AddRHS
->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
4544 !AddRHS
->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
4547 return AddRHS
->getOperand(1);
4550 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
4551 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV
*V
) {
4552 assert(!V
->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't negate pointer");
4554 if (const SCEVConstant
*VC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(V
))
4556 cast
<ConstantInt
>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC
->getValue())));
4558 // Fold ~(u|s)(min|max)(~x, ~y) to (u|s)(max|min)(x, y)
4559 if (const SCEVMinMaxExpr
*MME
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(V
)) {
4560 auto MatchMinMaxNegation
= [&](const SCEVMinMaxExpr
*MME
) {
4561 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> MatchedOperands
;
4562 for (const SCEV
*Operand
: MME
->operands()) {
4563 const SCEV
*Matched
= MatchNotExpr(Operand
);
4565 return (const SCEV
*)nullptr;
4566 MatchedOperands
.push_back(Matched
);
4568 return getMinMaxExpr(SCEVMinMaxExpr::negate(MME
->getSCEVType()),
4571 if (const SCEV
*Replaced
= MatchMinMaxNegation(MME
))
4575 Type
*Ty
= V
->getType();
4576 Ty
= getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty
);
4577 return getMinusSCEV(getMinusOne(Ty
), V
);
4580 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::removePointerBase(const SCEV
*P
) {
4581 assert(P
->getType()->isPointerTy());
4583 if (auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(P
)) {
4584 // The base of an AddRec is the first operand.
4585 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Ops
{AddRec
->operands()};
4586 Ops
[0] = removePointerBase(Ops
[0]);
4587 // Don't try to transfer nowrap flags for now. We could in some cases
4588 // (for example, if pointer operand of the AddRec is a SCEVUnknown).
4589 return getAddRecExpr(Ops
, AddRec
->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
);
4591 if (auto *Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(P
)) {
4592 // The base of an Add is the pointer operand.
4593 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Ops
{Add
->operands()};
4594 const SCEV
**PtrOp
= nullptr;
4595 for (const SCEV
*&AddOp
: Ops
) {
4596 if (AddOp
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4597 assert(!PtrOp
&& "Cannot have multiple pointer ops");
4601 *PtrOp
= removePointerBase(*PtrOp
);
4602 // Don't try to transfer nowrap flags for now. We could in some cases
4603 // (for example, if the pointer operand of the Add is a SCEVUnknown).
4604 return getAddExpr(Ops
);
4606 // Any other expression must be a pointer base.
4607 return getZero(P
->getType());
4610 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
4611 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
,
4613 // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
4615 return getZero(LHS
->getType());
4617 // If we subtract two pointers with different pointer bases, bail.
4618 // Eventually, we're going to add an assertion to getMulExpr that we
4619 // can't multiply by a pointer.
4620 if (RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4621 if (!LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
4622 getPointerBase(LHS
) != getPointerBase(RHS
))
4623 return getCouldNotCompute();
4624 LHS
= removePointerBase(LHS
);
4625 RHS
= removePointerBase(RHS
);
4628 // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
4629 // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
4630 auto AddFlags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
4631 const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned
=
4632 !getSignedRangeMin(RHS
).isMinSignedValue();
4633 if (hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
)) {
4634 // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
4635 // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
4636 // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
4637 // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
4638 // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
4640 // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
4641 // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
4642 // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
4643 if (RHSIsNotMinSigned
|| isKnownNonNegative(LHS
)) {
4644 AddFlags
= SCEV::FlagNSW
;
4648 // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
4649 // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
4651 // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
4652 // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
4653 // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
4654 // larger scope than intended.
4655 auto NegFlags
= RHSIsNotMinSigned
? SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
4657 return getAddExpr(LHS
, getNegativeSCEV(RHS
, NegFlags
), AddFlags
, Depth
);
4660 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
,
4662 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4663 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4664 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4665 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4666 return V
; // No conversion
4667 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4668 return getTruncateExpr(V
, Ty
, Depth
);
4669 return getZeroExtendExpr(V
, Ty
, Depth
);
4672 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
,
4674 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4675 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4676 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4677 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4678 return V
; // No conversion
4679 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4680 return getTruncateExpr(V
, Ty
, Depth
);
4681 return getSignExtendExpr(V
, Ty
, Depth
);
4685 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
) {
4686 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4687 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4688 "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4689 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
4690 "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
4691 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4692 return V
; // No conversion
4693 return getZeroExtendExpr(V
, Ty
);
4697 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
) {
4698 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4699 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4700 "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
4701 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
4702 "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
4703 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4704 return V
; // No conversion
4705 return getSignExtendExpr(V
, Ty
);
4709 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
) {
4710 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4711 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4712 "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
4713 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
4714 "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
4715 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4716 return V
; // No conversion
4717 return getAnyExtendExpr(V
, Ty
);
4721 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV
*V
, Type
*Ty
) {
4722 Type
*SrcTy
= V
->getType();
4723 assert(SrcTy
->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty
->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4724 "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
4725 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
4726 "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
4727 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy
) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
))
4728 return V
; // No conversion
4729 return getTruncateExpr(V
, Ty
);
4732 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV
*LHS
,
4734 const SCEV
*PromotedLHS
= LHS
;
4735 const SCEV
*PromotedRHS
= RHS
;
4737 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType()))
4738 PromotedRHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(RHS
, LHS
->getType());
4740 PromotedLHS
= getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS
, RHS
->getType());
4742 return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS
, PromotedRHS
);
4745 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV
*LHS
,
4748 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
= { LHS
, RHS
};
4749 return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops
, Sequential
);
4753 ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &Ops
,
4755 assert(!Ops
.empty() && "At least one operand must be!");
4757 if (Ops
.size() == 1)
4760 // Find the max type first.
4761 Type
*MaxType
= nullptr;
4762 for (const auto *S
: Ops
)
4764 MaxType
= getWiderType(MaxType
, S
->getType());
4766 MaxType
= S
->getType();
4767 assert(MaxType
&& "Failed to find maximum type!");
4769 // Extend all ops to max type.
4770 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> PromotedOps
;
4771 for (const auto *S
: Ops
)
4772 PromotedOps
.push_back(getNoopOrZeroExtend(S
, MaxType
));
4775 return getUMinExpr(PromotedOps
, Sequential
);
4778 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV
*V
) {
4779 // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
4780 if (!V
->getType()->isPointerTy())
4784 if (auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(V
)) {
4785 V
= AddRec
->getStart();
4786 } else if (auto *Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(V
)) {
4787 const SCEV
*PtrOp
= nullptr;
4788 for (const SCEV
*AddOp
: Add
->operands()) {
4789 if (AddOp
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4790 assert(!PtrOp
&& "Cannot have multiple pointer ops");
4794 assert(PtrOp
&& "Must have pointer op");
4796 } else // Not something we can look further into.
4801 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
4802 static void PushDefUseChildren(Instruction
*I
,
4803 SmallVectorImpl
<Instruction
*> &Worklist
,
4804 SmallPtrSetImpl
<Instruction
*> &Visited
) {
4805 // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
4806 for (User
*U
: I
->users()) {
4807 auto *UserInsn
= cast
<Instruction
>(U
);
4808 if (Visited
.insert(UserInsn
).second
)
4809 Worklist
.push_back(UserInsn
);
4815 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its start
4816 /// expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4817 /// if IgnoreOtherLoops is true then use AddRec itself
4818 /// otherwise rewrite cannot be done.
4819 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4820 class SCEVInitRewriter
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVInitRewriter
> {
4822 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
4823 bool IgnoreOtherLoops
= true) {
4824 SCEVInitRewriter
Rewriter(L
, SE
);
4825 const SCEV
*Result
= Rewriter
.visit(S
);
4826 if (Rewriter
.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown())
4827 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
4828 return Rewriter
.hasSeenOtherLoops() && !IgnoreOtherLoops
4829 ? SE
.getCouldNotCompute()
4833 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
4834 if (!SE
.isLoopInvariant(Expr
, L
))
4835 SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
= true;
4839 const SCEV
*visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*Expr
) {
4840 // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4841 if (Expr
->getLoop() == L
)
4842 return Expr
->getStart();
4843 SeenOtherLoops
= true;
4847 bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
; }
4849 bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops
; }
4852 explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
)
4853 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), L(L
) {}
4856 bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
= false;
4857 bool SeenOtherLoops
= false;
4860 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its post
4861 /// increment expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4862 /// use AddRec itself.
4863 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4864 class SCEVPostIncRewriter
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVPostIncRewriter
> {
4866 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
4867 SCEVPostIncRewriter
Rewriter(L
, SE
);
4868 const SCEV
*Result
= Rewriter
.visit(S
);
4869 return Rewriter
.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown()
4870 ? SE
.getCouldNotCompute()
4874 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
4875 if (!SE
.isLoopInvariant(Expr
, L
))
4876 SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
= true;
4880 const SCEV
*visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*Expr
) {
4881 // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4882 if (Expr
->getLoop() == L
)
4883 return Expr
->getPostIncExpr(SE
);
4884 SeenOtherLoops
= true;
4888 bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
; }
4890 bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops
; }
4893 explicit SCEVPostIncRewriter(const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
)
4894 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), L(L
) {}
4897 bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown
= false;
4898 bool SeenOtherLoops
= false;
4901 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4902 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4903 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4904 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4905 : public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
> {
4907 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
,
4908 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
4909 bool IsPosBECond
= false;
4910 Value
*BECond
= nullptr;
4911 if (BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch()) {
4912 BranchInst
*BI
= dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(Latch
->getTerminator());
4913 if (BI
&& BI
->isConditional()) {
4914 assert(BI
->getSuccessor(0) != BI
->getSuccessor(1) &&
4915 "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4916 BECond
= BI
->getCondition();
4917 IsPosBECond
= BI
->getSuccessor(0) == L
->getHeader();
4922 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
Rewriter(L
, BECond
, IsPosBECond
, SE
);
4923 return Rewriter
.visit(S
);
4926 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
4927 const SCEV
*Result
= Expr
;
4928 bool InvariantF
= SE
.isLoopInvariant(Expr
, L
);
4931 Instruction
*I
= cast
<Instruction
>(Expr
->getValue());
4932 switch (I
->getOpcode()) {
4933 case Instruction::Select
: {
4934 SelectInst
*SI
= cast
<SelectInst
>(I
);
4935 std::optional
<const SCEV
*> Res
=
4936 compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI
->getCondition());
4938 bool IsOne
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(*Res
)->getValue()->isOne();
4939 Result
= SE
.getSCEV(IsOne
? SI
->getTrueValue() : SI
->getFalseValue());
4944 std::optional
<const SCEV
*> Res
= compareWithBackedgeCondition(I
);
4955 explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop
*L
, Value
*BECond
,
4956 bool IsPosBECond
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
)
4957 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), L(L
), BackedgeCond(BECond
),
4958 IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond
) {}
4960 std::optional
<const SCEV
*> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value
*IC
);
4963 /// Loop back condition.
4964 Value
*BackedgeCond
= nullptr;
4965 /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4966 bool IsPositiveBECond
;
4969 std::optional
<const SCEV
*>
4970 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value
*IC
) {
4972 // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
4973 // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
4975 if (BackedgeCond
== IC
)
4976 return IsPositiveBECond
? SE
.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE
.getContext()))
4977 : SE
.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE
.getContext()));
4978 return std::nullopt
;
4981 class SCEVShiftRewriter
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVShiftRewriter
> {
4983 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
,
4984 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
4985 SCEVShiftRewriter
Rewriter(L
, SE
);
4986 const SCEV
*Result
= Rewriter
.visit(S
);
4987 return Rewriter
.isValid() ? Result
: SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
4990 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
4991 // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4992 if (!SE
.isLoopInvariant(Expr
, L
))
4997 const SCEV
*visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*Expr
) {
4998 if (Expr
->getLoop() == L
&& Expr
->isAffine())
4999 return SE
.getMinusSCEV(Expr
, Expr
->getStepRecurrence(SE
));
5004 bool isValid() { return Valid
; }
5007 explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
)
5008 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), L(L
) {}
5014 } // end anonymous namespace
5017 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
) {
5018 if (!AR
->isAffine())
5019 return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
5021 using OBO
= OverflowingBinaryOperator
;
5023 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
5025 if (!AR
->hasNoSelfWrap()) {
5026 const SCEV
*BECount
= getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AR
->getLoop());
5027 if (const SCEVConstant
*BECountMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(BECount
)) {
5028 ConstantRange StepCR
= getSignedRange(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5029 const APInt
&BECountAP
= BECountMax
->getAPInt();
5030 unsigned NoOverflowBitWidth
=
5031 BECountAP
.getActiveBits() + StepCR
.getMinSignedBits();
5032 if (NoOverflowBitWidth
<= getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType()))
5033 Result
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result
, SCEV::FlagNW
);
5037 if (!AR
->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5038 ConstantRange AddRecRange
= getSignedRange(AR
);
5039 ConstantRange IncRange
= getSignedRange(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5041 auto NSWRegion
= ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
5042 Instruction::Add
, IncRange
, OBO::NoSignedWrap
);
5043 if (NSWRegion
.contains(AddRecRange
))
5044 Result
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
5047 if (!AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
5048 ConstantRange AddRecRange
= getUnsignedRange(AR
);
5049 ConstantRange IncRange
= getUnsignedRange(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5051 auto NUWRegion
= ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
5052 Instruction::Add
, IncRange
, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap
);
5053 if (NUWRegion
.contains(AddRecRange
))
5054 Result
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
5061 ScalarEvolution::proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
) {
5062 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
5064 if (AR
->hasNoSignedWrap())
5067 if (!AR
->isAffine())
5070 // This function can be expensive, only try to prove NSW once per AddRec.
5071 if (!SignedWrapViaInductionTried
.insert(AR
).second
)
5074 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
5075 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
5077 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
5078 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
5079 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
5080 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
5081 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
5082 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
5083 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
5084 // that value once it has finished.
5085 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
5087 // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
5088 // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
5089 // taken count for the loop. The exceptions are assumptions and
5090 // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
5091 // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
5092 // these to prove lack of overflow. Use this fact to avoid
5093 // doing extra work that may not pay off.
5095 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBECount
) && !HasGuards
&&
5096 AC
.assumptions().empty())
5099 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value the
5100 // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
5101 // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
5102 // value, the addrec is safe.
5103 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
;
5104 const SCEV
*OverflowLimit
=
5105 getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step
, &Pred
, this);
5106 if (OverflowLimit
&&
5107 (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, AR
, OverflowLimit
) ||
5108 isKnownOnEveryIteration(Pred
, AR
, OverflowLimit
))) {
5109 Result
= setFlags(Result
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
5114 ScalarEvolution::proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
) {
5115 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
5117 if (AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5120 if (!AR
->isAffine())
5123 // This function can be expensive, only try to prove NUW once per AddRec.
5124 if (!UnsignedWrapViaInductionTried
.insert(AR
).second
)
5127 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
5128 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType());
5129 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
5131 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
5132 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
5133 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
5134 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
5135 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
5136 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
5137 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
5138 // that value once it has finished.
5139 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
5141 // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
5142 // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
5143 // taken count for the loop. The exceptions are assumptions and
5144 // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
5145 // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
5146 // these to prove lack of overflow. Use this fact to avoid
5147 // doing extra work that may not pay off.
5149 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBECount
) && !HasGuards
&&
5150 AC
.assumptions().empty())
5153 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value the
5154 // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
5155 // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
5156 // value, the addrec is safe.
5157 if (isKnownPositive(Step
)) {
5158 const SCEV
*N
= getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth
) -
5159 getUnsignedRangeMax(Step
));
5160 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
, AR
, N
) ||
5161 isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
, AR
, N
)) {
5162 Result
= setFlags(Result
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
5171 /// Represents an abstract binary operation. This may exist as a
5172 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
5173 /// derived from an expression tree.
5181 /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
5182 /// constant expression.
5183 Operator
*Op
= nullptr;
5185 explicit BinaryOp(Operator
*Op
)
5186 : Opcode(Op
->getOpcode()), LHS(Op
->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op
->getOperand(1)),
5188 if (auto *OBO
= dyn_cast
<OverflowingBinaryOperator
>(Op
)) {
5189 IsNSW
= OBO
->hasNoSignedWrap();
5190 IsNUW
= OBO
->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
5194 explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode
, Value
*LHS
, Value
*RHS
, bool IsNSW
= false,
5196 : Opcode(Opcode
), LHS(LHS
), RHS(RHS
), IsNSW(IsNSW
), IsNUW(IsNUW
) {}
5199 } // end anonymous namespace
5201 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c std::nullopt on failure.
5202 static std::optional
<BinaryOp
> MatchBinaryOp(Value
*V
, const DataLayout
&DL
,
5203 AssumptionCache
&AC
,
5204 const DominatorTree
&DT
,
5205 const Instruction
*CxtI
) {
5206 auto *Op
= dyn_cast
<Operator
>(V
);
5208 return std::nullopt
;
5210 // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
5211 // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
5212 // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
5214 switch (Op
->getOpcode()) {
5215 case Instruction::Add
:
5216 case Instruction::Sub
:
5217 case Instruction::Mul
:
5218 case Instruction::UDiv
:
5219 case Instruction::URem
:
5220 case Instruction::And
:
5221 case Instruction::AShr
:
5222 case Instruction::Shl
:
5223 return BinaryOp(Op
);
5225 case Instruction::Or
: {
5226 // Convert or disjoint into add nuw nsw.
5227 if (cast
<PossiblyDisjointInst
>(Op
)->isDisjoint())
5228 return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add
, Op
->getOperand(0), Op
->getOperand(1),
5229 /*IsNSW=*/true, /*IsNUW=*/true);
5230 return BinaryOp(Op
);
5233 case Instruction::Xor
:
5234 if (auto *RHSC
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(Op
->getOperand(1)))
5235 // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
5236 // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
5237 if (RHSC
->getValue().isSignMask())
5238 return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add
, Op
->getOperand(0), Op
->getOperand(1));
5239 // Binary `xor` is a bit-wise `add`.
5240 if (V
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
5241 return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add
, Op
->getOperand(0), Op
->getOperand(1));
5242 return BinaryOp(Op
);
5244 case Instruction::LShr
:
5245 // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
5246 if (ConstantInt
*SA
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(Op
->getOperand(1))) {
5247 uint32_t BitWidth
= cast
<IntegerType
>(Op
->getType())->getBitWidth();
5249 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
5250 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
5251 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
5252 // other parts of the compiler.
5253 if (SA
->getValue().ult(BitWidth
)) {
5255 ConstantInt::get(SA
->getContext(),
5256 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
, SA
->getZExtValue()));
5257 return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv
, Op
->getOperand(0), X
);
5260 return BinaryOp(Op
);
5262 case Instruction::ExtractValue
: {
5263 auto *EVI
= cast
<ExtractValueInst
>(Op
);
5264 if (EVI
->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI
->getIndices()[0] != 0)
5267 auto *WO
= dyn_cast
<WithOverflowInst
>(EVI
->getAggregateOperand());
5271 Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp
= WO
->getBinaryOp();
5272 bool Signed
= WO
->isSigned();
5273 // TODO: Should add nuw/nsw flags for mul as well.
5274 if (BinOp
== Instruction::Mul
|| !isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(WO
, DT
))
5275 return BinaryOp(BinOp
, WO
->getLHS(), WO
->getRHS());
5277 // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
5278 // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
5279 // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
5280 return BinaryOp(BinOp
, WO
->getLHS(), WO
->getRHS(),
5281 /* IsNSW = */ Signed
, /* IsNUW = */ !Signed
);
5288 // Recognise intrinsic loop.decrement.reg, and as this has exactly the same
5289 // semantics as a Sub, return a binary sub expression.
5290 if (auto *II
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(V
))
5291 if (II
->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::loop_decrement_reg
)
5292 return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub
, II
->getOperand(0), II
->getOperand(1));
5294 return std::nullopt
;
5297 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
5298 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
5299 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
5300 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
5301 /// follows one of the following patterns:
5302 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
5303 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
5304 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
5305 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
5306 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
5307 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
5308 static Type
*isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV
*Op
, const SCEVUnknown
*SymbolicPHI
,
5309 bool &Signed
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
5310 // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
5311 // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
5312 // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
5313 // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
5314 // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
5317 // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
5318 // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
5320 if (Op
== SymbolicPHI
)
5323 unsigned SourceBits
= SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI
->getType());
5324 unsigned NewBits
= SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(Op
->getType());
5325 if (SourceBits
!= NewBits
)
5328 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(Op
);
5329 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Op
);
5332 const SCEVTruncateExpr
*Trunc
=
5333 SExt
? dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(SExt
->getOperand())
5334 : dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(ZExt
->getOperand());
5337 const SCEV
*X
= Trunc
->getOperand();
5338 if (X
!= SymbolicPHI
)
5340 Signed
= SExt
!= nullptr;
5341 return Trunc
->getType();
5344 static const Loop
*isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode
*PN
, LoopInfo
&LI
) {
5345 if (!PN
->getType()->isIntegerTy())
5347 const Loop
*L
= LI
.getLoopFor(PN
->getParent());
5348 if (!L
|| L
->getHeader() != PN
->getParent())
5353 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
5354 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
5355 // (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
5356 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
5357 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
5358 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
5361 // Example usage scenario:
5362 // Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
5363 // 8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
5365 // %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
5366 // It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
5367 // and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
5369 // The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
5370 // the following SCEV:
5371 // BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
5372 // Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
5373 // will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
5374 // NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
5375 // SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
5376 // P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
5377 // P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
5378 // P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
5379 // The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
5380 // under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
5381 // This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
5382 // PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
5386 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
5387 // casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
5388 // vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
5389 // populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
5390 // needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
5391 // the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
5392 // which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
5393 // vectorized, which can be costly).
5395 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
5396 // inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
5397 // after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
5399 // (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
5400 // which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
5402 // (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
5403 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
5405 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
5406 std::optional
<std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>>>
5407 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown
*SymbolicPHI
) {
5408 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3> Predicates
;
5410 // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
5411 // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
5413 auto *PN
= cast
<PHINode
>(SymbolicPHI
->getValue());
5414 const Loop
*L
= isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN
, LI
);
5415 assert(L
&& "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
5417 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
5418 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
5420 Value
*BEValueV
= nullptr, *StartValueV
= nullptr;
5421 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= PN
->getNumIncomingValues(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
5422 Value
*V
= PN
->getIncomingValue(i
);
5423 if (L
->contains(PN
->getIncomingBlock(i
))) {
5426 } else if (BEValueV
!= V
) {
5430 } else if (!StartValueV
) {
5432 } else if (StartValueV
!= V
) {
5433 StartValueV
= nullptr;
5437 if (!BEValueV
|| !StartValueV
)
5438 return std::nullopt
;
5440 const SCEV
*BEValue
= getSCEV(BEValueV
);
5442 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
5443 // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
5444 // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
5445 const auto *Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(BEValue
);
5447 return std::nullopt
;
5449 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
5450 // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
5451 unsigned FoundIndex
= Add
->getNumOperands();
5452 Type
*TruncTy
= nullptr;
5454 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Add
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
5456 isSimpleCastedPHI(Add
->getOperand(i
), SymbolicPHI
, Signed
, *this)))
5457 if (FoundIndex
== e
) {
5462 if (FoundIndex
== Add
->getNumOperands())
5463 return std::nullopt
;
5465 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
5466 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> Ops
;
5467 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Add
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
5468 if (i
!= FoundIndex
)
5469 Ops
.push_back(Add
->getOperand(i
));
5470 const SCEV
*Accum
= getAddExpr(Ops
);
5472 // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
5473 // varying inside the loop.
5474 if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum
, L
))
5475 return std::nullopt
;
5477 // *** Part2: Create the predicates
5479 // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
5480 // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
5482 // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
5483 // fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
5484 // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
5485 // Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
5486 // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
5487 // Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
5489 // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
5490 // Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
5493 // More formally, we want to prove that:
5494 // Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
5495 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5498 // 1) Expr(0) = Start
5499 // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
5500 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
5501 // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
5502 // Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5506 // = Start + (i+1)*Accum
5507 // = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
5508 // = Expr(i) + Accum
5509 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
5512 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
5514 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
5515 // + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
5516 // + Accum :: from P3
5518 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
5519 // + Accum :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
5521 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5522 // = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5524 // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
5527 // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
5528 const SCEV
*StartVal
= getSCEV(StartValueV
);
5529 const SCEV
*PHISCEV
=
5530 getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal
, TruncTy
),
5531 getTruncateExpr(Accum
, TruncTy
), L
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
);
5533 // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
5534 // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
5535 // will be constant.
5537 // If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
5539 if (const auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(PHISCEV
)) {
5540 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags
=
5541 Signed
? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
5542 : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW
;
5543 const SCEVPredicate
*AddRecPred
= getWrapPredicate(AR
, AddedFlags
);
5544 Predicates
.push_back(AddRecPred
);
5547 // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
5549 // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
5550 // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
5551 // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
5554 // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
5555 // for each of StartVal and Accum
5556 auto getExtendedExpr
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
,
5557 bool CreateSignExtend
) -> const SCEV
* {
5558 assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr
, L
) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
5559 const SCEV
*TruncatedExpr
= getTruncateExpr(Expr
, TruncTy
);
5560 const SCEV
*ExtendedExpr
=
5561 CreateSignExtend
? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr
, Expr
->getType())
5562 : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr
, Expr
->getType());
5563 return ExtendedExpr
;
5567 // ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
5568 // = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
5569 // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
5570 // is known to be false at compile time
5571 auto PredIsKnownFalse
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
,
5572 const SCEV
*ExtendedExpr
) -> bool {
5573 return Expr
!= ExtendedExpr
&&
5574 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
, Expr
, ExtendedExpr
);
5577 const SCEV
*StartExtended
= getExtendedExpr(StartVal
, Signed
);
5578 if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal
, StartExtended
)) {
5579 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
5580 return std::nullopt
;
5583 // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
5585 const SCEV
*AccumExtended
= getExtendedExpr(Accum
, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
5586 if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum
, AccumExtended
)) {
5587 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
5588 return std::nullopt
;
5591 auto AppendPredicate
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
,
5592 const SCEV
*ExtendedExpr
) -> void {
5593 if (Expr
!= ExtendedExpr
&&
5594 !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
, Expr
, ExtendedExpr
)) {
5595 const SCEVPredicate
*Pred
= getEqualPredicate(Expr
, ExtendedExpr
);
5596 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred
);
5597 Predicates
.push_back(Pred
);
5601 AppendPredicate(StartVal
, StartExtended
);
5602 AppendPredicate(Accum
, AccumExtended
);
5604 // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
5605 // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
5606 // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
5608 auto *NewAR
= getAddRecExpr(StartVal
, Accum
, L
, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
);
5610 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>> PredRewrite
=
5611 std::make_pair(NewAR
, Predicates
);
5612 // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
5613 PredicatedSCEVRewrites
[{SymbolicPHI
, L
}] = PredRewrite
;
5617 std::optional
<std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>>>
5618 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown
*SymbolicPHI
) {
5619 auto *PN
= cast
<PHINode
>(SymbolicPHI
->getValue());
5620 const Loop
*L
= isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN
, LI
);
5622 return std::nullopt
;
5624 // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
5625 auto I
= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.find({SymbolicPHI
, L
});
5626 if (I
!= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.end()) {
5627 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>> Rewrite
=
5629 // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
5630 if (Rewrite
.first
== SymbolicPHI
)
5631 return std::nullopt
;
5632 // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
5634 assert(isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Rewrite
.first
) && "Expected an AddRec");
5635 assert(!(Rewrite
.second
).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
5639 std::optional
<std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>>>
5640 Rewrite
= createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI
);
5642 // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
5644 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3> Predicates
;
5645 PredicatedSCEVRewrites
[{SymbolicPHI
, L
}] = {SymbolicPHI
, Predicates
};
5646 return std::nullopt
;
5652 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
5653 // does not rewrite this expression:
5654 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
5655 // into {0, +, %step},
5656 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
5657 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
5658 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
5659 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR1
, const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR2
) const {
5663 auto areExprsEqual
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr1
, const SCEV
*Expr2
) -> bool {
5664 if (Expr1
!= Expr2
&& !Preds
->implies(SE
.getEqualPredicate(Expr1
, Expr2
)) &&
5665 !Preds
->implies(SE
.getEqualPredicate(Expr2
, Expr1
)))
5670 if (!areExprsEqual(AR1
->getStart(), AR2
->getStart()) ||
5671 !areExprsEqual(AR1
->getStepRecurrence(SE
), AR2
->getStepRecurrence(SE
)))
5676 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
5678 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
5679 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
5680 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
5681 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
5682 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode
*PN
,
5684 Value
*StartValueV
) {
5685 const Loop
*L
= LI
.getLoopFor(PN
->getParent());
5686 assert(L
&& L
->getHeader() == PN
->getParent());
5687 assert(BEValueV
&& StartValueV
);
5689 auto BO
= MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
, PN
);
5693 if (BO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Add
)
5696 const SCEV
*Accum
= nullptr;
5697 if (BO
->LHS
== PN
&& L
->isLoopInvariant(BO
->RHS
))
5698 Accum
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
5699 else if (BO
->RHS
== PN
&& L
->isLoopInvariant(BO
->LHS
))
5700 Accum
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
5705 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
5707 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
5709 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
5711 const SCEV
*StartVal
= getSCEV(StartValueV
);
5712 const SCEV
*PHISCEV
= getAddRecExpr(StartVal
, Accum
, L
, Flags
);
5713 insertValueToMap(PN
, PHISCEV
);
5715 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(PHISCEV
)) {
5716 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
),
5717 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(AR
->getNoWrapFlags() |
5718 proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR
)));
5721 // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5722 // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5724 if (auto *BEInst
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(BEValueV
)) {
5725 assert(isLoopInvariant(Accum
, L
) &&
5726 "Accum is defined outside L, but is not invariant?");
5727 if (isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst
, L
))
5728 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal
, Accum
), Accum
, L
, Flags
);
5734 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode
*PN
) {
5735 const Loop
*L
= LI
.getLoopFor(PN
->getParent());
5736 if (!L
|| L
->getHeader() != PN
->getParent())
5739 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
5740 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
5742 Value
*BEValueV
= nullptr, *StartValueV
= nullptr;
5743 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= PN
->getNumIncomingValues(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
5744 Value
*V
= PN
->getIncomingValue(i
);
5745 if (L
->contains(PN
->getIncomingBlock(i
))) {
5748 } else if (BEValueV
!= V
) {
5752 } else if (!StartValueV
) {
5754 } else if (StartValueV
!= V
) {
5755 StartValueV
= nullptr;
5759 if (!BEValueV
|| !StartValueV
)
5762 assert(ValueExprMap
.find_as(PN
) == ValueExprMap
.end() &&
5763 "PHI node already processed?");
5765 // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
5767 if (auto *S
= createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN
, BEValueV
, StartValueV
))
5770 // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
5771 const SCEV
*SymbolicName
= getUnknown(PN
);
5772 insertValueToMap(PN
, SymbolicName
);
5774 // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
5776 const SCEV
*BEValue
= getSCEV(BEValueV
);
5778 // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
5779 // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
5781 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
5782 // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
5783 if (const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(BEValue
)) {
5784 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
5785 // with a recurrence.
5786 unsigned FoundIndex
= Add
->getNumOperands();
5787 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Add
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
5788 if (Add
->getOperand(i
) == SymbolicName
)
5789 if (FoundIndex
== e
) {
5794 if (FoundIndex
!= Add
->getNumOperands()) {
5795 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
5796 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> Ops
;
5797 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Add
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
5798 if (i
!= FoundIndex
)
5799 Ops
.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add
->getOperand(i
),
5801 const SCEV
*Accum
= getAddExpr(Ops
);
5803 // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
5804 // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
5805 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum
, L
) ||
5806 (isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Accum
) &&
5807 cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Accum
)->getLoop() == L
)) {
5808 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
5810 if (auto BO
= MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
, PN
)) {
5811 if (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Add
&& BO
->LHS
== PN
) {
5813 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
5815 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
5817 } else if (GEPOperator
*GEP
= dyn_cast
<GEPOperator
>(BEValueV
)) {
5818 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
5819 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
5820 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
5821 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
5822 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
5823 // indices form a positive value.
5824 if (GEP
->isInBounds() && GEP
->getOperand(0) == PN
) {
5825 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
);
5826 if (isKnownPositive(Accum
))
5827 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
5830 // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
5831 // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
5835 const SCEV
*StartVal
= getSCEV(StartValueV
);
5836 const SCEV
*PHISCEV
= getAddRecExpr(StartVal
, Accum
, L
, Flags
);
5838 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5839 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the
5840 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5841 forgetMemoizedResults(SymbolicName
);
5842 insertValueToMap(PN
, PHISCEV
);
5844 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(PHISCEV
)) {
5845 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
),
5846 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(AR
->getNoWrapFlags() |
5847 proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR
)));
5850 // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5851 // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5853 if (auto *BEInst
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(BEValueV
))
5854 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum
, L
) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst
, L
))
5855 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal
, Accum
), Accum
, L
, Flags
);
5861 // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
5862 // i = 0; for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { .... i = j; }
5863 // In this case, j = {1,+,1} and BEValue is j.
5864 // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
5865 // i really is an addrec evolution.
5867 // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
5868 // by one iteration:
5869 // PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
5870 const SCEV
*Shifted
= SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue
, L
, *this);
5871 const SCEV
*Start
= SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted
, L
, *this, false);
5872 if (Shifted
!= getCouldNotCompute() &&
5873 Start
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
5874 const SCEV
*StartVal
= getSCEV(StartValueV
);
5875 if (Start
== StartVal
) {
5876 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5877 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the
5878 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5879 forgetMemoizedResults(SymbolicName
);
5880 insertValueToMap(PN
, Shifted
);
5886 // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
5887 // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
5888 // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
5889 // to the ValueExprMap.
5890 eraseValueFromMap(PN
);
5895 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5896 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern. Return true on a successful
5898 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree
&DT
, BranchInst
*BI
, PHINode
*Merge
,
5899 Value
*&C
, Value
*&LHS
, Value
*&RHS
) {
5900 C
= BI
->getCondition();
5902 BasicBlockEdge
LeftEdge(BI
->getParent(), BI
->getSuccessor(0));
5903 BasicBlockEdge
RightEdge(BI
->getParent(), BI
->getSuccessor(1));
5905 if (!LeftEdge
.isSingleEdge())
5908 assert(RightEdge
.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5910 Use
&LeftUse
= Merge
->getOperandUse(0);
5911 Use
&RightUse
= Merge
->getOperandUse(1);
5913 if (DT
.dominates(LeftEdge
, LeftUse
) && DT
.dominates(RightEdge
, RightUse
)) {
5919 if (DT
.dominates(LeftEdge
, RightUse
) && DT
.dominates(RightEdge
, LeftUse
)) {
5928 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode
*PN
) {
5930 [&](BasicBlock
*BB
) { return DT
.isReachableFromEntry(BB
); };
5931 if (PN
->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN
->blocks(), IsReachable
)) {
5934 // br %cond, label %left, label %right
5940 // V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5942 // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5944 BasicBlock
*IDom
= DT
[PN
->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5945 assert(IDom
&& "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5947 auto *BI
= dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(IDom
->getTerminator());
5948 Value
*Cond
= nullptr, *LHS
= nullptr, *RHS
= nullptr;
5950 if (BI
&& BI
->isConditional() &&
5951 BrPHIToSelect(DT
, BI
, PN
, Cond
, LHS
, RHS
) &&
5952 properlyDominates(getSCEV(LHS
), PN
->getParent()) &&
5953 properlyDominates(getSCEV(RHS
), PN
->getParent()))
5954 return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN
, Cond
, LHS
, RHS
);
5960 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode
*PN
) {
5961 if (const SCEV
*S
= createAddRecFromPHI(PN
))
5964 if (Value
*V
= simplifyInstruction(PN
, {getDataLayout(), &TLI
, &DT
, &AC
}))
5967 if (const SCEV
*S
= createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN
))
5970 // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
5971 return getUnknown(PN
);
5974 bool SCEVMinMaxExprContains(const SCEV
*Root
, const SCEV
*OperandToFind
,
5975 SCEVTypes RootKind
) {
5976 struct FindClosure
{
5977 const SCEV
*OperandToFind
;
5978 const SCEVTypes RootKind
; // Must be a sequential min/max expression.
5979 const SCEVTypes NonSequentialRootKind
; // Non-seq variant of RootKind.
5983 bool canRecurseInto(SCEVTypes Kind
) const {
5984 // We can only recurse into the SCEV expression of the same effective type
5985 // as the type of our root SCEV expression, and into zero-extensions.
5986 return RootKind
== Kind
|| NonSequentialRootKind
== Kind
||
5987 scZeroExtend
== Kind
;
5990 FindClosure(const SCEV
*OperandToFind
, SCEVTypes RootKind
)
5991 : OperandToFind(OperandToFind
), RootKind(RootKind
),
5992 NonSequentialRootKind(
5993 SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(
5996 bool follow(const SCEV
*S
) {
5997 Found
= S
== OperandToFind
;
5999 return !isDone() && canRecurseInto(S
->getSCEVType());
6002 bool isDone() const { return Found
; }
6005 FindClosure
FC(OperandToFind
, RootKind
);
6010 std::optional
<const SCEV
*>
6011 ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHIInstWithICmpInstCond(Type
*Ty
,
6015 // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
6018 Value
*LHS
= ICI
->getOperand(0);
6019 Value
*RHS
= ICI
->getOperand(1);
6021 switch (ICI
->getPredicate()) {
6022 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
6023 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
6024 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
6025 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
6026 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
6028 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
6029 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
6030 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
6031 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
6032 // a > b ? a+x : b+x -> max(a, b)+x
6033 // a > b ? b+x : a+x -> min(a, b)+x
6034 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
)) {
6035 bool Signed
= ICI
->isSigned();
6036 const SCEV
*LA
= getSCEV(TrueVal
);
6037 const SCEV
*RA
= getSCEV(FalseVal
);
6038 const SCEV
*LS
= getSCEV(LHS
);
6039 const SCEV
*RS
= getSCEV(RHS
);
6040 if (LA
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6041 // FIXME: Handle cases where LS/RS are pointers not equal to LA/RA.
6042 // Need to make sure we can't produce weird expressions involving
6043 // negated pointers.
6044 if (LA
== LS
&& RA
== RS
)
6045 return Signed
? getSMaxExpr(LS
, RS
) : getUMaxExpr(LS
, RS
);
6046 if (LA
== RS
&& RA
== LS
)
6047 return Signed
? getSMinExpr(LS
, RS
) : getUMinExpr(LS
, RS
);
6049 auto CoerceOperand
= [&](const SCEV
*Op
) -> const SCEV
* {
6050 if (Op
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6051 Op
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Op
);
6052 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Op
))
6056 Op
= getNoopOrSignExtend(Op
, Ty
);
6058 Op
= getNoopOrZeroExtend(Op
, Ty
);
6061 LS
= CoerceOperand(LS
);
6062 RS
= CoerceOperand(RS
);
6063 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(LS
) || isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(RS
))
6065 const SCEV
*LDiff
= getMinusSCEV(LA
, LS
);
6066 const SCEV
*RDiff
= getMinusSCEV(RA
, RS
);
6068 return getAddExpr(Signed
? getSMaxExpr(LS
, RS
) : getUMaxExpr(LS
, RS
),
6070 LDiff
= getMinusSCEV(LA
, RS
);
6071 RDiff
= getMinusSCEV(RA
, LS
);
6073 return getAddExpr(Signed
? getSMinExpr(LS
, RS
) : getUMinExpr(LS
, RS
),
6077 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
:
6078 // x != 0 ? x+y : C+y -> x == 0 ? C+y : x+y
6079 std::swap(TrueVal
, FalseVal
);
6081 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
:
6082 // x == 0 ? C+y : x+y -> umax(x, C)+y iff C u<= 1
6083 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
) &&
6084 isa
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
) && cast
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
)->isZero()) {
6085 const SCEV
*X
= getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS
), Ty
);
6086 const SCEV
*TrueValExpr
= getSCEV(TrueVal
); // C+y
6087 const SCEV
*FalseValExpr
= getSCEV(FalseVal
); // x+y
6088 const SCEV
*Y
= getMinusSCEV(FalseValExpr
, X
); // y = (x+y)-x
6089 const SCEV
*C
= getMinusSCEV(TrueValExpr
, Y
); // C = (C+y)-y
6090 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(C
) && cast
<SCEVConstant
>(C
)->getAPInt().ule(1))
6091 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(X
, C
), Y
);
6093 // x == 0 ? 0 : umin (..., x, ...) -> umin_seq(x, umin (...))
6094 // x == 0 ? 0 : umin_seq(..., x, ...) -> umin_seq(x, umin_seq(...))
6095 // x == 0 ? 0 : umin (..., umin_seq(..., x, ...), ...)
6096 // -> umin_seq(x, umin (..., umin_seq(...), ...))
6097 if (isa
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
) && cast
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
)->isZero() &&
6098 isa
<ConstantInt
>(TrueVal
) && cast
<ConstantInt
>(TrueVal
)->isZero()) {
6099 const SCEV
*X
= getSCEV(LHS
);
6100 while (auto *ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(X
))
6101 X
= ZExt
->getOperand();
6102 if (getTypeSizeInBits(X
->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty
)) {
6103 const SCEV
*FalseValExpr
= getSCEV(FalseVal
);
6104 if (SCEVMinMaxExprContains(FalseValExpr
, X
, scSequentialUMinExpr
))
6105 return getUMinExpr(getNoopOrZeroExtend(X
, Ty
), FalseValExpr
,
6106 /*Sequential=*/true);
6114 return std::nullopt
;
6117 static std::optional
<const SCEV
*>
6118 createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(ScalarEvolution
*SE
, const SCEV
*CondExpr
,
6119 const SCEV
*TrueExpr
, const SCEV
*FalseExpr
) {
6120 assert(CondExpr
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
6121 TrueExpr
->getType() == FalseExpr
->getType() &&
6122 TrueExpr
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
6123 "Unexpected operands of a select.");
6125 // i1 cond ? i1 x : i1 C --> C + (i1 cond ? (i1 x - i1 C) : i1 0)
6126 // --> C + (umin_seq cond, x - C)
6128 // i1 cond ? i1 C : i1 x --> C + (i1 cond ? i1 0 : (i1 x - i1 C))
6129 // --> C + (i1 ~cond ? (i1 x - i1 C) : i1 0)
6130 // --> C + (umin_seq ~cond, x - C)
6132 // FIXME: while we can't legally model the case where both of the hands
6133 // are fully variable, we only require that the *difference* is constant.
6134 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(TrueExpr
) && !isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FalseExpr
))
6135 return std::nullopt
;
6138 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(TrueExpr
)) {
6139 CondExpr
= SE
->getNotSCEV(CondExpr
);
6146 return SE
->getAddExpr(C
, SE
->getUMinExpr(CondExpr
, SE
->getMinusSCEV(X
, C
),
6147 /*Sequential=*/true));
6150 static std::optional
<const SCEV
*>
6151 createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(ScalarEvolution
*SE
, Value
*Cond
, Value
*TrueVal
,
6153 if (!isa
<ConstantInt
>(TrueVal
) && !isa
<ConstantInt
>(FalseVal
))
6154 return std::nullopt
;
6156 const auto *SECond
= SE
->getSCEV(Cond
);
6157 const auto *SETrue
= SE
->getSCEV(TrueVal
);
6158 const auto *SEFalse
= SE
->getSCEV(FalseVal
);
6159 return createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(SE
, SECond
, SETrue
, SEFalse
);
6162 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHIViaUMinSeq(
6163 Value
*V
, Value
*Cond
, Value
*TrueVal
, Value
*FalseVal
) {
6164 assert(Cond
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) && "Select condition is not an i1?");
6165 assert(TrueVal
->getType() == FalseVal
->getType() &&
6166 V
->getType() == TrueVal
->getType() &&
6167 "Types of select hands and of the result must match.");
6169 // For now, only deal with i1-typed `select`s.
6170 if (!V
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
6171 return getUnknown(V
);
6173 if (std::optional
<const SCEV
*> S
=
6174 createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(this, Cond
, TrueVal
, FalseVal
))
6177 return getUnknown(V
);
6180 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Value
*V
, Value
*Cond
,
6183 // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
6184 // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
6185 if (auto *CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(Cond
))
6186 return getSCEV(CI
->isOne() ? TrueVal
: FalseVal
);
6188 if (auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
)) {
6189 if (auto *ICI
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(Cond
)) {
6190 if (std::optional
<const SCEV
*> S
=
6191 createNodeForSelectOrPHIInstWithICmpInstCond(I
->getType(), ICI
,
6197 return createNodeForSelectOrPHIViaUMinSeq(V
, Cond
, TrueVal
, FalseVal
);
6200 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
6201 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
6202 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator
*GEP
) {
6203 assert(GEP
->getSourceElementType()->isSized() &&
6204 "GEP source element type must be sized");
6206 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> IndexExprs
;
6207 for (Value
*Index
: GEP
->indices())
6208 IndexExprs
.push_back(getSCEV(Index
));
6209 return getGEPExpr(GEP
, IndexExprs
);
6212 APInt
ScalarEvolution::getConstantMultipleImpl(const SCEV
*S
) {
6213 uint64_t BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(S
->getType());
6214 auto GetShiftedByZeros
= [BitWidth
](uint32_t TrailingZeros
) {
6215 return TrailingZeros
>= BitWidth
6216 ? APInt::getZero(BitWidth
)
6217 : APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
, TrailingZeros
);
6219 auto GetGCDMultiple
= [this](const SCEVNAryExpr
*N
) {
6220 // The result is GCD of all operands results.
6221 APInt Res
= getConstantMultiple(N
->getOperand(0));
6222 for (unsigned I
= 1, E
= N
->getNumOperands(); I
< E
&& Res
!= 1; ++I
)
6223 Res
= APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(
6224 Res
, getConstantMultiple(N
->getOperand(I
)));
6228 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
6230 return cast
<SCEVConstant
>(S
)->getAPInt();
6232 return getConstantMultiple(cast
<SCEVPtrToIntExpr
>(S
)->getOperand());
6235 return APInt(BitWidth
, 1);
6237 // Only multiples that are a power of 2 will hold after truncation.
6238 const SCEVTruncateExpr
*T
= cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(S
);
6239 uint32_t TZ
= getMinTrailingZeros(T
->getOperand());
6240 return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ
);
6242 case scZeroExtend
: {
6243 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*Z
= cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(S
);
6244 return getConstantMultiple(Z
->getOperand()).zext(BitWidth
);
6246 case scSignExtend
: {
6247 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*E
= cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(S
);
6248 return getConstantMultiple(E
->getOperand()).sext(BitWidth
);
6251 const SCEVMulExpr
*M
= cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(S
);
6252 if (M
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
6253 // The result is the product of all operand results.
6254 APInt Res
= getConstantMultiple(M
->getOperand(0));
6255 for (const SCEV
*Operand
: M
->operands().drop_front())
6256 Res
= Res
* getConstantMultiple(Operand
);
6260 // If there are no wrap guarentees, find the trailing zeros, which is the
6261 // sum of trailing zeros for all its operands.
6263 for (const SCEV
*Operand
: M
->operands())
6264 TZ
+= getMinTrailingZeros(Operand
);
6265 return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ
);
6268 case scAddRecExpr
: {
6269 const SCEVNAryExpr
*N
= cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(S
);
6270 if (N
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
6271 return GetGCDMultiple(N
);
6272 // Find the trailing bits, which is the minimum of its operands.
6273 uint32_t TZ
= getMinTrailingZeros(N
->getOperand(0));
6274 for (const SCEV
*Operand
: N
->operands().drop_front())
6275 TZ
= std::min(TZ
, getMinTrailingZeros(Operand
));
6276 return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ
);
6282 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
6283 return GetGCDMultiple(cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(S
));
6285 // ask ValueTracking for known bits
6286 const SCEVUnknown
*U
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
);
6288 computeKnownBits(U
->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
)
6289 .countMinTrailingZeros();
6290 return GetShiftedByZeros(Known
);
6292 case scCouldNotCompute
:
6293 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6295 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
6298 APInt
ScalarEvolution::getConstantMultiple(const SCEV
*S
) {
6299 auto I
= ConstantMultipleCache
.find(S
);
6300 if (I
!= ConstantMultipleCache
.end())
6303 APInt Result
= getConstantMultipleImpl(S
);
6304 auto InsertPair
= ConstantMultipleCache
.insert({S
, Result
});
6305 assert(InsertPair
.second
&& "Should insert a new key");
6306 return InsertPair
.first
->second
;
6309 APInt
ScalarEvolution::getNonZeroConstantMultiple(const SCEV
*S
) {
6310 APInt Multiple
= getConstantMultiple(S
);
6311 return Multiple
== 0 ? APInt(Multiple
.getBitWidth(), 1) : Multiple
;
6314 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::getMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV
*S
) {
6315 return std::min(getConstantMultiple(S
).countTrailingZeros(),
6316 (unsigned)getTypeSizeInBits(S
->getType()));
6319 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
6320 static std::optional
<ConstantRange
> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value
*V
) {
6321 if (Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
))
6322 if (MDNode
*MD
= I
->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range
))
6323 return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD
);
6325 return std::nullopt
;
6328 void ScalarEvolution::setNoWrapFlags(SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
,
6329 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
) {
6330 if (AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(Flags
) != Flags
) {
6331 AddRec
->setNoWrapFlags(Flags
);
6332 UnsignedRanges
.erase(AddRec
);
6333 SignedRanges
.erase(AddRec
);
6334 ConstantMultipleCache
.erase(AddRec
);
6338 ConstantRange
ScalarEvolution::
6339 getRangeForUnknownRecurrence(const SCEVUnknown
*U
) {
6340 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
6342 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(U
->getType());
6343 const ConstantRange
FullSet(BitWidth
, /*isFullSet=*/true);
6345 // Match a simple recurrence of the form: <start, ShiftOp, Step>, and then
6346 // use information about the trip count to improve our available range. Note
6347 // that the trip count independent cases are already handled by known bits.
6348 // WARNING: The definition of recurrence used here is subtly different than
6349 // the one used by AddRec (and thus most of this file). Step is allowed to
6350 // be arbitrarily loop varying here, where AddRec allows only loop invariant
6351 // and other addrecs in the same loop (for non-affine addrecs). The code
6352 // below intentionally handles the case where step is not loop invariant.
6353 auto *P
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(U
->getValue());
6357 // Make sure that no Phi input comes from an unreachable block. Otherwise,
6358 // even the values that are not available in these blocks may come from them,
6359 // and this leads to false-positive recurrence test.
6360 for (auto *Pred
: predecessors(P
->getParent()))
6361 if (!DT
.isReachableFromEntry(Pred
))
6365 Value
*Start
, *Step
;
6366 if (!matchSimpleRecurrence(P
, BO
, Start
, Step
))
6369 // If we found a recurrence in reachable code, we must be in a loop. Note
6370 // that BO might be in some subloop of L, and that's completely okay.
6371 auto *L
= LI
.getLoopFor(P
->getParent());
6372 assert(L
&& L
->getHeader() == P
->getParent());
6373 if (!L
->contains(BO
->getParent()))
6374 // NOTE: This bailout should be an assert instead. However, asserting
6375 // the condition here exposes a case where LoopFusion is querying SCEV
6376 // with malformed loop information during the midst of the transform.
6377 // There doesn't appear to be an obvious fix, so for the moment bailout
6378 // until the caller issue can be fixed. PR49566 tracks the bug.
6381 // TODO: Extend to other opcodes such as mul, and div
6382 switch (BO
->getOpcode()) {
6385 case Instruction::AShr
:
6386 case Instruction::LShr
:
6387 case Instruction::Shl
:
6391 if (BO
->getOperand(0) != P
)
6392 // TODO: Handle the power function forms some day.
6395 unsigned TC
= getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(L
);
6396 if (!TC
|| TC
>= BitWidth
)
6399 auto KnownStart
= computeKnownBits(Start
, DL
, 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
);
6400 auto KnownStep
= computeKnownBits(Step
, DL
, 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
);
6401 assert(KnownStart
.getBitWidth() == BitWidth
&&
6402 KnownStep
.getBitWidth() == BitWidth
);
6404 // Compute total shift amount, being careful of overflow and bitwidths.
6405 auto MaxShiftAmt
= KnownStep
.getMaxValue();
6406 APInt
TCAP(BitWidth
, TC
-1);
6407 bool Overflow
= false;
6408 auto TotalShift
= MaxShiftAmt
.umul_ov(TCAP
, Overflow
);
6412 switch (BO
->getOpcode()) {
6414 llvm_unreachable("filtered out above");
6415 case Instruction::AShr
: {
6416 // For each ashr, three cases:
6417 // shift = 0 => unchanged value
6418 // saturation => 0 or -1
6419 // other => a value closer to zero (of the same sign)
6420 // Thus, the end value is closer to zero than the start.
6421 auto KnownEnd
= KnownBits::ashr(KnownStart
,
6422 KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift
));
6423 if (KnownStart
.isNonNegative())
6424 // Analogous to lshr (simply not yet canonicalized)
6425 return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownEnd
.getMinValue(),
6426 KnownStart
.getMaxValue() + 1);
6427 if (KnownStart
.isNegative())
6428 // End >=u Start && End <=s Start
6429 return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownStart
.getMinValue(),
6430 KnownEnd
.getMaxValue() + 1);
6433 case Instruction::LShr
: {
6434 // For each lshr, three cases:
6435 // shift = 0 => unchanged value
6437 // other => a smaller positive number
6438 // Thus, the low end of the unsigned range is the last value produced.
6439 auto KnownEnd
= KnownBits::lshr(KnownStart
,
6440 KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift
));
6441 return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownEnd
.getMinValue(),
6442 KnownStart
.getMaxValue() + 1);
6444 case Instruction::Shl
: {
6445 // Iff no bits are shifted out, value increases on every shift.
6446 auto KnownEnd
= KnownBits::shl(KnownStart
,
6447 KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift
));
6448 if (TotalShift
.ult(KnownStart
.countMinLeadingZeros()))
6449 return ConstantRange(KnownStart
.getMinValue(),
6450 KnownEnd
.getMaxValue() + 1);
6457 const ConstantRange
&
6458 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRefIter(const SCEV
*S
,
6459 ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint
) {
6460 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, ConstantRange
> &Cache
=
6461 SignHint
== ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
? UnsignedRanges
6463 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> WorkList
;
6464 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEV
*, 8> Seen
;
6466 // Add Expr to the worklist, if Expr is either an N-ary expression or a
6467 // SCEVUnknown PHI node.
6468 auto AddToWorklist
= [&WorkList
, &Seen
, &Cache
](const SCEV
*Expr
) {
6469 if (!Seen
.insert(Expr
).second
)
6471 if (Cache
.contains(Expr
))
6473 switch (Expr
->getSCEVType()) {
6475 if (!isa
<PHINode
>(cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(Expr
)->getValue()))
6492 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
6493 WorkList
.push_back(Expr
);
6495 case scCouldNotCompute
:
6496 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6501 // Build worklist by queuing operands of N-ary expressions and phi nodes.
6502 for (unsigned I
= 0; I
!= WorkList
.size(); ++I
) {
6503 const SCEV
*P
= WorkList
[I
];
6504 auto *UnknownS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(P
);
6505 // If it is not a `SCEVUnknown`, just recurse into operands.
6507 for (const SCEV
*Op
: P
->operands())
6511 // `SCEVUnknown`'s require special treatment.
6512 if (const PHINode
*P
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(UnknownS
->getValue())) {
6513 if (!PendingPhiRangesIter
.insert(P
).second
)
6515 for (auto &Op
: reverse(P
->operands()))
6516 AddToWorklist(getSCEV(Op
));
6520 if (!WorkList
.empty()) {
6521 // Use getRangeRef to compute ranges for items in the worklist in reverse
6522 // order. This will force ranges for earlier operands to be computed before
6523 // their users in most cases.
6524 for (const SCEV
*P
: reverse(drop_begin(WorkList
))) {
6525 getRangeRef(P
, SignHint
);
6527 if (auto *UnknownS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(P
))
6528 if (const PHINode
*P
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(UnknownS
->getValue()))
6529 PendingPhiRangesIter
.erase(P
);
6533 return getRangeRef(S
, SignHint
, 0);
6536 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV. If SignHint is
6537 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
6538 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
6539 const ConstantRange
&ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(
6540 const SCEV
*S
, ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint
, unsigned Depth
) {
6541 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, ConstantRange
> &Cache
=
6542 SignHint
== ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
? UnsignedRanges
6544 ConstantRange::PreferredRangeType RangeType
=
6545 SignHint
== ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
? ConstantRange::Unsigned
6546 : ConstantRange::Signed
;
6548 // See if we've computed this range already.
6549 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, ConstantRange
>::iterator I
= Cache
.find(S
);
6550 if (I
!= Cache
.end())
6553 if (const SCEVConstant
*C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(S
))
6554 return setRange(C
, SignHint
, ConstantRange(C
->getAPInt()));
6556 // Switch to iteratively computing the range for S, if it is part of a deeply
6557 // nested expression.
6558 if (Depth
> RangeIterThreshold
)
6559 return getRangeRefIter(S
, SignHint
);
6561 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(S
->getType());
6562 ConstantRange
ConservativeResult(BitWidth
, /*isFullSet=*/true);
6563 using OBO
= OverflowingBinaryOperator
;
6565 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
6567 if (SignHint
== ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
) {
6568 APInt Multiple
= getNonZeroConstantMultiple(S
);
6569 APInt Remainder
= APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
).urem(Multiple
);
6570 if (!Remainder
.isZero())
6571 ConservativeResult
=
6572 ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth
),
6573 APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
) - Remainder
+ 1);
6576 uint32_t TZ
= getMinTrailingZeros(S
);
6578 ConservativeResult
= ConstantRange(
6579 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
),
6580 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth
).ashr(TZ
).shl(TZ
) + 1);
6584 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
6586 llvm_unreachable("Already handled above.");
6588 return setRange(S
, SignHint
, getVScaleRange(&F
, BitWidth
));
6590 const SCEVTruncateExpr
*Trunc
= cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(S
);
6591 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(Trunc
->getOperand(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6594 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
.truncate(BitWidth
), RangeType
));
6596 case scZeroExtend
: {
6597 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(S
);
6598 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(ZExt
->getOperand(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6601 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
.zeroExtend(BitWidth
), RangeType
));
6603 case scSignExtend
: {
6604 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(S
);
6605 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(SExt
->getOperand(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6608 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
.signExtend(BitWidth
), RangeType
));
6611 const SCEVPtrToIntExpr
*PtrToInt
= cast
<SCEVPtrToIntExpr
>(S
);
6612 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(PtrToInt
->getOperand(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6613 return setRange(PtrToInt
, SignHint
, X
);
6616 const SCEVAddExpr
*Add
= cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(S
);
6617 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(Add
->getOperand(0), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6618 unsigned WrapType
= OBO::AnyWrap
;
6619 if (Add
->hasNoSignedWrap())
6620 WrapType
|= OBO::NoSignedWrap
;
6621 if (Add
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
6622 WrapType
|= OBO::NoUnsignedWrap
;
6623 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Add
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
6624 X
= X
.addWithNoWrap(getRangeRef(Add
->getOperand(i
), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1),
6625 WrapType
, RangeType
);
6626 return setRange(Add
, SignHint
,
6627 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
, RangeType
));
6630 const SCEVMulExpr
*Mul
= cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(S
);
6631 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(Mul
->getOperand(0), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6632 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= Mul
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
6633 X
= X
.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul
->getOperand(i
), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1));
6634 return setRange(Mul
, SignHint
,
6635 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
, RangeType
));
6638 const SCEVUDivExpr
*UDiv
= cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(S
);
6639 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(UDiv
->getLHS(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6640 ConstantRange Y
= getRangeRef(UDiv
->getRHS(), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6641 return setRange(UDiv
, SignHint
,
6642 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
.udiv(Y
), RangeType
));
6644 case scAddRecExpr
: {
6645 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
6646 // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
6648 if (AddRec
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
6649 APInt UnsignedMinValue
= getUnsignedRangeMin(AddRec
->getStart());
6650 if (!UnsignedMinValue
.isZero())
6651 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6652 ConstantRange(UnsignedMinValue
, APInt(BitWidth
, 0)), RangeType
);
6655 // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands except initial value have
6656 // the same sign or zero, the value won't ever be:
6657 // 1: smaller than initial value if operands are non negative,
6658 // 2: bigger than initial value if operands are non positive.
6659 // For both cases, value can not cross signed min/max boundary.
6660 if (AddRec
->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
6661 bool AllNonNeg
= true;
6662 bool AllNonPos
= true;
6663 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= AddRec
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
6664 if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec
->getOperand(i
)))
6666 if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec
->getOperand(i
)))
6670 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6671 ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(getSignedRangeMin(AddRec
->getStart()),
6672 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
)),
6675 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6676 ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
),
6677 getSignedRangeMax(AddRec
->getStart()) +
6682 // TODO: non-affine addrec
6683 if (AddRec
->isAffine()) {
6684 const SCEV
*MaxBEScev
=
6685 getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec
->getLoop());
6686 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(MaxBEScev
)) {
6687 APInt MaxBECount
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(MaxBEScev
)->getAPInt();
6689 // Adjust MaxBECount to the same bitwidth as AddRec. We can truncate if
6690 // MaxBECount's active bits are all <= AddRec's bit width.
6691 if (MaxBECount
.getBitWidth() > BitWidth
&&
6692 MaxBECount
.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth
)
6693 MaxBECount
= MaxBECount
.trunc(BitWidth
);
6694 else if (MaxBECount
.getBitWidth() < BitWidth
)
6695 MaxBECount
= MaxBECount
.zext(BitWidth
);
6697 if (MaxBECount
.getBitWidth() == BitWidth
) {
6698 auto RangeFromAffine
= getRangeForAffineAR(
6699 AddRec
->getStart(), AddRec
->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount
);
6700 ConservativeResult
=
6701 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine
, RangeType
);
6703 auto RangeFromFactoring
= getRangeViaFactoring(
6704 AddRec
->getStart(), AddRec
->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount
);
6705 ConservativeResult
=
6706 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring
, RangeType
);
6710 // Now try symbolic BE count and more powerful methods.
6711 if (UseExpensiveRangeSharpening
) {
6712 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxBECount
=
6713 getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec
->getLoop());
6714 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SymbolicMaxBECount
) &&
6715 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBEScev
->getType()) <= BitWidth
&&
6716 AddRec
->hasNoSelfWrap()) {
6717 auto RangeFromAffineNew
= getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
6718 AddRec
, SymbolicMaxBECount
, BitWidth
, SignHint
);
6719 ConservativeResult
=
6720 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(RangeFromAffineNew
, RangeType
);
6725 return setRange(AddRec
, SignHint
, std::move(ConservativeResult
));
6731 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
6733 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
6735 ID
= Intrinsic::umax
;
6738 ID
= Intrinsic::smax
;
6741 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
6742 ID
= Intrinsic::umin
;
6745 ID
= Intrinsic::smin
;
6748 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEVMinMaxExpr/SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr.");
6751 const auto *NAry
= cast
<SCEVNAryExpr
>(S
);
6752 ConstantRange X
= getRangeRef(NAry
->getOperand(0), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6753 for (unsigned i
= 1, e
= NAry
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
6755 ID
, {X
, getRangeRef(NAry
->getOperand(i
), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1)});
6756 return setRange(S
, SignHint
,
6757 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(X
, RangeType
));
6760 const SCEVUnknown
*U
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
);
6761 Value
*V
= U
->getValue();
6763 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
6764 std::optional
<ConstantRange
> MDRange
= GetRangeFromMetadata(V
);
6766 ConservativeResult
=
6767 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(*MDRange
, RangeType
);
6769 // Use facts about recurrences in the underlying IR. Note that add
6770 // recurrences are AddRecExprs and thus don't hit this path. This
6771 // primarily handles shift recurrences.
6772 auto CR
= getRangeForUnknownRecurrence(U
);
6773 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(CR
);
6775 // See if ValueTracking can give us a useful range.
6776 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
6777 KnownBits Known
= computeKnownBits(V
, DL
, 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
);
6778 if (Known
.getBitWidth() != BitWidth
)
6779 Known
= Known
.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth
);
6781 // ValueTracking may be able to compute a tighter result for the number of
6782 // sign bits than for the value of those sign bits.
6783 unsigned NS
= ComputeNumSignBits(V
, DL
, 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
);
6784 if (U
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6785 // If the pointer size is larger than the index size type, this can cause
6786 // NS to be larger than BitWidth. So compensate for this.
6787 unsigned ptrSize
= DL
.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(U
->getType());
6788 int ptrIdxDiff
= ptrSize
- BitWidth
;
6789 if (ptrIdxDiff
> 0 && ptrSize
> BitWidth
&& NS
> (unsigned)ptrIdxDiff
)
6794 // If we know any of the sign bits, we know all of the sign bits.
6795 if (!Known
.Zero
.getHiBits(NS
).isZero())
6796 Known
.Zero
.setHighBits(NS
);
6797 if (!Known
.One
.getHiBits(NS
).isZero())
6798 Known
.One
.setHighBits(NS
);
6801 if (Known
.getMinValue() != Known
.getMaxValue() + 1)
6802 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6803 ConstantRange(Known
.getMinValue(), Known
.getMaxValue() + 1),
6806 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6807 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
).ashr(NS
- 1),
6808 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth
).ashr(NS
- 1) + 1),
6811 if (U
->getType()->isPointerTy() && SignHint
== HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
) {
6812 // Strengthen the range if the underlying IR value is a
6813 // global/alloca/heap allocation using the size of the object.
6814 ObjectSizeOpts Opts
;
6815 Opts
.RoundToAlign
= false;
6816 Opts
.NullIsUnknownSize
= true;
6818 if ((isa
<GlobalVariable
>(V
) || isa
<AllocaInst
>(V
) ||
6819 isAllocationFn(V
, &TLI
)) &&
6820 getObjectSize(V
, ObjSize
, DL
, &TLI
, Opts
) && ObjSize
> 1) {
6821 // The highest address the object can start is ObjSize bytes before the
6822 // end (unsigned max value). If this value is not a multiple of the
6823 // alignment, the last possible start value is the next lowest multiple
6824 // of the alignment. Note: The computations below cannot overflow,
6825 // because if they would there's no possible start address for the
6827 APInt MaxVal
= APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
) - APInt(BitWidth
, ObjSize
);
6828 uint64_t Align
= U
->getValue()->getPointerAlignment(DL
).value();
6829 uint64_t Rem
= MaxVal
.urem(Align
);
6830 MaxVal
-= APInt(BitWidth
, Rem
);
6831 APInt MinVal
= APInt::getZero(BitWidth
);
6832 if (llvm::isKnownNonZero(V
, DL
))
6834 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(
6835 ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(MinVal
, MaxVal
+ 1), RangeType
);
6839 // A range of Phi is a subset of union of all ranges of its input.
6840 if (PHINode
*Phi
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(V
)) {
6841 // Make sure that we do not run over cycled Phis.
6842 if (PendingPhiRanges
.insert(Phi
).second
) {
6843 ConstantRange
RangeFromOps(BitWidth
, /*isFullSet=*/false);
6845 for (const auto &Op
: Phi
->operands()) {
6846 auto OpRange
= getRangeRef(getSCEV(Op
), SignHint
, Depth
+ 1);
6847 RangeFromOps
= RangeFromOps
.unionWith(OpRange
);
6848 // No point to continue if we already have a full set.
6849 if (RangeFromOps
.isFullSet())
6852 ConservativeResult
=
6853 ConservativeResult
.intersectWith(RangeFromOps
, RangeType
);
6854 bool Erased
= PendingPhiRanges
.erase(Phi
);
6855 assert(Erased
&& "Failed to erase Phi properly?");
6860 // vscale can't be equal to zero
6861 if (const auto *II
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(V
))
6862 if (II
->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vscale
) {
6863 ConstantRange Disallowed
= APInt::getZero(BitWidth
);
6864 ConservativeResult
= ConservativeResult
.difference(Disallowed
);
6867 return setRange(U
, SignHint
, std::move(ConservativeResult
));
6869 case scCouldNotCompute
:
6870 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6873 return setRange(S
, SignHint
, std::move(ConservativeResult
));
6876 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
6877 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
6878 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
6879 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
6880 static ConstantRange
getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step
,
6881 const ConstantRange
&StartRange
,
6882 const APInt
&MaxBECount
,
6884 unsigned BitWidth
= Step
.getBitWidth();
6885 assert(BitWidth
== StartRange
.getBitWidth() &&
6886 BitWidth
== MaxBECount
.getBitWidth() && "mismatched bit widths");
6887 // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
6888 // just need to return the initial range.
6889 if (Step
== 0 || MaxBECount
== 0)
6892 // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
6893 // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
6894 // Return FullRange.
6895 if (StartRange
.isFullSet())
6896 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6898 // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
6899 // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
6900 bool Descending
= Signed
&& Step
.isNegative();
6903 // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
6904 // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
6905 // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
6909 // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
6910 // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
6911 if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange
.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step
).ult(MaxBECount
))
6912 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6914 // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
6916 APInt Offset
= Step
* MaxBECount
;
6918 // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
6919 // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
6920 // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
6921 // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
6922 APInt StartLower
= StartRange
.getLower();
6923 APInt StartUpper
= StartRange
.getUpper() - 1;
6924 APInt MovedBoundary
= Descending
? (StartLower
- std::move(Offset
))
6925 : (StartUpper
+ std::move(Offset
));
6927 // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
6928 // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
6929 // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
6930 if (StartRange
.contains(MovedBoundary
))
6931 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6934 Descending
? std::move(MovedBoundary
) : std::move(StartLower
);
6936 Descending
? std::move(StartUpper
) : std::move(MovedBoundary
);
6939 // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
6940 return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(std::move(NewLower
), std::move(NewUpper
));
6943 ConstantRange
ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV
*Start
,
6945 const APInt
&MaxBECount
) {
6946 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Start
->getType()) ==
6947 getTypeSizeInBits(Step
->getType()) &&
6948 getTypeSizeInBits(Start
->getType()) == MaxBECount
.getBitWidth() &&
6949 "mismatched bit widths");
6951 // First, consider step signed.
6952 ConstantRange StartSRange
= getSignedRange(Start
);
6953 ConstantRange StepSRange
= getSignedRange(Step
);
6955 // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
6956 // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
6957 ConstantRange SR
= getRangeForAffineARHelper(
6958 StepSRange
.getSignedMin(), StartSRange
, MaxBECount
, /* Signed = */ true);
6959 SR
= SR
.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange
.getSignedMax(),
6960 StartSRange
, MaxBECount
,
6961 /* Signed = */ true));
6963 // Next, consider step unsigned.
6964 ConstantRange UR
= getRangeForAffineARHelper(
6965 getUnsignedRangeMax(Step
), getUnsignedRange(Start
), MaxBECount
,
6966 /* Signed = */ false);
6968 // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
6969 return SR
.intersectWith(UR
, ConstantRange::Smallest
);
6972 ConstantRange
ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
6973 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
, const SCEV
*MaxBECount
, unsigned BitWidth
,
6974 ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint
) {
6975 assert(AddRec
->isAffine() && "Non-affine AddRecs are not suppored!\n");
6976 assert(AddRec
->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
6977 "This only works for non-self-wrapping AddRecs!");
6978 const bool IsSigned
= SignHint
== HINT_RANGE_SIGNED
;
6979 const SCEV
*Step
= AddRec
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
6980 // Only deal with constant step to save compile time.
6981 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Step
))
6982 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6983 // Let's make sure that we can prove that we do not self-wrap during
6984 // MaxBECount iterations. We need this because MaxBECount is a maximum
6985 // iteration count estimate, and we might infer nw from some exit for which we
6986 // do not know max exit count (or any other side reasoning).
6987 // TODO: Turn into assert at some point.
6988 if (getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount
->getType()) >
6989 getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec
->getType()))
6990 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6991 MaxBECount
= getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount
, AddRec
->getType());
6992 const SCEV
*RangeWidth
= getMinusOne(AddRec
->getType());
6993 const SCEV
*StepAbs
= getUMinExpr(Step
, getNegativeSCEV(Step
));
6994 const SCEV
*MaxItersWithoutWrap
= getUDivExpr(RangeWidth
, StepAbs
);
6995 if (!isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, MaxBECount
,
6996 MaxItersWithoutWrap
))
6997 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
6999 ICmpInst::Predicate LEPred
=
7000 IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
;
7001 ICmpInst::Predicate GEPred
=
7002 IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
;
7003 const SCEV
*End
= AddRec
->evaluateAtIteration(MaxBECount
, *this);
7005 // We know that there is no self-wrap. Let's take Start and End values and
7006 // look at all intermediate values V1, V2, ..., Vn that IndVar takes during
7007 // the iteration. They either lie inside the range [Min(Start, End),
7008 // Max(Start, End)] or outside it:
7010 // Case 1: RangeMin ... Start V1 ... VN End ... RangeMax;
7011 // Case 2: RangeMin Vk ... V1 Start ... End Vn ... Vk + 1 RangeMax;
7013 // No self wrap flag guarantees that the intermediate values cannot be BOTH
7014 // outside and inside the range [Min(Start, End), Max(Start, End)]. Using that
7015 // knowledge, let's try to prove that we are dealing with Case 1. It is so if
7016 // Start <= End and step is positive, or Start >= End and step is negative.
7017 const SCEV
*Start
= applyLoopGuards(AddRec
->getStart(), AddRec
->getLoop());
7018 ConstantRange StartRange
= getRangeRef(Start
, SignHint
);
7019 ConstantRange EndRange
= getRangeRef(End
, SignHint
);
7020 ConstantRange RangeBetween
= StartRange
.unionWith(EndRange
);
7021 // If they already cover full iteration space, we will know nothing useful
7022 // even if we prove what we want to prove.
7023 if (RangeBetween
.isFullSet())
7024 return RangeBetween
;
7025 // Only deal with ranges that do not wrap (i.e. RangeMin < RangeMax).
7026 bool IsWrappedSet
= IsSigned
? RangeBetween
.isSignWrappedSet()
7027 : RangeBetween
.isWrappedSet();
7029 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
7031 if (isKnownPositive(Step
) &&
7032 isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(LEPred
, Start
, End
))
7033 return RangeBetween
;
7034 if (isKnownNegative(Step
) &&
7035 isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(GEPred
, Start
, End
))
7036 return RangeBetween
;
7037 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
7040 ConstantRange
ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV
*Start
,
7042 const APInt
&MaxBECount
) {
7043 // RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
7044 // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
7046 unsigned BitWidth
= MaxBECount
.getBitWidth();
7047 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Start
->getType()) == BitWidth
&&
7048 getTypeSizeInBits(Step
->getType()) == BitWidth
&&
7049 "mismatched bit widths");
7051 struct SelectPattern
{
7052 Value
*Condition
= nullptr;
7056 explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution
&SE
, unsigned BitWidth
,
7058 std::optional
<unsigned> CastOp
;
7059 APInt
Offset(BitWidth
, 0);
7061 assert(SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(S
->getType()) == BitWidth
&&
7064 // Peel off a constant offset:
7065 if (auto *SA
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(S
)) {
7066 // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
7067 // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
7068 if (SA
->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa
<SCEVConstant
>(SA
->getOperand(0)))
7071 Offset
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(SA
->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
7072 S
= SA
->getOperand(1);
7075 // Peel off a cast operation
7076 if (auto *SCast
= dyn_cast
<SCEVIntegralCastExpr
>(S
)) {
7077 CastOp
= SCast
->getSCEVType();
7078 S
= SCast
->getOperand();
7081 using namespace llvm::PatternMatch
;
7083 auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
);
7084 const APInt
*TrueVal
, *FalseVal
;
7086 !match(SU
->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition
), m_APInt(TrueVal
),
7087 m_APInt(FalseVal
)))) {
7088 Condition
= nullptr;
7092 TrueValue
= *TrueVal
;
7093 FalseValue
= *FalseVal
;
7095 // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
7099 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
7102 TrueValue
= TrueValue
.trunc(BitWidth
);
7103 FalseValue
= FalseValue
.trunc(BitWidth
);
7106 TrueValue
= TrueValue
.zext(BitWidth
);
7107 FalseValue
= FalseValue
.zext(BitWidth
);
7110 TrueValue
= TrueValue
.sext(BitWidth
);
7111 FalseValue
= FalseValue
.sext(BitWidth
);
7115 // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
7116 TrueValue
+= Offset
;
7117 FalseValue
+= Offset
;
7120 bool isRecognized() { return Condition
!= nullptr; }
7123 SelectPattern
StartPattern(*this, BitWidth
, Start
);
7124 if (!StartPattern
.isRecognized())
7125 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
7127 SelectPattern
StepPattern(*this, BitWidth
, Step
);
7128 if (!StepPattern
.isRecognized())
7129 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
7131 if (StartPattern
.Condition
!= StepPattern
.Condition
) {
7132 // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
7133 // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
7134 // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
7135 return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth
);
7138 // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
7139 // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here. This function is called
7140 // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
7141 // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
7143 // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
7144 // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
7146 const SCEV
*TrueStart
= this->getConstant(StartPattern
.TrueValue
);
7147 const SCEV
*TrueStep
= this->getConstant(StepPattern
.TrueValue
);
7148 const SCEV
*FalseStart
= this->getConstant(StartPattern
.FalseValue
);
7149 const SCEV
*FalseStep
= this->getConstant(StepPattern
.FalseValue
);
7151 ConstantRange TrueRange
=
7152 this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart
, TrueStep
, MaxBECount
);
7153 ConstantRange FalseRange
=
7154 this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart
, FalseStep
, MaxBECount
);
7156 return TrueRange
.unionWith(FalseRange
);
7159 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value
*V
) {
7160 if (isa
<ConstantExpr
>(V
)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7161 const BinaryOperator
*BinOp
= cast
<BinaryOperator
>(V
);
7163 // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
7164 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7165 if (BinOp
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
7166 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
7167 if (BinOp
->hasNoSignedWrap())
7168 Flags
= ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
7169 if (Flags
== SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
)
7170 return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7172 return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp
) ? Flags
: SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7176 ScalarEvolution::getNonTrivialDefiningScopeBound(const SCEV
*S
) {
7177 if (auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
))
7178 return &*AddRec
->getLoop()->getHeader()->begin();
7179 if (auto *U
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
))
7180 if (auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(U
->getValue()))
7186 ScalarEvolution::getDefiningScopeBound(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
,
7189 // Do a bounded search of the def relation of the requested SCEVs.
7190 SmallSet
<const SCEV
*, 16> Visited
;
7191 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Worklist
;
7192 auto pushOp
= [&](const SCEV
*S
) {
7193 if (!Visited
.insert(S
).second
)
7195 // Threshold of 30 here is arbitrary.
7196 if (Visited
.size() > 30) {
7200 Worklist
.push_back(S
);
7203 for (const auto *S
: Ops
)
7206 const Instruction
*Bound
= nullptr;
7207 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
7208 auto *S
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
7209 if (auto *DefI
= getNonTrivialDefiningScopeBound(S
)) {
7210 if (!Bound
|| DT
.dominates(Bound
, DefI
))
7213 for (const auto *Op
: S
->operands())
7217 return Bound
? Bound
: &*F
.getEntryBlock().begin();
7221 ScalarEvolution::getDefiningScopeBound(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
7223 return getDefiningScopeBound(Ops
, Discard
);
7226 bool ScalarEvolution::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(const Instruction
*A
,
7227 const Instruction
*B
) {
7228 if (A
->getParent() == B
->getParent() &&
7229 isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(A
->getIterator(),
7233 auto *BLoop
= LI
.getLoopFor(B
->getParent());
7234 if (BLoop
&& BLoop
->getHeader() == B
->getParent() &&
7235 BLoop
->getLoopPreheader() == A
->getParent() &&
7236 isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(A
->getIterator(),
7237 A
->getParent()->end()) &&
7238 isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(B
->getParent()->begin(),
7245 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction
*I
) {
7246 // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
7247 if (!programUndefinedIfPoison(I
))
7250 // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
7251 // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
7252 // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
7253 // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
7254 // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
7255 // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
7256 // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find a
7257 // upper bound on the defining scope for the SCEV, and prove that I is
7258 // executed every time we enter that scope. When the bounding scope is a
7259 // loop (the common case), this is equivalent to proving I executes on every
7260 // iteration of that loop.
7261 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> SCEVOps
;
7262 for (const Use
&Op
: I
->operands()) {
7263 // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
7264 // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
7265 if (isSCEVable(Op
->getType()))
7266 SCEVOps
.push_back(getSCEV(Op
));
7268 auto *DefI
= getDefiningScopeBound(SCEVOps
);
7269 return isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(DefI
, I
);
7272 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction
*I
, const Loop
*L
) {
7273 // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
7274 if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I
))
7277 // If the loop only has one exit, then we know that, if the loop is entered,
7278 // any instruction dominating that exit will be executed. If any such
7279 // instruction would result in UB, the addrec cannot be poison.
7281 // This is basically the same reasoning as in isSCEVExprNeverPoison(), but
7282 // also handles uses outside the loop header (they just need to dominate the
7285 auto *ExitingBB
= L
->getExitingBlock();
7286 if (!ExitingBB
|| !loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L
))
7289 SmallPtrSet
<const Value
*, 16> KnownPoison
;
7290 SmallVector
<const Instruction
*, 8> Worklist
;
7292 // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison. Only
7293 // things that are known to be poison under that assumption go on the
7295 KnownPoison
.insert(I
);
7296 Worklist
.push_back(I
);
7298 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
7299 const Instruction
*Poison
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
7301 for (const Use
&U
: Poison
->uses()) {
7302 const Instruction
*PoisonUser
= cast
<Instruction
>(U
.getUser());
7303 if (mustTriggerUB(PoisonUser
, KnownPoison
) &&
7304 DT
.dominates(PoisonUser
->getParent(), ExitingBB
))
7307 if (propagatesPoison(U
) && L
->contains(PoisonUser
))
7308 if (KnownPoison
.insert(PoisonUser
).second
)
7309 Worklist
.push_back(PoisonUser
);
7316 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
7317 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop
*L
) {
7318 using LoopProperties
= ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
;
7320 auto Itr
= LoopPropertiesCache
.find(L
);
7321 if (Itr
== LoopPropertiesCache
.end()) {
7322 auto HasSideEffects
= [](Instruction
*I
) {
7323 if (auto *SI
= dyn_cast
<StoreInst
>(I
))
7324 return !SI
->isSimple();
7326 return I
->mayThrow() || I
->mayWriteToMemory();
7329 LoopProperties LP
= {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
7330 /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
7332 for (auto *BB
: L
->getBlocks())
7333 for (auto &I
: *BB
) {
7334 if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I
))
7335 LP
.HasNoAbnormalExits
= false;
7336 if (HasSideEffects(&I
))
7337 LP
.HasNoSideEffects
= false;
7338 if (!LP
.HasNoAbnormalExits
&& !LP
.HasNoSideEffects
)
7339 break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
7342 auto InsertPair
= LoopPropertiesCache
.insert({L
, LP
});
7343 assert(InsertPair
.second
&& "We just checked!");
7344 Itr
= InsertPair
.first
;
7350 bool ScalarEvolution::loopIsFiniteByAssumption(const Loop
*L
) {
7351 // A mustprogress loop without side effects must be finite.
7352 // TODO: The check used here is very conservative. It's only *specific*
7353 // side effects which are well defined in infinite loops.
7354 return isFinite(L
) || (isMustProgress(L
) && loopHasNoSideEffects(L
));
7357 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createSCEVIter(Value
*V
) {
7358 // Worklist item with a Value and a bool indicating whether all operands have
7359 // been visited already.
7360 using PointerTy
= PointerIntPair
<Value
*, 1, bool>;
7361 SmallVector
<PointerTy
> Stack
;
7363 Stack
.emplace_back(V
, true);
7364 Stack
.emplace_back(V
, false);
7365 while (!Stack
.empty()) {
7366 auto E
= Stack
.pop_back_val();
7367 Value
*CurV
= E
.getPointer();
7369 if (getExistingSCEV(CurV
))
7372 SmallVector
<Value
*> Ops
;
7373 const SCEV
*CreatedSCEV
= nullptr;
7374 // If all operands have been visited already, create the SCEV.
7376 CreatedSCEV
= createSCEV(CurV
);
7378 // Otherwise get the operands we need to create SCEV's for before creating
7379 // the SCEV for CurV. If the SCEV for CurV can be constructed trivially,
7381 CreatedSCEV
= getOperandsToCreate(CurV
, Ops
);
7385 insertValueToMap(CurV
, CreatedSCEV
);
7387 // Queue CurV for SCEV creation, followed by its's operands which need to
7388 // be constructed first.
7389 Stack
.emplace_back(CurV
, true);
7390 for (Value
*Op
: Ops
)
7391 Stack
.emplace_back(Op
, false);
7395 return getExistingSCEV(V
);
7399 ScalarEvolution::getOperandsToCreate(Value
*V
, SmallVectorImpl
<Value
*> &Ops
) {
7400 if (!isSCEVable(V
->getType()))
7401 return getUnknown(V
);
7403 if (Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
)) {
7404 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
7405 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
7406 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
7407 // analysis depends on.
7408 if (!DT
.isReachableFromEntry(I
->getParent()))
7409 return getUnknown(PoisonValue::get(V
->getType()));
7410 } else if (ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(V
))
7411 return getConstant(CI
);
7412 else if (isa
<GlobalAlias
>(V
))
7413 return getUnknown(V
);
7414 else if (!isa
<ConstantExpr
>(V
))
7415 return getUnknown(V
);
7417 Operator
*U
= cast
<Operator
>(V
);
7419 MatchBinaryOp(U
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
, dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
))) {
7420 bool IsConstArg
= isa
<ConstantInt
>(BO
->RHS
);
7421 switch (BO
->Opcode
) {
7422 case Instruction::Add
:
7423 case Instruction::Mul
: {
7424 // For additions and multiplications, traverse add/mul chains for which we
7425 // can potentially create a single SCEV, to reduce the number of
7426 // get{Add,Mul}Expr calls.
7429 if (BO
->Op
!= V
&& getExistingSCEV(BO
->Op
)) {
7430 Ops
.push_back(BO
->Op
);
7434 Ops
.push_back(BO
->RHS
);
7435 auto NewBO
= MatchBinaryOp(BO
->LHS
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
,
7436 dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
));
7438 (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Add
&&
7439 (NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Add
&&
7440 NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Sub
)) ||
7441 (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Mul
&&
7442 NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Mul
)) {
7443 Ops
.push_back(BO
->LHS
);
7446 // CreateSCEV calls getNoWrapFlagsFromUB, which under certain conditions
7447 // requires a SCEV for the LHS.
7448 if (BO
->Op
&& (BO
->IsNSW
|| BO
->IsNUW
)) {
7449 auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(BO
->Op
);
7450 if (I
&& programUndefinedIfPoison(I
)) {
7451 Ops
.push_back(BO
->LHS
);
7459 case Instruction::Sub
:
7460 case Instruction::UDiv
:
7461 case Instruction::URem
:
7463 case Instruction::AShr
:
7464 case Instruction::Shl
:
7465 case Instruction::Xor
:
7469 case Instruction::And
:
7470 case Instruction::Or
:
7471 if (!IsConstArg
&& !BO
->LHS
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
7474 case Instruction::LShr
:
7475 return getUnknown(V
);
7477 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binop");
7481 Ops
.push_back(BO
->LHS
);
7482 Ops
.push_back(BO
->RHS
);
7486 switch (U
->getOpcode()) {
7487 case Instruction::Trunc
:
7488 case Instruction::ZExt
:
7489 case Instruction::SExt
:
7490 case Instruction::PtrToInt
:
7491 Ops
.push_back(U
->getOperand(0));
7494 case Instruction::BitCast
:
7495 if (isSCEVable(U
->getType()) && isSCEVable(U
->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
7496 Ops
.push_back(U
->getOperand(0));
7499 return getUnknown(V
);
7501 case Instruction::SDiv
:
7502 case Instruction::SRem
:
7503 Ops
.push_back(U
->getOperand(0));
7504 Ops
.push_back(U
->getOperand(1));
7507 case Instruction::GetElementPtr
:
7508 assert(cast
<GEPOperator
>(U
)->getSourceElementType()->isSized() &&
7509 "GEP source element type must be sized");
7510 for (Value
*Index
: U
->operands())
7511 Ops
.push_back(Index
);
7514 case Instruction::IntToPtr
:
7515 return getUnknown(V
);
7517 case Instruction::PHI
:
7518 // Keep constructing SCEVs' for phis recursively for now.
7521 case Instruction::Select
: {
7522 // Check if U is a select that can be simplified to a SCEVUnknown.
7523 auto CanSimplifyToUnknown
= [this, U
]() {
7524 if (U
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) || isa
<ConstantInt
>(U
->getOperand(0)))
7527 auto *ICI
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(U
->getOperand(0));
7530 Value
*LHS
= ICI
->getOperand(0);
7531 Value
*RHS
= ICI
->getOperand(1);
7532 if (ICI
->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ
||
7533 ICI
->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE
) {
7534 if (!(isa
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
) && cast
<ConstantInt
>(RHS
)->isZero()))
7536 } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) >
7537 getTypeSizeInBits(U
->getType()))
7541 if (CanSimplifyToUnknown())
7542 return getUnknown(U
);
7544 for (Value
*Inc
: U
->operands())
7549 case Instruction::Call
:
7550 case Instruction::Invoke
:
7551 if (Value
*RV
= cast
<CallBase
>(U
)->getReturnedArgOperand()) {
7556 if (auto *II
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(U
)) {
7557 switch (II
->getIntrinsicID()) {
7558 case Intrinsic::abs
:
7559 Ops
.push_back(II
->getArgOperand(0));
7561 case Intrinsic::umax
:
7562 case Intrinsic::umin
:
7563 case Intrinsic::smax
:
7564 case Intrinsic::smin
:
7565 case Intrinsic::usub_sat
:
7566 case Intrinsic::uadd_sat
:
7567 Ops
.push_back(II
->getArgOperand(0));
7568 Ops
.push_back(II
->getArgOperand(1));
7570 case Intrinsic::start_loop_iterations
:
7571 case Intrinsic::annotation
:
7572 case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation
:
7573 Ops
.push_back(II
->getArgOperand(0));
7585 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value
*V
) {
7586 if (!isSCEVable(V
->getType()))
7587 return getUnknown(V
);
7589 if (Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
)) {
7590 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
7591 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
7592 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
7593 // analysis depends on.
7594 if (!DT
.isReachableFromEntry(I
->getParent()))
7595 return getUnknown(PoisonValue::get(V
->getType()));
7596 } else if (ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(V
))
7597 return getConstant(CI
);
7598 else if (isa
<GlobalAlias
>(V
))
7599 return getUnknown(V
);
7600 else if (!isa
<ConstantExpr
>(V
))
7601 return getUnknown(V
);
7606 Operator
*U
= cast
<Operator
>(V
);
7608 MatchBinaryOp(U
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
, dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
))) {
7609 switch (BO
->Opcode
) {
7610 case Instruction::Add
: {
7611 // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
7612 // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
7613 // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
7614 // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
7615 // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
7616 // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
7617 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> AddOps
;
7620 if (auto *OpSCEV
= getExistingSCEV(BO
->Op
)) {
7621 AddOps
.push_back(OpSCEV
);
7625 // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
7626 // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
7627 // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
7628 // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
7629 // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
7630 // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
7631 // formed with operands from AddOps.
7632 const SCEV
*RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7633 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO
->Op
);
7634 if (Flags
!= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
) {
7635 const SCEV
*LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7636 if (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Sub
)
7637 AddOps
.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
, Flags
));
7639 AddOps
.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS
, RHS
, Flags
));
7644 if (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Sub
)
7645 AddOps
.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO
->RHS
)));
7647 AddOps
.push_back(getSCEV(BO
->RHS
));
7649 auto NewBO
= MatchBinaryOp(BO
->LHS
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
,
7650 dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
));
7651 if (!NewBO
|| (NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Add
&&
7652 NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Sub
)) {
7653 AddOps
.push_back(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
));
7659 return getAddExpr(AddOps
);
7662 case Instruction::Mul
: {
7663 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps
;
7666 if (auto *OpSCEV
= getExistingSCEV(BO
->Op
)) {
7667 MulOps
.push_back(OpSCEV
);
7671 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO
->Op
);
7672 if (Flags
!= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
) {
7673 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7674 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7675 MulOps
.push_back(getMulExpr(LHS
, RHS
, Flags
));
7680 MulOps
.push_back(getSCEV(BO
->RHS
));
7681 auto NewBO
= MatchBinaryOp(BO
->LHS
, getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
,
7682 dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
));
7683 if (!NewBO
|| NewBO
->Opcode
!= Instruction::Mul
) {
7684 MulOps
.push_back(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
));
7690 return getMulExpr(MulOps
);
7692 case Instruction::UDiv
:
7693 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7694 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7695 return getUDivExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
7696 case Instruction::URem
:
7697 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7698 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7699 return getURemExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
7700 case Instruction::Sub
: {
7701 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7703 Flags
= getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO
->Op
);
7704 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7705 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7706 return getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
, Flags
);
7708 case Instruction::And
:
7709 // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
7710 // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
7711 if (ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(BO
->RHS
)) {
7713 return getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7714 if (CI
->isMinusOne())
7715 return getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7716 const APInt
&A
= CI
->getValue();
7718 // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
7719 // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
7720 // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
7721 // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
7722 unsigned LZ
= A
.countl_zero();
7723 unsigned TZ
= A
.countr_zero();
7724 unsigned BitWidth
= A
.getBitWidth();
7725 KnownBits
Known(BitWidth
);
7726 computeKnownBits(BO
->LHS
, Known
, getDataLayout(),
7727 0, &AC
, nullptr, &DT
);
7729 APInt EffectiveMask
=
7730 APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth
, BitWidth
- LZ
- TZ
).shl(TZ
);
7731 if ((LZ
!= 0 || TZ
!= 0) && !((~A
& ~Known
.Zero
) & EffectiveMask
)) {
7732 const SCEV
*MulCount
= getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
, TZ
));
7733 const SCEV
*LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7734 const SCEV
*ShiftedLHS
= nullptr;
7735 if (auto *LHSMul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(LHS
)) {
7736 if (auto *OpC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LHSMul
->getOperand(0))) {
7737 // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
7738 unsigned MulZeros
= OpC
->getAPInt().countr_zero();
7739 unsigned GCD
= std::min(MulZeros
, TZ
);
7740 APInt DivAmt
= APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
, TZ
- GCD
);
7741 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> MulOps
;
7742 MulOps
.push_back(getConstant(OpC
->getAPInt().lshr(GCD
)));
7743 append_range(MulOps
, LHSMul
->operands().drop_front());
7744 auto *NewMul
= getMulExpr(MulOps
, LHSMul
->getNoWrapFlags());
7745 ShiftedLHS
= getUDivExpr(NewMul
, getConstant(DivAmt
));
7749 ShiftedLHS
= getUDivExpr(LHS
, MulCount
);
7752 getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS
,
7753 IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth
- LZ
- TZ
)),
7754 BO
->LHS
->getType()),
7758 // Binary `and` is a bit-wise `umin`.
7759 if (BO
->LHS
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) {
7760 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7761 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7762 return getUMinExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
7766 case Instruction::Or
:
7767 // Binary `or` is a bit-wise `umax`.
7768 if (BO
->LHS
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) {
7769 LHS
= getSCEV(BO
->LHS
);
7770 RHS
= getSCEV(BO
->RHS
);
7771 return getUMaxExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
7775 case Instruction::Xor
:
7776 if (ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(BO
->RHS
)) {
7777 // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
7778 if (CI
->isMinusOne())
7779 return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
));
7781 // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
7782 // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
7783 // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
7784 // of an xor with -1.
7785 if (auto *LBO
= dyn_cast
<BinaryOperator
>(BO
->LHS
))
7786 if (ConstantInt
*LCI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(LBO
->getOperand(1)))
7787 if (LBO
->getOpcode() == Instruction::And
&&
7788 LCI
->getValue() == CI
->getValue())
7789 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*Z
=
7790 dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
))) {
7791 Type
*UTy
= BO
->LHS
->getType();
7792 const SCEV
*Z0
= Z
->getOperand();
7793 Type
*Z0Ty
= Z0
->getType();
7794 unsigned Z0TySize
= getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty
);
7796 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
7797 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
7798 // re-apply the zext.
7799 if (CI
->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize
))
7800 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0
), UTy
);
7802 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
7803 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
7804 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
7805 APInt Trunc
= CI
->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize
);
7806 if (Trunc
.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy
)) == CI
->getValue() &&
7808 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0
, getConstant(Trunc
)),
7814 case Instruction::Shl
:
7815 // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
7816 if (ConstantInt
*SA
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(BO
->RHS
)) {
7817 uint32_t BitWidth
= cast
<IntegerType
>(SA
->getType())->getBitWidth();
7819 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
7820 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
7821 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
7822 // other parts of the compiler.
7823 if (SA
->getValue().uge(BitWidth
))
7826 // We can safely preserve the nuw flag in all cases. It's also safe to
7827 // turn a nuw nsw shl into a nuw nsw mul. However, nsw in isolation
7828 // requires special handling. It can be preserved as long as we're not
7829 // left shifting by bitwidth - 1.
7830 auto Flags
= SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
;
7832 auto MulFlags
= getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO
->Op
);
7833 if ((MulFlags
& SCEV::FlagNSW
) &&
7834 ((MulFlags
& SCEV::FlagNUW
) || SA
->getValue().ult(BitWidth
- 1)))
7835 Flags
= (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(Flags
| SCEV::FlagNSW
);
7836 if (MulFlags
& SCEV::FlagNUW
)
7837 Flags
= (SCEV::NoWrapFlags
)(Flags
| SCEV::FlagNUW
);
7840 ConstantInt
*X
= ConstantInt::get(
7841 getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
, SA
->getZExtValue()));
7842 return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
), getConstant(X
), Flags
);
7846 case Instruction::AShr
:
7847 // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
7848 ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(BO
->RHS
);
7852 Type
*OuterTy
= BO
->LHS
->getType();
7853 uint64_t BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy
);
7854 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
7855 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
7856 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
7857 // other parts of the compiler.
7858 if (CI
->getValue().uge(BitWidth
))
7862 return getSCEV(BO
->LHS
); // shift by zero --> noop
7864 uint64_t AShrAmt
= CI
->getZExtValue();
7865 Type
*TruncTy
= IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth
- AShrAmt
);
7867 Operator
*L
= dyn_cast
<Operator
>(BO
->LHS
);
7868 const SCEV
*AddTruncateExpr
= nullptr;
7869 ConstantInt
*ShlAmtCI
= nullptr;
7870 const SCEV
*AddConstant
= nullptr;
7872 if (L
&& L
->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add
) {
7876 // n, c and m are constants.
7878 Operator
*LShift
= dyn_cast
<Operator
>(L
->getOperand(0));
7879 ConstantInt
*AddOperandCI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(L
->getOperand(1));
7880 if (LShift
&& LShift
->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl
) {
7882 const SCEV
*ShlOp0SCEV
= getSCEV(LShift
->getOperand(0));
7883 ShlAmtCI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(LShift
->getOperand(1));
7884 // since we truncate to TruncTy, the AddConstant should be of the
7885 // same type, so create a new Constant with type same as TruncTy.
7886 // Also, the Add constant should be shifted right by AShr amount.
7887 APInt AddOperand
= AddOperandCI
->getValue().ashr(AShrAmt
);
7888 AddConstant
= getConstant(AddOperand
.trunc(BitWidth
- AShrAmt
));
7889 // we model the expression as sext(add(trunc(A), c << n)), since the
7890 // sext(trunc) part is already handled below, we create a
7891 // AddExpr(TruncExp) which will be used later.
7892 AddTruncateExpr
= getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV
, TruncTy
);
7895 } else if (L
&& L
->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl
) {
7898 // Both n and m are constant.
7900 const SCEV
*ShlOp0SCEV
= getSCEV(L
->getOperand(0));
7901 ShlAmtCI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(L
->getOperand(1));
7902 AddTruncateExpr
= getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV
, TruncTy
);
7905 if (AddTruncateExpr
&& ShlAmtCI
) {
7906 // We can merge the two given cases into a single SCEV statement,
7907 // incase n = m, the mul expression will be 2^0, so it gets resolved to
7908 // a simpler case. The following code handles the two cases:
7910 // 1) For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
7911 // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
7913 // 2) When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
7914 // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
7915 // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
7916 // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
7917 const APInt
&ShlAmt
= ShlAmtCI
->getValue();
7918 if (ShlAmt
.ult(BitWidth
) && ShlAmt
.uge(AShrAmt
)) {
7919 APInt Mul
= APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth
- AShrAmt
,
7920 ShlAmtCI
->getZExtValue() - AShrAmt
);
7921 const SCEV
*CompositeExpr
=
7922 getMulExpr(AddTruncateExpr
, getConstant(Mul
));
7923 if (L
->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shl
)
7924 CompositeExpr
= getAddExpr(CompositeExpr
, AddConstant
);
7926 return getSignExtendExpr(CompositeExpr
, OuterTy
);
7933 switch (U
->getOpcode()) {
7934 case Instruction::Trunc
:
7935 return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0)), U
->getType());
7937 case Instruction::ZExt
:
7938 return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0)), U
->getType());
7940 case Instruction::SExt
:
7941 if (auto BO
= MatchBinaryOp(U
->getOperand(0), getDataLayout(), AC
, DT
,
7942 dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
))) {
7943 // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
7944 // A + (-1)*B. By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
7945 // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
7947 // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
7948 // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
7949 // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
7950 if (BO
->Opcode
== Instruction::Sub
&& BO
->IsNSW
) {
7951 Type
*Ty
= U
->getType();
7952 auto *V1
= getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO
->LHS
), Ty
);
7953 auto *V2
= getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO
->RHS
), Ty
);
7954 return getMinusSCEV(V1
, V2
, SCEV::FlagNSW
);
7957 return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0)), U
->getType());
7959 case Instruction::BitCast
:
7960 // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
7961 if (isSCEVable(U
->getType()) && isSCEVable(U
->getOperand(0)->getType()))
7962 return getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0));
7965 case Instruction::PtrToInt
: {
7966 // Pointer to integer cast is straight-forward, so do model it.
7967 const SCEV
*Op
= getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0));
7968 Type
*DstIntTy
= U
->getType();
7969 // But only if effective SCEV (integer) type is wide enough to represent
7970 // all possible pointer values.
7971 const SCEV
*IntOp
= getPtrToIntExpr(Op
, DstIntTy
);
7972 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(IntOp
))
7973 return getUnknown(V
);
7976 case Instruction::IntToPtr
:
7977 // Just don't deal with inttoptr casts.
7978 return getUnknown(V
);
7980 case Instruction::SDiv
:
7981 // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an udiv.
7982 if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0))) &&
7983 isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(1))))
7984 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U
->getOperand(1)));
7987 case Instruction::SRem
:
7988 // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an urem.
7989 if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0))) &&
7990 isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(1))))
7991 return getURemExpr(getSCEV(U
->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U
->getOperand(1)));
7994 case Instruction::GetElementPtr
:
7995 return createNodeForGEP(cast
<GEPOperator
>(U
));
7997 case Instruction::PHI
:
7998 return createNodeForPHI(cast
<PHINode
>(U
));
8000 case Instruction::Select
:
8001 return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(U
, U
->getOperand(0), U
->getOperand(1),
8004 case Instruction::Call
:
8005 case Instruction::Invoke
:
8006 if (Value
*RV
= cast
<CallBase
>(U
)->getReturnedArgOperand())
8009 if (auto *II
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(U
)) {
8010 switch (II
->getIntrinsicID()) {
8011 case Intrinsic::abs
:
8013 getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0)),
8014 /*IsNSW=*/cast
<ConstantInt
>(II
->getArgOperand(1))->isOne());
8015 case Intrinsic::umax
:
8016 LHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8017 RHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8018 return getUMaxExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
8019 case Intrinsic::umin
:
8020 LHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8021 RHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8022 return getUMinExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
8023 case Intrinsic::smax
:
8024 LHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8025 RHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8026 return getSMaxExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
8027 case Intrinsic::smin
:
8028 LHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8029 RHS
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8030 return getSMinExpr(LHS
, RHS
);
8031 case Intrinsic::usub_sat
: {
8032 const SCEV
*X
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8033 const SCEV
*Y
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8034 const SCEV
*ClampedY
= getUMinExpr(X
, Y
);
8035 return getMinusSCEV(X
, ClampedY
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
8037 case Intrinsic::uadd_sat
: {
8038 const SCEV
*X
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8039 const SCEV
*Y
= getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(1));
8040 const SCEV
*ClampedX
= getUMinExpr(X
, getNotSCEV(Y
));
8041 return getAddExpr(ClampedX
, Y
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
8043 case Intrinsic::start_loop_iterations
:
8044 case Intrinsic::annotation
:
8045 case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation
:
8046 // A start_loop_iterations or llvm.annotation or llvm.prt.annotation is
8047 // just eqivalent to the first operand for SCEV purposes.
8048 return getSCEV(II
->getArgOperand(0));
8049 case Intrinsic::vscale
:
8050 return getVScale(II
->getType());
8058 return getUnknown(V
);
8061 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8062 // Iteration Count Computation Code
8065 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getTripCountFromExitCount(const SCEV
*ExitCount
) {
8066 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExitCount
))
8067 return getCouldNotCompute();
8069 auto *ExitCountType
= ExitCount
->getType();
8070 assert(ExitCountType
->isIntegerTy());
8071 auto *EvalTy
= Type::getIntNTy(ExitCountType
->getContext(),
8072 1 + ExitCountType
->getScalarSizeInBits());
8073 return getTripCountFromExitCount(ExitCount
, EvalTy
, nullptr);
8076 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getTripCountFromExitCount(const SCEV
*ExitCount
,
8079 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExitCount
))
8080 return getCouldNotCompute();
8082 unsigned ExitCountSize
= getTypeSizeInBits(ExitCount
->getType());
8083 unsigned EvalSize
= EvalTy
->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
8085 auto CanAddOneWithoutOverflow
= [&]() {
8086 ConstantRange ExitCountRange
=
8087 getRangeRef(ExitCount
, RangeSignHint::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED
);
8088 if (!ExitCountRange
.contains(APInt::getMaxValue(ExitCountSize
)))
8091 return L
&& isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
, ExitCount
,
8092 getMinusOne(ExitCount
->getType()));
8095 // If we need to zero extend the backedge count, check if we can add one to
8096 // it prior to zero extending without overflow. Provided this is safe, it
8097 // allows better simplification of the +1.
8098 if (EvalSize
> ExitCountSize
&& CanAddOneWithoutOverflow())
8099 return getZeroExtendExpr(
8100 getAddExpr(ExitCount
, getOne(ExitCount
->getType())), EvalTy
);
8102 // Get the total trip count from the count by adding 1. This may wrap.
8103 return getAddExpr(getTruncateOrZeroExtend(ExitCount
, EvalTy
), getOne(EvalTy
));
8106 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant
*ExitCount
) {
8110 ConstantInt
*ExitConst
= ExitCount
->getValue();
8112 // Guard against huge trip counts.
8113 if (ExitConst
->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
8116 // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
8117 return ((unsigned)ExitConst
->getZExtValue()) + 1;
8120 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop
*L
) {
8121 auto *ExitCount
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L
, Exact
));
8122 return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount
);
8126 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop
*L
,
8127 const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
) {
8128 assert(ExitingBlock
&& "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
8129 assert(L
->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock
) &&
8130 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
8131 const SCEVConstant
*ExitCount
=
8132 dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getExitCount(L
, ExitingBlock
));
8133 return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount
);
8136 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop
*L
) {
8137 const auto *MaxExitCount
=
8138 dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
));
8139 return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount
);
8142 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop
*L
) {
8143 SmallVector
<BasicBlock
*, 8> ExitingBlocks
;
8144 L
->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks
);
8146 std::optional
<unsigned> Res
;
8147 for (auto *ExitingBB
: ExitingBlocks
) {
8148 unsigned Multiple
= getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L
, ExitingBB
);
8151 Res
= (unsigned)std::gcd(*Res
, Multiple
);
8153 return Res
.value_or(1);
8156 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop
*L
,
8157 const SCEV
*ExitCount
) {
8158 if (ExitCount
== getCouldNotCompute())
8161 // Get the trip count
8162 const SCEV
*TCExpr
= getTripCountFromExitCount(applyLoopGuards(ExitCount
, L
));
8164 APInt Multiple
= getNonZeroConstantMultiple(TCExpr
);
8165 // If a trip multiple is huge (>=2^32), the trip count is still divisible by
8166 // the greatest power of 2 divisor less than 2^32.
8167 return Multiple
.getActiveBits() > 32
8168 ? 1U << std::min((unsigned)31, Multiple
.countTrailingZeros())
8169 : (unsigned)Multiple
.zextOrTrunc(32).getZExtValue();
8172 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
8173 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
8174 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
8175 /// very well be zero as well!).
8177 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
8178 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
8179 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
8180 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
8182 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
8183 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
8185 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop
*L
,
8186 const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
) {
8187 assert(ExitingBlock
&& "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
8188 assert(L
->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock
) &&
8189 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
8190 const SCEV
*ExitCount
= getExitCount(L
, ExitingBlock
);
8191 return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L
, ExitCount
);
8194 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop
*L
,
8195 const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
,
8196 ExitCountKind Kind
) {
8199 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getExact(ExitingBlock
, this);
8200 case SymbolicMaximum
:
8201 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getSymbolicMax(ExitingBlock
, this);
8202 case ConstantMaximum
:
8203 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getConstantMax(ExitingBlock
, this);
8205 llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
8209 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop
*L
,
8210 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> &Preds
) {
8211 return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getExact(L
, this, &Preds
);
8214 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop
*L
,
8215 ExitCountKind Kind
) {
8218 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getExact(L
, this);
8219 case ConstantMaximum
:
8220 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getConstantMax(this);
8221 case SymbolicMaximum
:
8222 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).getSymbolicMax(L
, this);
8224 llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
8227 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop
*L
) {
8228 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
).isConstantMaxOrZero(this);
8231 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
8232 static void PushLoopPHIs(const Loop
*L
,
8233 SmallVectorImpl
<Instruction
*> &Worklist
,
8234 SmallPtrSetImpl
<Instruction
*> &Visited
) {
8235 BasicBlock
*Header
= L
->getHeader();
8237 // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
8238 for (PHINode
&PN
: Header
->phis())
8239 if (Visited
.insert(&PN
).second
)
8240 Worklist
.push_back(&PN
);
8243 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
&
8244 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop
*L
) {
8245 auto &BTI
= getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
);
8246 if (BTI
.hasFullInfo())
8249 auto Pair
= PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
.insert({L
, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
8252 return Pair
.first
->second
;
8254 BackedgeTakenInfo Result
=
8255 computeBackedgeTakenCount(L
, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
8257 return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
.find(L
)->second
= std::move(Result
);
8260 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
&
8261 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop
*L
) {
8262 // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
8263 // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
8264 // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
8265 // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
8266 // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
8267 std::pair
<DenseMap
<const Loop
*, BackedgeTakenInfo
>::iterator
, bool> Pair
=
8268 BackedgeTakenCounts
.insert({L
, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
8270 return Pair
.first
->second
;
8272 // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
8273 // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
8274 // must be cleared in this scope.
8275 BackedgeTakenInfo Result
= computeBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
8277 // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
8278 // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
8279 // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
8280 // information. This invalidation is not necessary for correctness, and is
8281 // only done to produce more precise results.
8282 if (Result
.hasAnyInfo()) {
8283 // Invalidate any expression using an addrec in this loop.
8284 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> ToForget
;
8285 auto LoopUsersIt
= LoopUsers
.find(L
);
8286 if (LoopUsersIt
!= LoopUsers
.end())
8287 append_range(ToForget
, LoopUsersIt
->second
);
8288 forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget
);
8290 // Invalidate constant-evolved loop header phis.
8291 for (PHINode
&PN
: L
->getHeader()->phis())
8292 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.erase(&PN
);
8295 // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
8296 // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
8297 // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
8298 // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
8300 return BackedgeTakenCounts
.find(L
)->second
= std::move(Result
);
8303 void ScalarEvolution::forgetAllLoops() {
8304 // This method is intended to forget all info about loops. It should
8305 // invalidate caches as if the following happened:
8306 // - The trip counts of all loops have changed arbitrarily
8307 // - Every llvm::Value has been updated in place to produce a different
8309 BackedgeTakenCounts
.clear();
8310 PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
.clear();
8311 BECountUsers
.clear();
8312 LoopPropertiesCache
.clear();
8313 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.clear();
8314 ValueExprMap
.clear();
8315 ValuesAtScopes
.clear();
8316 ValuesAtScopesUsers
.clear();
8317 LoopDispositions
.clear();
8318 BlockDispositions
.clear();
8319 UnsignedRanges
.clear();
8320 SignedRanges
.clear();
8321 ExprValueMap
.clear();
8323 ConstantMultipleCache
.clear();
8324 PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.clear();
8326 FoldCacheUser
.clear();
8328 void ScalarEvolution::visitAndClearUsers(
8329 SmallVectorImpl
<Instruction
*> &Worklist
,
8330 SmallPtrSetImpl
<Instruction
*> &Visited
,
8331 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &ToForget
) {
8332 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
8333 Instruction
*I
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
8334 if (!isSCEVable(I
->getType()))
8337 ValueExprMapType::iterator It
=
8338 ValueExprMap
.find_as(static_cast<Value
*>(I
));
8339 if (It
!= ValueExprMap
.end()) {
8340 eraseValueFromMap(It
->first
);
8341 ToForget
.push_back(It
->second
);
8342 if (PHINode
*PN
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(I
))
8343 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.erase(PN
);
8346 PushDefUseChildren(I
, Worklist
, Visited
);
8350 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop
*L
) {
8351 SmallVector
<const Loop
*, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L
);
8352 SmallVector
<Instruction
*, 32> Worklist
;
8353 SmallPtrSet
<Instruction
*, 16> Visited
;
8354 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 16> ToForget
;
8356 // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
8357 while (!LoopWorklist
.empty()) {
8358 auto *CurrL
= LoopWorklist
.pop_back_val();
8360 // Drop any stored trip count value.
8361 forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(CurrL
, /* Predicated */ false);
8362 forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(CurrL
, /* Predicated */ true);
8364 // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
8365 for (auto I
= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.begin();
8366 I
!= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.end();) {
8367 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, const Loop
*> Entry
= I
->first
;
8368 if (Entry
.second
== CurrL
)
8369 PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.erase(I
++);
8374 auto LoopUsersItr
= LoopUsers
.find(CurrL
);
8375 if (LoopUsersItr
!= LoopUsers
.end()) {
8376 ToForget
.insert(ToForget
.end(), LoopUsersItr
->second
.begin(),
8377 LoopUsersItr
->second
.end());
8380 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
8381 PushLoopPHIs(CurrL
, Worklist
, Visited
);
8382 visitAndClearUsers(Worklist
, Visited
, ToForget
);
8384 LoopPropertiesCache
.erase(CurrL
);
8385 // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
8386 // ValuesAtScopes map.
8387 LoopWorklist
.append(CurrL
->begin(), CurrL
->end());
8389 forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget
);
8392 void ScalarEvolution::forgetTopmostLoop(const Loop
*L
) {
8393 forgetLoop(L
->getOutermostLoop());
8396 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value
*V
) {
8397 Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
);
8400 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
8401 SmallVector
<Instruction
*, 16> Worklist
;
8402 SmallPtrSet
<Instruction
*, 8> Visited
;
8403 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> ToForget
;
8404 Worklist
.push_back(I
);
8406 visitAndClearUsers(Worklist
, Visited
, ToForget
);
8408 forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget
);
8411 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLcssaPhiWithNewPredecessor(Loop
*L
, PHINode
*V
) {
8412 if (!isSCEVable(V
->getType()))
8415 // If SCEV looked through a trivial LCSSA phi node, we might have SCEV's
8416 // directly using a SCEVUnknown/SCEVAddRec defined in the loop. After an
8417 // extra predecessor is added, this is no longer valid. Find all Unknowns and
8418 // AddRecs defined in the loop and invalidate any SCEV's making use of them.
8419 if (const SCEV
*S
= getExistingSCEV(V
)) {
8420 struct InvalidationRootCollector
{
8422 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> Roots
;
8424 InvalidationRootCollector(Loop
*L
) : L(L
) {}
8426 bool follow(const SCEV
*S
) {
8427 if (auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
)) {
8428 if (auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(SU
->getValue()))
8431 } else if (auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
)) {
8432 if (L
->contains(AddRec
->getLoop()))
8437 bool isDone() const { return false; }
8440 InvalidationRootCollector
C(L
);
8442 forgetMemoizedResults(C
.Roots
);
8445 // Also perform the normal invalidation.
8449 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoopDispositions() { LoopDispositions
.clear(); }
8451 void ScalarEvolution::forgetBlockAndLoopDispositions(Value
*V
) {
8452 // Unless a specific value is passed to invalidation, completely clear both
8455 BlockDispositions
.clear();
8456 LoopDispositions
.clear();
8460 if (!isSCEVable(V
->getType()))
8463 const SCEV
*S
= getExistingSCEV(V
);
8467 // Invalidate the block and loop dispositions cached for S. Dispositions of
8468 // S's users may change if S's disposition changes (i.e. a user may change to
8469 // loop-invariant, if S changes to loop invariant), so also invalidate
8470 // dispositions of S's users recursively.
8471 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> Worklist
= {S
};
8472 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEV
*, 8> Seen
= {S
};
8473 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
8474 const SCEV
*Curr
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
8475 bool LoopDispoRemoved
= LoopDispositions
.erase(Curr
);
8476 bool BlockDispoRemoved
= BlockDispositions
.erase(Curr
);
8477 if (!LoopDispoRemoved
&& !BlockDispoRemoved
)
8479 auto Users
= SCEVUsers
.find(Curr
);
8480 if (Users
!= SCEVUsers
.end())
8481 for (const auto *User
: Users
->second
)
8482 if (Seen
.insert(User
).second
)
8483 Worklist
.push_back(User
);
8487 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
8488 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with all exiting blocks
8489 /// dominating the latch. howFarToZero assumes that the limit of each loop test
8490 /// is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as long as the loop exits via
8491 /// that test. For precise results, it is the caller's responsibility to specify
8492 /// the relevant loop exiting block using getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
8494 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
*SE
,
8495 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> *Preds
) const {
8496 // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
8497 if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken
.empty())
8498 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8500 const BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
8501 // All exiting blocks we have collected must dominate the only backedge.
8503 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8505 // All exiting blocks we have gathered dominate loop's latch, so exact trip
8506 // count is simply a minimum out of all these calculated exit counts.
8507 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 2> Ops
;
8508 for (const auto &ENT
: ExitNotTaken
) {
8509 const SCEV
*BECount
= ENT
.ExactNotTaken
;
8510 assert(BECount
!= SE
->getCouldNotCompute() && "Bad exit SCEV!");
8511 assert(SE
->DT
.dominates(ENT
.ExitingBlock
, Latch
) &&
8512 "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that dominate "
8515 Ops
.push_back(BECount
);
8518 for (const auto *P
: ENT
.Predicates
)
8519 Preds
->push_back(P
);
8521 assert((Preds
|| ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
8522 "Predicate should be always true!");
8525 // If an earlier exit exits on the first iteration (exit count zero), then
8526 // a later poison exit count should not propagate into the result. This are
8527 // exactly the semantics provided by umin_seq.
8528 return SE
->getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops
, /* Sequential */ true);
8531 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
8533 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
,
8534 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) const {
8535 for (const auto &ENT
: ExitNotTaken
)
8536 if (ENT
.ExitingBlock
== ExitingBlock
&& ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
8537 return ENT
.ExactNotTaken
;
8539 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8542 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getConstantMax(
8543 const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
, ScalarEvolution
*SE
) const {
8544 for (const auto &ENT
: ExitNotTaken
)
8545 if (ENT
.ExitingBlock
== ExitingBlock
&& ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
8546 return ENT
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8548 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8551 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getSymbolicMax(
8552 const BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
, ScalarEvolution
*SE
) const {
8553 for (const auto &ENT
: ExitNotTaken
)
8554 if (ENT
.ExitingBlock
== ExitingBlock
&& ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
8555 return ENT
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
;
8557 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8560 /// getConstantMax - Get the constant max backedge taken count for the loop.
8562 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getConstantMax(ScalarEvolution
*SE
) const {
8563 auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue
= [](const ExitNotTakenInfo
&ENT
) {
8564 return !ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
8567 if (!getConstantMax() || any_of(ExitNotTaken
, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue
))
8568 return SE
->getCouldNotCompute();
8570 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(getConstantMax()) ||
8571 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(getConstantMax())) &&
8572 "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8573 return getConstantMax();
8577 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getSymbolicMax(const Loop
*L
,
8578 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) {
8580 SymbolicMax
= SE
->computeSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
8584 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isConstantMaxOrZero(
8585 ScalarEvolution
*SE
) const {
8586 auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue
= [](const ExitNotTakenInfo
&ENT
) {
8587 return !ENT
.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
8589 return MaxOrZero
&& !any_of(ExitNotTaken
, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue
);
8592 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV
*E
)
8593 : ExitLimit(E
, E
, E
, false, std::nullopt
) {}
8595 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
8596 const SCEV
*E
, const SCEV
*ConstantMaxNotTaken
,
8597 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxNotTaken
, bool MaxOrZero
,
8598 ArrayRef
<const SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> *> PredSetList
)
8599 : ExactNotTaken(E
), ConstantMaxNotTaken(ConstantMaxNotTaken
),
8600 SymbolicMaxNotTaken(SymbolicMaxNotTaken
), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero
) {
8601 // If we prove the max count is zero, so is the symbolic bound. This happens
8602 // in practice due to differences in a) how context sensitive we've chosen
8603 // to be and b) how we reason about bounds implied by UB.
8604 if (ConstantMaxNotTaken
->isZero()) {
8605 this->ExactNotTaken
= E
= ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8606 this->SymbolicMaxNotTaken
= SymbolicMaxNotTaken
= ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8609 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExactNotTaken
) ||
8610 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxNotTaken
)) &&
8611 "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Constant Max");
8612 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExactNotTaken
) ||
8613 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SymbolicMaxNotTaken
)) &&
8614 "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Symbolic Max");
8615 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SymbolicMaxNotTaken
) ||
8616 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxNotTaken
)) &&
8617 "Symbolic Max is not allowed to be less precise than Constant Max");
8618 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxNotTaken
) ||
8619 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(ConstantMaxNotTaken
)) &&
8620 "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8621 for (const auto *PredSet
: PredSetList
)
8622 for (const auto *P
: *PredSet
)
8624 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(E
) || !E
->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
8625 "Backedge count should be int");
8626 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxNotTaken
) ||
8627 !ConstantMaxNotTaken
->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
8628 "Max backedge count should be int");
8631 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
8632 const SCEV
*E
, const SCEV
*ConstantMaxNotTaken
,
8633 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxNotTaken
, bool MaxOrZero
,
8634 const SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> &PredSet
)
8635 : ExitLimit(E
, ConstantMaxNotTaken
, SymbolicMaxNotTaken
, MaxOrZero
,
8638 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
8639 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
8640 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
8641 ArrayRef
<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo
> ExitCounts
,
8642 bool IsComplete
, const SCEV
*ConstantMax
, bool MaxOrZero
)
8643 : ConstantMax(ConstantMax
), IsComplete(IsComplete
), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero
) {
8644 using EdgeExitInfo
= ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo
;
8646 ExitNotTaken
.reserve(ExitCounts
.size());
8647 std::transform(ExitCounts
.begin(), ExitCounts
.end(),
8648 std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken
),
8649 [&](const EdgeExitInfo
&EEI
) {
8650 BasicBlock
*ExitBB
= EEI
.first
;
8651 const ExitLimit
&EL
= EEI
.second
;
8652 return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB
, EL
.ExactNotTaken
,
8653 EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
, EL
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
,
8656 assert((isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMax
) ||
8657 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(ConstantMax
)) &&
8658 "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8661 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
8662 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
8663 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop
*L
,
8664 bool AllowPredicates
) {
8665 SmallVector
<BasicBlock
*, 8> ExitingBlocks
;
8666 L
->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks
);
8668 using EdgeExitInfo
= ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo
;
8670 SmallVector
<EdgeExitInfo
, 4> ExitCounts
;
8671 bool CouldComputeBECount
= true;
8672 BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
8673 const SCEV
*MustExitMaxBECount
= nullptr;
8674 const SCEV
*MayExitMaxBECount
= nullptr;
8675 bool MustExitMaxOrZero
= false;
8677 // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
8678 // and compute maxBECount.
8679 // Do a union of all the predicates here.
8680 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= ExitingBlocks
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
8681 BasicBlock
*ExitBB
= ExitingBlocks
[i
];
8683 // We canonicalize untaken exits to br (constant), ignore them so that
8684 // proving an exit untaken doesn't negatively impact our ability to reason
8685 // about the loop as whole.
8686 if (auto *BI
= dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(ExitBB
->getTerminator()))
8687 if (auto *CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(BI
->getCondition())) {
8688 bool ExitIfTrue
= !L
->contains(BI
->getSuccessor(0));
8689 if (ExitIfTrue
== CI
->isZero())
8693 ExitLimit EL
= computeExitLimit(L
, ExitBB
, AllowPredicates
);
8695 assert((AllowPredicates
|| EL
.Predicates
.empty()) &&
8696 "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
8698 // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
8699 // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
8700 if (EL
.ExactNotTaken
!= getCouldNotCompute())
8701 ++NumExitCountsComputed
;
8703 // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
8704 // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
8705 CouldComputeBECount
= false;
8706 // Remember exit count if either exact or symbolic is known. Because
8707 // Exact always implies symbolic, only check symbolic.
8708 if (EL
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
!= getCouldNotCompute())
8709 ExitCounts
.emplace_back(ExitBB
, EL
);
8711 assert(EL
.ExactNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute() &&
8712 "Exact is known but symbolic isn't?");
8713 ++NumExitCountsNotComputed
;
8716 // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
8717 // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
8718 // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
8720 // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
8721 // is a LoopMayExit. If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
8722 // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken of computable
8723 // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
8724 // EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than
8726 // computable EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken.
8727 if (EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
!= getCouldNotCompute() && Latch
&&
8728 DT
.dominates(ExitBB
, Latch
)) {
8729 if (!MustExitMaxBECount
) {
8730 MustExitMaxBECount
= EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8731 MustExitMaxOrZero
= EL
.MaxOrZero
;
8733 MustExitMaxBECount
= getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount
,
8734 EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
);
8736 } else if (MayExitMaxBECount
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
8737 if (!MayExitMaxBECount
|| EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute())
8738 MayExitMaxBECount
= EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8740 MayExitMaxBECount
= getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount
,
8741 EL
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
);
8745 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= MustExitMaxBECount
? MustExitMaxBECount
:
8746 (MayExitMaxBECount
? MayExitMaxBECount
: getCouldNotCompute());
8747 // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
8748 // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
8749 bool MaxOrZero
= (MustExitMaxOrZero
&& ExitingBlocks
.size() == 1);
8751 // Remember which SCEVs are used in exit limits for invalidation purposes.
8752 // We only care about non-constant SCEVs here, so we can ignore
8753 // EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken
8754 // and MaxBECount, which must be SCEVConstant.
8755 for (const auto &Pair
: ExitCounts
) {
8756 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Pair
.second
.ExactNotTaken
))
8757 BECountUsers
[Pair
.second
.ExactNotTaken
].insert({L
, AllowPredicates
});
8758 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Pair
.second
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
))
8759 BECountUsers
[Pair
.second
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
].insert(
8760 {L
, AllowPredicates
});
8762 return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts
), CouldComputeBECount
,
8763 MaxBECount
, MaxOrZero
);
8766 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8767 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop
*L
, BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
,
8768 bool AllowPredicates
) {
8769 assert(L
->contains(ExitingBlock
) && "Exit count for non-loop block?");
8770 // If our exiting block does not dominate the latch, then its connection with
8771 // loop's exit limit may be far from trivial.
8772 const BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
8773 if (!Latch
|| !DT
.dominates(ExitingBlock
, Latch
))
8774 return getCouldNotCompute();
8776 bool IsOnlyExit
= (L
->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
8777 Instruction
*Term
= ExitingBlock
->getTerminator();
8778 if (BranchInst
*BI
= dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(Term
)) {
8779 assert(BI
->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
8780 bool ExitIfTrue
= !L
->contains(BI
->getSuccessor(0));
8781 assert(ExitIfTrue
== L
->contains(BI
->getSuccessor(1)) &&
8782 "It should have one successor in loop and one exit block!");
8783 // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
8784 return computeExitLimitFromCond(L
, BI
->getCondition(), ExitIfTrue
,
8785 /*ControlsOnlyExit=*/IsOnlyExit
,
8789 if (SwitchInst
*SI
= dyn_cast
<SwitchInst
>(Term
)) {
8790 // For switch, make sure that there is a single exit from the loop.
8791 BasicBlock
*Exit
= nullptr;
8792 for (auto *SBB
: successors(ExitingBlock
))
8793 if (!L
->contains(SBB
)) {
8794 if (Exit
) // Multiple exit successors.
8795 return getCouldNotCompute();
8798 assert(Exit
&& "Exiting block must have at least one exit");
8799 return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(
8801 /*ControlsOnlyExit=*/IsOnlyExit
);
8804 return getCouldNotCompute();
8807 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
8808 const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
, bool ExitIfTrue
, bool ControlsOnlyExit
,
8809 bool AllowPredicates
) {
8810 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy
Cache(L
, ExitIfTrue
, AllowPredicates
);
8811 return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache
, L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
,
8812 ControlsOnlyExit
, AllowPredicates
);
8815 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
>
8816 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
,
8817 bool ExitIfTrue
, bool ControlsOnlyExit
,
8818 bool AllowPredicates
) {
8820 (void)this->ExitIfTrue
;
8821 (void)this->AllowPredicates
;
8823 assert(this->L
== L
&& this->ExitIfTrue
== ExitIfTrue
&&
8824 this->AllowPredicates
== AllowPredicates
&&
8825 "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
8826 auto Itr
= TripCountMap
.find({ExitCond
, ControlsOnlyExit
});
8827 if (Itr
== TripCountMap
.end())
8828 return std::nullopt
;
8832 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
,
8834 bool ControlsOnlyExit
,
8835 bool AllowPredicates
,
8836 const ExitLimit
&EL
) {
8837 assert(this->L
== L
&& this->ExitIfTrue
== ExitIfTrue
&&
8838 this->AllowPredicates
== AllowPredicates
&&
8839 "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
8841 auto InsertResult
= TripCountMap
.insert({{ExitCond
, ControlsOnlyExit
}, EL
});
8842 assert(InsertResult
.second
&& "Expected successful insertion!");
8847 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
8848 ExitLimitCacheTy
&Cache
, const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
, bool ExitIfTrue
,
8849 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
8851 if (auto MaybeEL
= Cache
.find(L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
,
8855 ExitLimit EL
= computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
8856 Cache
, L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
, AllowPredicates
);
8857 Cache
.insert(L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
, AllowPredicates
, EL
);
8861 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
8862 ExitLimitCacheTy
&Cache
, const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
, bool ExitIfTrue
,
8863 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
8864 // Handle BinOp conditions (And, Or).
8865 if (auto LimitFromBinOp
= computeExitLimitFromCondFromBinOp(
8866 Cache
, L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
, AllowPredicates
))
8867 return *LimitFromBinOp
;
8869 // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
8870 // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
8871 if (ICmpInst
*ExitCondICmp
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(ExitCond
)) {
8873 computeExitLimitFromICmp(L
, ExitCondICmp
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
);
8874 if (EL
.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates
)
8877 // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
8878 return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L
, ExitCondICmp
, ExitIfTrue
,
8880 /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
8883 // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
8884 // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
8885 // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
8887 if (ConstantInt
*CI
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(ExitCond
)) {
8888 if (ExitIfTrue
== !CI
->getZExtValue())
8889 // The backedge is always taken.
8890 return getCouldNotCompute();
8891 // The backedge is never taken.
8892 return getZero(CI
->getType());
8895 // If we're exiting based on the overflow flag of an x.with.overflow intrinsic
8896 // with a constant step, we can form an equivalent icmp predicate and figure
8897 // out how many iterations will be taken before we exit.
8898 const WithOverflowInst
*WO
;
8900 if (match(ExitCond
, m_ExtractValue
<1>(m_WithOverflowInst(WO
))) &&
8901 match(WO
->getRHS(), m_APInt(C
))) {
8903 ConstantRange::makeExactNoWrapRegion(WO
->getBinaryOp(), *C
,
8904 WO
->getNoWrapKind());
8905 CmpInst::Predicate Pred
;
8906 APInt NewRHSC
, Offset
;
8907 NWR
.getEquivalentICmp(Pred
, NewRHSC
, Offset
);
8909 Pred
= ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred
);
8910 auto *LHS
= getSCEV(WO
->getLHS());
8912 LHS
= getAddExpr(LHS
, getConstant(Offset
));
8913 auto EL
= computeExitLimitFromICmp(L
, Pred
, LHS
, getConstant(NewRHSC
),
8914 ControlsOnlyExit
, AllowPredicates
);
8915 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
8919 // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
8920 return computeExitCountExhaustively(L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
);
8923 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
>
8924 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondFromBinOp(
8925 ExitLimitCacheTy
&Cache
, const Loop
*L
, Value
*ExitCond
, bool ExitIfTrue
,
8926 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
8927 // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
8930 if (match(ExitCond
, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(Op0
), m_Value(Op1
))))
8932 else if (match(ExitCond
, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(Op0
), m_Value(Op1
))))
8935 return std::nullopt
;
8937 // EitherMayExit is true in these two cases:
8938 // br (and Op0 Op1), loop, exit
8939 // br (or Op0 Op1), exit, loop
8940 bool EitherMayExit
= IsAnd
^ ExitIfTrue
;
8941 ExitLimit EL0
= computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
8942 Cache
, L
, Op0
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
&& !EitherMayExit
,
8944 ExitLimit EL1
= computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
8945 Cache
, L
, Op1
, ExitIfTrue
, ControlsOnlyExit
&& !EitherMayExit
,
8948 // Be robust against unsimplified IR for the form "op i1 X, NeutralElement"
8949 const Constant
*NeutralElement
= ConstantInt::get(ExitCond
->getType(), IsAnd
);
8950 if (isa
<ConstantInt
>(Op1
))
8951 return Op1
== NeutralElement
? EL0
: EL1
;
8952 if (isa
<ConstantInt
>(Op0
))
8953 return Op0
== NeutralElement
? EL1
: EL0
;
8955 const SCEV
*BECount
= getCouldNotCompute();
8956 const SCEV
*ConstantMaxBECount
= getCouldNotCompute();
8957 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxBECount
= getCouldNotCompute();
8958 if (EitherMayExit
) {
8959 bool UseSequentialUMin
= !isa
<BinaryOperator
>(ExitCond
);
8960 // Both conditions must be same for the loop to continue executing.
8961 // Choose the less conservative count.
8962 if (EL0
.ExactNotTaken
!= getCouldNotCompute() &&
8963 EL1
.ExactNotTaken
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
8964 BECount
= getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0
.ExactNotTaken
, EL1
.ExactNotTaken
,
8967 if (EL0
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute())
8968 ConstantMaxBECount
= EL1
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8969 else if (EL1
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute())
8970 ConstantMaxBECount
= EL0
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
;
8972 ConstantMaxBECount
= getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
,
8973 EL1
.ConstantMaxNotTaken
);
8974 if (EL0
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute())
8975 SymbolicMaxBECount
= EL1
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
;
8976 else if (EL1
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
== getCouldNotCompute())
8977 SymbolicMaxBECount
= EL0
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
;
8979 SymbolicMaxBECount
= getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(
8980 EL0
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
, EL1
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
, UseSequentialUMin
);
8982 // Both conditions must be same at the same time for the loop to exit.
8983 // For now, be conservative.
8984 if (EL0
.ExactNotTaken
== EL1
.ExactNotTaken
)
8985 BECount
= EL0
.ExactNotTaken
;
8988 // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
8989 // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
8990 // ConstantMaxBECount. In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken
8992 // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.ConstantMaxNotTaken and
8993 // EL1.ConstantMaxNotTaken to not.
8994 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxBECount
) &&
8995 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
))
8996 ConstantMaxBECount
= getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount
));
8997 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SymbolicMaxBECount
))
8998 SymbolicMaxBECount
=
8999 isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
) ? ConstantMaxBECount
: BECount
;
9000 return ExitLimit(BECount
, ConstantMaxBECount
, SymbolicMaxBECount
, false,
9001 { &EL0
.Predicates
, &EL1
.Predicates
});
9004 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(
9005 const Loop
*L
, ICmpInst
*ExitCond
, bool ExitIfTrue
, bool ControlsOnlyExit
,
9006 bool AllowPredicates
) {
9007 // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
9008 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
;
9010 Pred
= ExitCond
->getPredicate();
9012 Pred
= ExitCond
->getInversePredicate();
9013 const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred
= Pred
;
9015 const SCEV
*LHS
= getSCEV(ExitCond
->getOperand(0));
9016 const SCEV
*RHS
= getSCEV(ExitCond
->getOperand(1));
9018 ExitLimit EL
= computeExitLimitFromICmp(L
, Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, ControlsOnlyExit
,
9020 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
9023 auto *ExhaustiveCount
=
9024 computeExitCountExhaustively(L
, ExitCond
, ExitIfTrue
);
9026 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExhaustiveCount
))
9027 return ExhaustiveCount
;
9029 return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond
->getOperand(0),
9030 ExitCond
->getOperand(1), L
, OriginalPred
);
9032 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(
9033 const Loop
*L
, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
9034 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
9036 // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
9037 LHS
= getSCEVAtScope(LHS
, L
);
9038 RHS
= getSCEVAtScope(RHS
, L
);
9040 // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
9041 // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
9042 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS
, L
) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
)) {
9043 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
9044 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
9045 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
9048 bool ControllingFiniteLoop
= ControlsOnlyExit
&& loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L
) &&
9049 loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L
);
9050 // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
9051 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, /*Depth=*/0);
9053 // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
9054 // ranges to answer this query.
9055 if (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
))
9056 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
))
9057 if (AddRec
->getLoop() == L
) {
9058 // Form the constant range.
9059 ConstantRange CompRange
=
9060 ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred
, RHSC
->getAPInt());
9062 const SCEV
*Ret
= AddRec
->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange
, *this);
9063 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Ret
)) return Ret
;
9066 // If this loop must exit based on this condition (or execute undefined
9067 // behaviour), and we can prove the test sequence produced must repeat
9068 // the same values on self-wrap of the IV, then we can infer that IV
9069 // doesn't self wrap because if it did, we'd have an infinite (undefined)
9071 if (ControllingFiniteLoop
&& isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
)) {
9072 // TODO: We can peel off any functions which are invertible *in L*. Loop
9073 // invariant terms are effectively constants for our purposes here.
9074 auto *InnerLHS
= LHS
;
9075 if (auto *ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(LHS
))
9076 InnerLHS
= ZExt
->getOperand();
9077 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(InnerLHS
)) {
9078 auto *StrideC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
9079 if (!AR
->hasNoSelfWrap() && AR
->getLoop() == L
&& AR
->isAffine() &&
9080 StrideC
&& StrideC
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
9081 auto Flags
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
9082 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNW
);
9083 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Operands
{AR
->operands()};
9084 Flags
= StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr
, Operands
, Flags
);
9085 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), Flags
);
9091 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
: { // while (X != Y)
9092 // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
9093 if (LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9094 LHS
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(LHS
);
9095 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(LHS
))
9098 if (RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9099 RHS
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS
);
9100 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(RHS
))
9103 ExitLimit EL
= howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
), L
, ControlsOnlyExit
,
9105 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
9109 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
: { // while (X == Y)
9110 // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
9111 if (LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9112 LHS
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(LHS
);
9113 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(LHS
))
9116 if (RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9117 RHS
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS
);
9118 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(RHS
))
9121 ExitLimit EL
= howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
), L
);
9122 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo()) return EL
;
9125 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
9126 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
9127 // Since the loop is finite, an invariant RHS cannot include the boundary
9128 // value, otherwise it would loop forever.
9129 if (!EnableFiniteLoopControl
|| !ControllingFiniteLoop
||
9130 !isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
9132 RHS
= getAddExpr(getOne(RHS
->getType()), RHS
);
9134 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
9135 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
: { // while (X < Y)
9136 bool IsSigned
= ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred
);
9137 ExitLimit EL
= howManyLessThans(LHS
, RHS
, L
, IsSigned
, ControlsOnlyExit
,
9139 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
9143 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
9144 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
9145 // Since the loop is finite, an invariant RHS cannot include the boundary
9146 // value, otherwise it would loop forever.
9147 if (!EnableFiniteLoopControl
|| !ControllingFiniteLoop
||
9148 !isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
9150 RHS
= getAddExpr(getMinusOne(RHS
->getType()), RHS
);
9152 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
9153 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
: { // while (X > Y)
9154 bool IsSigned
= ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred
);
9155 ExitLimit EL
= howManyGreaterThans(LHS
, RHS
, L
, IsSigned
, ControlsOnlyExit
,
9157 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
9165 return getCouldNotCompute();
9168 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9169 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop
*L
,
9171 BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
,
9172 bool ControlsOnlyExit
) {
9173 assert(!L
->contains(ExitingBlock
) && "Not an exiting block!");
9175 // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
9176 if (Switch
->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock
)
9177 return getCouldNotCompute();
9179 assert(L
->contains(Switch
->getDefaultDest()) &&
9180 "Default case must not exit the loop!");
9181 const SCEV
*LHS
= getSCEVAtScope(Switch
->getCondition(), L
);
9182 const SCEV
*RHS
= getConstant(Switch
->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock
));
9184 // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
9185 ExitLimit EL
= howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
), L
, ControlsOnlyExit
);
9186 if (EL
.hasAnyInfo())
9189 return getCouldNotCompute();
9192 static ConstantInt
*
9193 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
, ConstantInt
*C
,
9194 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
9195 const SCEV
*InVal
= SE
.getConstant(C
);
9196 const SCEV
*Val
= AddRec
->evaluateAtIteration(InVal
, SE
);
9197 assert(isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Val
) &&
9198 "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
9199 return cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Val
)->getValue();
9202 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
9203 Value
*LHS
, Value
*RHSV
, const Loop
*L
, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
) {
9204 ConstantInt
*RHS
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(RHSV
);
9206 return getCouldNotCompute();
9208 const BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
9210 return getCouldNotCompute();
9212 const BasicBlock
*Predecessor
= L
->getLoopPredecessor();
9214 return getCouldNotCompute();
9216 // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
9217 // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
9218 auto MatchPositiveShift
=
9219 [](Value
*V
, Value
*&OutLHS
, Instruction::BinaryOps
&OutOpCode
) {
9221 using namespace PatternMatch
;
9223 ConstantInt
*ShiftAmt
;
9224 if (match(V
, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS
), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt
))))
9225 OutOpCode
= Instruction::LShr
;
9226 else if (match(V
, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS
), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt
))))
9227 OutOpCode
= Instruction::AShr
;
9228 else if (match(V
, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS
), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt
))))
9229 OutOpCode
= Instruction::Shl
;
9233 return ShiftAmt
->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
9236 // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
9239 // %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
9240 // %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
9242 // Return true on a successful match. Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
9243 // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
9244 auto MatchShiftRecurrence
=
9245 [&](Value
*V
, PHINode
*&PNOut
, Instruction::BinaryOps
&OpCodeOut
) {
9246 std::optional
<Instruction::BinaryOps
> PostShiftOpCode
;
9249 Instruction::BinaryOps OpC
;
9252 // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
9253 // and remember that we did so. Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
9254 // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
9257 // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
9258 // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value. We only
9259 // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
9260 // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
9261 if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS
, V
, OpC
)) {
9262 PostShiftOpCode
= OpC
;
9267 PNOut
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(LHS
);
9268 if (!PNOut
|| PNOut
->getParent() != L
->getHeader())
9271 Value
*BEValue
= PNOut
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch
);
9275 // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
9277 MatchPositiveShift(BEValue
, OpLHS
, OpCodeOut
) &&
9279 // of the PHI node itself
9282 // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
9284 (!PostShiftOpCode
|| *PostShiftOpCode
== OpCodeOut
);
9288 Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode
;
9289 if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS
, PN
, OpCode
))
9290 return getCouldNotCompute();
9292 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
9294 // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
9295 // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
9296 // within a finite number of iterations. If the condition guarding the
9297 // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
9298 // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
9299 // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
9301 ConstantInt
*StableValue
= nullptr;
9304 llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
9306 case Instruction::AShr
: {
9307 // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
9308 // bitwidth(K) iterations.
9309 Value
*FirstValue
= PN
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor
);
9310 KnownBits Known
= computeKnownBits(FirstValue
, DL
, 0, &AC
,
9311 Predecessor
->getTerminator(), &DT
);
9312 auto *Ty
= cast
<IntegerType
>(RHS
->getType());
9313 if (Known
.isNonNegative())
9314 StableValue
= ConstantInt::get(Ty
, 0);
9315 else if (Known
.isNegative())
9316 StableValue
= ConstantInt::get(Ty
, -1, true);
9318 return getCouldNotCompute();
9322 case Instruction::LShr
:
9323 case Instruction::Shl
:
9324 // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
9325 // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
9326 StableValue
= ConstantInt::get(cast
<IntegerType
>(RHS
->getType()), 0);
9331 ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred
, StableValue
, RHS
, DL
, &TLI
);
9332 assert(Result
->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
9333 "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
9335 if (Result
->isZeroValue()) {
9336 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType());
9337 const SCEV
*UpperBound
=
9338 getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS
->getType()), BitWidth
);
9339 return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound
, UpperBound
, false);
9342 return getCouldNotCompute();
9345 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
9346 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
9347 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction
*I
) {
9348 if (isa
<BinaryOperator
>(I
) || isa
<CmpInst
>(I
) ||
9349 isa
<SelectInst
>(I
) || isa
<CastInst
>(I
) || isa
<GetElementPtrInst
>(I
) ||
9350 isa
<LoadInst
>(I
) || isa
<ExtractValueInst
>(I
))
9353 if (const CallInst
*CI
= dyn_cast
<CallInst
>(I
))
9354 if (const Function
*F
= CI
->getCalledFunction())
9355 return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI
, F
);
9359 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
9360 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
9361 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction
*I
, const Loop
*L
) {
9362 // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
9363 if (!L
->contains(I
)) return false;
9365 if (isa
<PHINode
>(I
)) {
9366 // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
9367 // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
9368 return L
->getHeader() == I
->getParent();
9371 // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
9372 // are constants, bail early.
9373 return CanConstantFold(I
);
9376 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
9377 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
9379 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction
*UseInst
, const Loop
*L
,
9380 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, PHINode
*> &PHIMap
,
9382 if (Depth
> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth
)
9385 // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
9386 // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
9387 PHINode
*PHI
= nullptr;
9388 for (Value
*Op
: UseInst
->operands()) {
9389 if (isa
<Constant
>(Op
)) continue;
9391 Instruction
*OpInst
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(Op
);
9392 if (!OpInst
|| !canConstantEvolve(OpInst
, L
)) return nullptr;
9394 PHINode
*P
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(OpInst
);
9396 // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
9397 // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
9398 // inconsistent paths meet.
9399 P
= PHIMap
.lookup(OpInst
);
9401 // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
9402 // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
9403 P
= getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst
, L
, PHIMap
, Depth
+ 1);
9407 return nullptr; // Not evolving from PHI
9408 if (PHI
&& PHI
!= P
)
9409 return nullptr; // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
9412 // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
9416 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
9417 /// in the loop that V is derived from. We allow arbitrary operations along the
9418 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
9419 /// derived from a constant PHI. If this expression does not fit with these
9420 /// constraints, return null.
9421 static PHINode
*getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value
*V
, const Loop
*L
) {
9422 Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
);
9423 if (!I
|| !canConstantEvolve(I
, L
)) return nullptr;
9425 if (PHINode
*PN
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(I
))
9428 // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
9429 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, PHINode
*> PHIMap
;
9430 return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I
, L
, PHIMap
, 0);
9433 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
9434 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
9435 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal. If we can't fold this expression for some
9436 /// reason, return null.
9437 static Constant
*EvaluateExpression(Value
*V
, const Loop
*L
,
9438 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, Constant
*> &Vals
,
9439 const DataLayout
&DL
,
9440 const TargetLibraryInfo
*TLI
) {
9441 // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
9442 if (Constant
*C
= dyn_cast
<Constant
>(V
)) return C
;
9443 Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(V
);
9444 if (!I
) return nullptr;
9446 if (Constant
*C
= Vals
.lookup(I
)) return C
;
9448 // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
9449 // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
9450 if (!canConstantEvolve(I
, L
)) return nullptr;
9452 // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
9453 // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
9454 // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
9455 if (isa
<PHINode
>(I
)) return nullptr;
9457 std::vector
<Constant
*> Operands(I
->getNumOperands());
9459 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= I
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
9460 Instruction
*Operand
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(I
->getOperand(i
));
9462 Operands
[i
] = dyn_cast
<Constant
>(I
->getOperand(i
));
9463 if (!Operands
[i
]) return nullptr;
9466 Constant
*C
= EvaluateExpression(Operand
, L
, Vals
, DL
, TLI
);
9468 if (!C
) return nullptr;
9472 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I
, Operands
, DL
, TLI
);
9476 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
9477 // return that, else return nullptr.
9478 static Constant
*getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode
*PN
, BasicBlock
*BB
) {
9479 Constant
*IncomingVal
= nullptr;
9481 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= PN
->getNumIncomingValues(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
9482 if (PN
->getIncomingBlock(i
) == BB
)
9485 auto *CurrentVal
= dyn_cast
<Constant
>(PN
->getIncomingValue(i
));
9489 if (IncomingVal
!= CurrentVal
) {
9492 IncomingVal
= CurrentVal
;
9499 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
9500 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
9501 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
9502 /// involving constants, fold it.
9504 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode
*PN
,
9507 auto I
= ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.find(PN
);
9508 if (I
!= ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.end())
9511 if (BEs
.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations
))
9512 return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
[PN
] = nullptr; // Not going to evaluate it.
9514 Constant
*&RetVal
= ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
[PN
];
9516 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, Constant
*> CurrentIterVals
;
9517 BasicBlock
*Header
= L
->getHeader();
9518 assert(PN
->getParent() == Header
&& "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
9520 BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
9524 for (PHINode
&PHI
: Header
->phis()) {
9525 if (auto *StartCST
= getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI
, Latch
))
9526 CurrentIterVals
[&PHI
] = StartCST
;
9528 if (!CurrentIterVals
.count(PN
))
9529 return RetVal
= nullptr;
9531 Value
*BEValue
= PN
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch
);
9533 // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
9534 assert(BEs
.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT
* sizeof(unsigned) &&
9535 "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
9537 unsigned NumIterations
= BEs
.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
9538 unsigned IterationNum
= 0;
9539 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
9540 for (; ; ++IterationNum
) {
9541 if (IterationNum
== NumIterations
)
9542 return RetVal
= CurrentIterVals
[PN
]; // Got exit value!
9544 // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
9545 // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
9546 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, Constant
*> NextIterVals
;
9548 EvaluateExpression(BEValue
, L
, CurrentIterVals
, DL
, &TLI
);
9550 return nullptr; // Couldn't evaluate!
9551 NextIterVals
[PN
] = NextPHI
;
9553 bool StoppedEvolving
= NextPHI
== CurrentIterVals
[PN
];
9555 // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes. However, we don't get to stop if we
9556 // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
9557 // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
9558 SmallVector
<std::pair
<PHINode
*, Constant
*>, 8> PHIsToCompute
;
9559 for (const auto &I
: CurrentIterVals
) {
9560 PHINode
*PHI
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(I
.first
);
9561 if (!PHI
|| PHI
== PN
|| PHI
->getParent() != Header
) continue;
9562 PHIsToCompute
.emplace_back(PHI
, I
.second
);
9564 // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
9565 // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
9566 for (const auto &I
: PHIsToCompute
) {
9567 PHINode
*PHI
= I
.first
;
9568 Constant
*&NextPHI
= NextIterVals
[PHI
];
9569 if (!NextPHI
) { // Not already computed.
9570 Value
*BEValue
= PHI
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch
);
9571 NextPHI
= EvaluateExpression(BEValue
, L
, CurrentIterVals
, DL
, &TLI
);
9573 if (NextPHI
!= I
.second
)
9574 StoppedEvolving
= false;
9577 // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
9578 // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
9579 if (StoppedEvolving
)
9580 return RetVal
= CurrentIterVals
[PN
];
9582 CurrentIterVals
.swap(NextIterVals
);
9586 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop
*L
,
9589 PHINode
*PN
= getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond
, L
);
9590 if (!PN
) return getCouldNotCompute();
9592 // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
9593 // That's the only form we support here.
9594 if (PN
->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
9596 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, Constant
*> CurrentIterVals
;
9597 BasicBlock
*Header
= L
->getHeader();
9598 assert(PN
->getParent() == Header
&& "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
9600 BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
9601 assert(Latch
&& "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
9603 for (PHINode
&PHI
: Header
->phis()) {
9604 if (auto *StartCST
= getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI
, Latch
))
9605 CurrentIterVals
[&PHI
] = StartCST
;
9607 if (!CurrentIterVals
.count(PN
))
9608 return getCouldNotCompute();
9610 // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop. Execute
9611 // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
9613 unsigned MaxIterations
= MaxBruteForceIterations
; // Limit analysis.
9614 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
9615 for (unsigned IterationNum
= 0; IterationNum
!= MaxIterations
;++IterationNum
){
9616 auto *CondVal
= dyn_cast_or_null
<ConstantInt
>(
9617 EvaluateExpression(Cond
, L
, CurrentIterVals
, DL
, &TLI
));
9619 // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
9620 if (!CondVal
) return getCouldNotCompute();
9622 if (CondVal
->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen
)) {
9623 ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed
;
9624 return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum
);
9627 // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
9628 DenseMap
<Instruction
*, Constant
*> NextIterVals
;
9630 // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
9631 // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
9632 // into CurrentIterVals.
9633 SmallVector
<PHINode
*, 8> PHIsToCompute
;
9634 for (const auto &I
: CurrentIterVals
) {
9635 PHINode
*PHI
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(I
.first
);
9636 if (!PHI
|| PHI
->getParent() != Header
) continue;
9637 PHIsToCompute
.push_back(PHI
);
9639 for (PHINode
*PHI
: PHIsToCompute
) {
9640 Constant
*&NextPHI
= NextIterVals
[PHI
];
9641 if (NextPHI
) continue; // Already computed!
9643 Value
*BEValue
= PHI
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch
);
9644 NextPHI
= EvaluateExpression(BEValue
, L
, CurrentIterVals
, DL
, &TLI
);
9646 CurrentIterVals
.swap(NextIterVals
);
9649 // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
9650 return getCouldNotCompute();
9653 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV
*V
, const Loop
*L
) {
9654 SmallVector
<std::pair
<const Loop
*, const SCEV
*>, 2> &Values
=
9656 // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
9657 for (auto &LS
: Values
)
9659 return LS
.second
? LS
.second
: V
;
9661 Values
.emplace_back(L
, nullptr);
9663 // Otherwise compute it.
9664 const SCEV
*C
= computeSCEVAtScope(V
, L
);
9665 for (auto &LS
: reverse(ValuesAtScopes
[V
]))
9666 if (LS
.first
== L
) {
9668 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(C
))
9669 ValuesAtScopesUsers
[C
].push_back({L
, V
});
9675 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface. That way, we
9676 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
9677 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
9678 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
9679 static Constant
*BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV
*V
) {
9680 switch (V
->getSCEVType()) {
9681 case scCouldNotCompute
:
9686 return cast
<SCEVConstant
>(V
)->getValue();
9688 return dyn_cast
<Constant
>(cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(V
)->getValue());
9690 const SCEVPtrToIntExpr
*P2I
= cast
<SCEVPtrToIntExpr
>(V
);
9691 if (Constant
*CastOp
= BuildConstantFromSCEV(P2I
->getOperand()))
9692 return ConstantExpr::getPtrToInt(CastOp
, P2I
->getType());
9697 const SCEVTruncateExpr
*ST
= cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(V
);
9698 if (Constant
*CastOp
= BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST
->getOperand()))
9699 return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp
, ST
->getType());
9703 const SCEVAddExpr
*SA
= cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(V
);
9704 Constant
*C
= nullptr;
9705 for (const SCEV
*Op
: SA
->operands()) {
9706 Constant
*OpC
= BuildConstantFromSCEV(Op
);
9713 assert(!C
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
9714 "Can only have one pointer, and it must be last");
9715 if (OpC
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9716 // The offsets have been converted to bytes. We can add bytes using
9718 C
= ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Type::getInt8Ty(C
->getContext()),
9721 C
= ConstantExpr::getAdd(C
, OpC
);
9734 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
9737 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
9741 ScalarEvolution::getWithOperands(const SCEV
*S
,
9742 SmallVectorImpl
<const SCEV
*> &NewOps
) {
9743 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
9748 return getCastExpr(S
->getSCEVType(), NewOps
[0], S
->getType());
9749 case scAddRecExpr
: {
9750 auto *AddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
9751 return getAddRecExpr(NewOps
, AddRec
->getLoop(), AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags());
9754 return getAddExpr(NewOps
, cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(S
)->getNoWrapFlags());
9756 return getMulExpr(NewOps
, cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(S
)->getNoWrapFlags());
9758 return getUDivExpr(NewOps
[0], NewOps
[1]);
9763 return getMinMaxExpr(S
->getSCEVType(), NewOps
);
9764 case scSequentialUMinExpr
:
9765 return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(S
->getSCEVType(), NewOps
);
9770 case scCouldNotCompute
:
9771 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
9773 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
9776 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV
*V
, const Loop
*L
) {
9777 switch (V
->getSCEVType()) {
9781 case scAddRecExpr
: {
9782 // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
9783 // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
9784 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(V
);
9785 // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
9786 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
9787 // expression has no loop-variant portions.
9788 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= AddRec
->getNumOperands(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
9789 const SCEV
*OpAtScope
= getSCEVAtScope(AddRec
->getOperand(i
), L
);
9790 if (OpAtScope
== AddRec
->getOperand(i
))
9793 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
9794 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
9795 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> NewOps
;
9796 NewOps
.reserve(AddRec
->getNumOperands());
9797 append_range(NewOps
, AddRec
->operands().take_front(i
));
9798 NewOps
.push_back(OpAtScope
);
9799 for (++i
; i
!= e
; ++i
)
9800 NewOps
.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec
->getOperand(i
), L
));
9802 const SCEV
*FoldedRec
= getAddRecExpr(
9803 NewOps
, AddRec
->getLoop(), AddRec
->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW
));
9804 AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(FoldedRec
);
9805 // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
9806 // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
9807 // ahead and return the folded value.
9813 // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
9814 // loop exit value of the addrec.
9815 if (!AddRec
->getLoop()->contains(L
)) {
9816 // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
9817 // loop iterates. Compute this now.
9818 const SCEV
*BackedgeTakenCount
= getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec
->getLoop());
9819 if (BackedgeTakenCount
== getCouldNotCompute())
9822 // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
9823 return AddRec
->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount
, *this);
9839 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
9840 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
= V
->operands();
9841 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
9842 // expression has no loop-variant portions.
9843 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= Ops
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
9844 const SCEV
*OpAtScope
= getSCEVAtScope(Ops
[i
], L
);
9845 if (OpAtScope
!= Ops
[i
]) {
9846 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
9847 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
9848 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> NewOps
;
9849 NewOps
.reserve(Ops
.size());
9850 append_range(NewOps
, Ops
.take_front(i
));
9851 NewOps
.push_back(OpAtScope
);
9853 for (++i
; i
!= e
; ++i
) {
9854 OpAtScope
= getSCEVAtScope(Ops
[i
], L
);
9855 NewOps
.push_back(OpAtScope
);
9858 return getWithOperands(V
, NewOps
);
9861 // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
9865 // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
9866 // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
9867 const SCEVUnknown
*SU
= cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(V
);
9868 Instruction
*I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(SU
->getValue());
9870 return V
; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
9872 if (PHINode
*PN
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(I
)) {
9873 const Loop
*CurrLoop
= this->LI
[I
->getParent()];
9874 // Looking for loop exit value.
9875 if (CurrLoop
&& CurrLoop
->getParentLoop() == L
&&
9876 PN
->getParent() == CurrLoop
->getHeader()) {
9877 // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node. Check
9878 // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
9879 // count. If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
9881 const SCEV
*BackedgeTakenCount
= getBackedgeTakenCount(CurrLoop
);
9882 // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
9883 // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
9884 if (BackedgeTakenCount
->isZero()) {
9885 Value
*InitValue
= nullptr;
9886 bool MultipleInitValues
= false;
9887 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
< PN
->getNumIncomingValues(); i
++) {
9888 if (!CurrLoop
->contains(PN
->getIncomingBlock(i
))) {
9890 InitValue
= PN
->getIncomingValue(i
);
9891 else if (InitValue
!= PN
->getIncomingValue(i
)) {
9892 MultipleInitValues
= true;
9897 if (!MultipleInitValues
&& InitValue
)
9898 return getSCEV(InitValue
);
9900 // Do we have a loop invariant value flowing around the backedge
9901 // for a loop which must execute the backedge?
9902 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BackedgeTakenCount
) &&
9903 isKnownNonZero(BackedgeTakenCount
) &&
9904 PN
->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) {
9906 unsigned InLoopPred
=
9907 CurrLoop
->contains(PN
->getIncomingBlock(0)) ? 0 : 1;
9908 Value
*BackedgeVal
= PN
->getIncomingValue(InLoopPred
);
9909 if (CurrLoop
->isLoopInvariant(BackedgeVal
))
9910 return getSCEV(BackedgeVal
);
9912 if (auto *BTCC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(BackedgeTakenCount
)) {
9913 // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes. If
9914 // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
9915 // the specified iteration number.
9917 getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN
, BTCC
->getAPInt(), CurrLoop
);
9924 // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
9925 // into a SCEV. Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
9926 // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
9927 // result. This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
9928 if (!CanConstantFold(I
))
9929 return V
; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
9931 SmallVector
<Constant
*, 4> Operands
;
9932 Operands
.reserve(I
->getNumOperands());
9933 bool MadeImprovement
= false;
9934 for (Value
*Op
: I
->operands()) {
9935 if (Constant
*C
= dyn_cast
<Constant
>(Op
)) {
9936 Operands
.push_back(C
);
9940 // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
9941 // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
9942 // with scev techniques.
9943 if (!isSCEVable(Op
->getType()))
9946 const SCEV
*OrigV
= getSCEV(Op
);
9947 const SCEV
*OpV
= getSCEVAtScope(OrigV
, L
);
9948 MadeImprovement
|= OrigV
!= OpV
;
9950 Constant
*C
= BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV
);
9953 assert(C
->getType() == Op
->getType() && "Type mismatch");
9954 Operands
.push_back(C
);
9957 // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
9958 if (!MadeImprovement
)
9959 return V
; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
9961 Constant
*C
= nullptr;
9962 const DataLayout
&DL
= getDataLayout();
9963 C
= ConstantFoldInstOperands(I
, Operands
, DL
, &TLI
);
9968 case scCouldNotCompute
:
9969 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
9971 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
9974 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value
*V
, const Loop
*L
) {
9975 return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V
), L
);
9978 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::stripInjectiveFunctions(const SCEV
*S
) const {
9979 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(S
))
9980 return stripInjectiveFunctions(ZExt
->getOperand());
9981 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(S
))
9982 return stripInjectiveFunctions(SExt
->getOperand());
9986 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
9988 /// A * X = B (mod N)
9990 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
9991 /// A and B isn't important.
9993 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
9994 static const SCEV
*SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt
&A
, const SCEV
*B
,
9995 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
9996 uint32_t BW
= A
.getBitWidth();
9997 assert(BW
== SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(B
->getType()));
9998 assert(A
!= 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
10000 // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
10002 // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
10003 // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
10004 uint32_t Mult2
= A
.countr_zero();
10007 // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
10009 // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
10010 // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
10011 if (SE
.getMinTrailingZeros(B
) < Mult2
)
10012 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
10014 // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
10017 // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
10018 // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
10019 // so we immediately truncate it.
10020 APInt AD
= A
.lshr(Mult2
).zext(BW
+ 1); // AD = A / D
10021 APInt
Mod(BW
+ 1, 0);
10022 Mod
.setBit(BW
- Mult2
); // Mod = N / D
10023 APInt I
= AD
.multiplicativeInverse(Mod
).trunc(BW
);
10025 // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
10026 // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
10027 // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
10028 // (I * B mod N) / D
10029 const SCEV
*D
= SE
.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW
, Mult2
));
10030 return SE
.getUDivExactExpr(SE
.getMulExpr(B
, SE
.getConstant(I
)), D
);
10033 /// For a given quadratic addrec, generate coefficients of the corresponding
10034 /// quadratic equation, multiplied by a common value to ensure that they are
10036 /// The returned value is a tuple { A, B, C, M, BitWidth }, where
10037 /// Ax^2 + Bx + C is the quadratic function, M is the value that A, B and C
10038 /// were multiplied by, and BitWidth is the bit width of the original addrec
10040 /// This function returns std::nullopt if the addrec coefficients are not
10041 /// compile- time constants.
10042 static std::optional
<std::tuple
<APInt
, APInt
, APInt
, APInt
, unsigned>>
10043 GetQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
) {
10044 assert(AddRec
->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
10045 const SCEVConstant
*LC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AddRec
->getOperand(0));
10046 const SCEVConstant
*MC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AddRec
->getOperand(1));
10047 const SCEVConstant
*NC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AddRec
->getOperand(2));
10048 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": analyzing quadratic addrec: "
10049 << *AddRec
<< '\n');
10051 // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
10052 if (!LC
|| !MC
|| !NC
) {
10053 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": coefficients are not constant\n");
10054 return std::nullopt
;
10057 APInt L
= LC
->getAPInt();
10058 APInt M
= MC
->getAPInt();
10059 APInt N
= NC
->getAPInt();
10060 assert(!N
.isZero() && "This is not a quadratic addrec");
10062 unsigned BitWidth
= LC
->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
10063 unsigned NewWidth
= BitWidth
+ 1;
10064 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": addrec coeff bw: "
10065 << BitWidth
<< '\n');
10066 // The sign-extension (as opposed to a zero-extension) here matches the
10067 // extension used in SolveQuadraticEquationWrap (with the same motivation).
10068 N
= N
.sext(NewWidth
);
10069 M
= M
.sext(NewWidth
);
10070 L
= L
.sext(NewWidth
);
10072 // The increments are M, M+N, M+2N, ..., so the accumulated values are
10073 // L+M, (L+M)+(M+N), (L+M)+(M+N)+(M+2N), ..., that is,
10074 // L+M, L+2M+N, L+3M+3N, ...
10075 // After n iterations the accumulated value Acc is L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N.
10077 // The equation Acc = 0 is then
10078 // L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N = 0, or 2L + 2M n + n(n-1) N = 0.
10079 // In a quadratic form it becomes:
10080 // N n^2 + (2M-N) n + 2L = 0.
10083 APInt B
= 2 * M
- A
;
10085 APInt T
= APInt(NewWidth
, 2);
10086 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": equation " << A
<< "x^2 + " << B
10087 << "x + " << C
<< ", coeff bw: " << NewWidth
10088 << ", multiplied by " << T
<< '\n');
10089 return std::make_tuple(A
, B
, C
, T
, BitWidth
);
10092 /// Helper function to compare optional APInts:
10093 /// (a) if X and Y both exist, return min(X, Y),
10094 /// (b) if neither X nor Y exist, return std::nullopt,
10095 /// (c) if exactly one of X and Y exists, return that value.
10096 static std::optional
<APInt
> MinOptional(std::optional
<APInt
> X
,
10097 std::optional
<APInt
> Y
) {
10099 unsigned W
= std::max(X
->getBitWidth(), Y
->getBitWidth());
10100 APInt XW
= X
->sext(W
);
10101 APInt YW
= Y
->sext(W
);
10102 return XW
.slt(YW
) ? *X
: *Y
;
10105 return std::nullopt
;
10106 return X
? *X
: *Y
;
10109 /// Helper function to truncate an optional APInt to a given BitWidth.
10110 /// When solving addrec-related equations, it is preferable to return a value
10111 /// that has the same bit width as the original addrec's coefficients. If the
10112 /// solution fits in the original bit width, truncate it (except for i1).
10113 /// Returning a value of a different bit width may inhibit some optimizations.
10115 /// In general, a solution to a quadratic equation generated from an addrec
10116 /// may require BW+1 bits, where BW is the bit width of the addrec's
10117 /// coefficients. The reason is that the coefficients of the quadratic
10118 /// equation are BW+1 bits wide (to avoid truncation when converting from
10119 /// the addrec to the equation).
10120 static std::optional
<APInt
> TruncIfPossible(std::optional
<APInt
> X
,
10121 unsigned BitWidth
) {
10123 return std::nullopt
;
10124 unsigned W
= X
->getBitWidth();
10125 if (BitWidth
> 1 && BitWidth
< W
&& X
->isIntN(BitWidth
))
10126 return X
->trunc(BitWidth
);
10130 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N} after n
10131 /// iterations. The values L, M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
10132 /// should all have the same bit widths.
10133 /// Find the least n >= 0 such that c(n) = 0 in the arithmetic modulo 2^BW,
10134 /// where BW is the bit width of the addrec's coefficients.
10135 /// If the calculated value is a BW-bit integer (for BW > 1), it will be
10136 /// returned as such, otherwise the bit width of the returned value may
10137 /// be greater than BW.
10139 /// This function returns std::nullopt if
10140 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
10141 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution. For cases
10142 /// like x^2 = 5, no integer solutions exist, in other cases an integer
10143 /// solution may exist, but SolveQuadraticEquationWrap may fail to find it.
10144 static std::optional
<APInt
>
10145 SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
10148 auto T
= GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec
);
10150 return std::nullopt
;
10152 std::tie(A
, B
, C
, M
, BitWidth
) = *T
;
10153 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": solving for unsigned overflow\n");
10154 std::optional
<APInt
> X
=
10155 APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A
, B
, C
, BitWidth
+ 1);
10157 return std::nullopt
;
10159 ConstantInt
*CX
= ConstantInt::get(SE
.getContext(), *X
);
10160 ConstantInt
*V
= EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec
, CX
, SE
);
10162 return std::nullopt
;
10164 return TruncIfPossible(X
, BitWidth
);
10167 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {0,+,M,+,N} after n
10168 /// iterations. The values M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
10169 /// should all have the same bit widths.
10170 /// Find the least n such that c(n) does not belong to the given range,
10171 /// while c(n-1) does.
10173 /// This function returns std::nullopt if
10174 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
10175 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution for the
10176 /// bounds of the range.
10177 static std::optional
<APInt
>
10178 SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
,
10179 const ConstantRange
&Range
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
10180 assert(AddRec
->getOperand(0)->isZero() &&
10181 "Starting value of addrec should be 0");
10182 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__
<< ": solving boundary crossing for range "
10183 << Range
<< ", addrec " << *AddRec
<< '\n');
10184 // This case is handled in getNumIterationsInRange. Here we can assume that
10185 // we start in the range.
10186 assert(Range
.contains(APInt(SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec
->getType()), 0)) &&
10187 "Addrec's initial value should be in range");
10191 auto T
= GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec
);
10193 return std::nullopt
;
10195 // Be careful about the return value: there can be two reasons for not
10196 // returning an actual number. First, if no solutions to the equations
10197 // were found, and second, if the solutions don't leave the given range.
10198 // The first case means that the actual solution is "unknown", the second
10199 // means that it's known, but not valid. If the solution is unknown, we
10200 // cannot make any conclusions.
10201 // Return a pair: the optional solution and a flag indicating if the
10202 // solution was found.
10203 auto SolveForBoundary
=
10204 [&](APInt Bound
) -> std::pair
<std::optional
<APInt
>, bool> {
10205 // Solve for signed overflow and unsigned overflow, pick the lower
10207 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: checking boundary "
10208 << Bound
<< " (before multiplying by " << M
<< ")\n");
10209 Bound
*= M
; // The quadratic equation multiplier.
10211 std::optional
<APInt
> SO
;
10212 if (BitWidth
> 1) {
10213 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
10214 "signed overflow\n");
10215 SO
= APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A
, B
, -Bound
, BitWidth
);
10217 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
10218 "unsigned overflow\n");
10219 std::optional
<APInt
> UO
=
10220 APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A
, B
, -Bound
, BitWidth
+ 1);
10222 auto LeavesRange
= [&] (const APInt
&X
) {
10223 ConstantInt
*C0
= ConstantInt::get(SE
.getContext(), X
);
10224 ConstantInt
*V0
= EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec
, C0
, SE
);
10225 if (Range
.contains(V0
->getValue()))
10227 // X should be at least 1, so X-1 is non-negative.
10228 ConstantInt
*C1
= ConstantInt::get(SE
.getContext(), X
-1);
10229 ConstantInt
*V1
= EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec
, C1
, SE
);
10230 if (Range
.contains(V1
->getValue()))
10235 // If SolveQuadraticEquationWrap returns std::nullopt, it means that there
10236 // can be a solution, but the function failed to find it. We cannot treat it
10237 // as "no solution".
10239 return {std::nullopt
, false};
10241 // Check the smaller value first to see if it leaves the range.
10242 // At this point, both SO and UO must have values.
10243 std::optional
<APInt
> Min
= MinOptional(SO
, UO
);
10244 if (LeavesRange(*Min
))
10245 return { Min
, true };
10246 std::optional
<APInt
> Max
= Min
== SO
? UO
: SO
;
10247 if (LeavesRange(*Max
))
10248 return { Max
, true };
10250 // Solutions were found, but were eliminated, hence the "true".
10251 return {std::nullopt
, true};
10254 std::tie(A
, B
, C
, M
, BitWidth
) = *T
;
10255 // Lower bound is inclusive, subtract 1 to represent the exiting value.
10256 APInt Lower
= Range
.getLower().sext(A
.getBitWidth()) - 1;
10257 APInt Upper
= Range
.getUpper().sext(A
.getBitWidth());
10258 auto SL
= SolveForBoundary(Lower
);
10259 auto SU
= SolveForBoundary(Upper
);
10260 // If any of the solutions was unknown, no meaninigful conclusions can
10262 if (!SL
.second
|| !SU
.second
)
10263 return std::nullopt
;
10265 // Claim: The correct solution is not some value between Min and Max.
10267 // Justification: Assuming that Min and Max are different values, one of
10268 // them is when the first signed overflow happens, the other is when the
10269 // first unsigned overflow happens. Crossing the range boundary is only
10270 // possible via an overflow (treating 0 as a special case of it, modeling
10271 // an overflow as crossing k*2^W for some k).
10273 // The interesting case here is when Min was eliminated as an invalid
10274 // solution, but Max was not. The argument is that if there was another
10275 // overflow between Min and Max, it would also have been eliminated if
10276 // it was considered.
10278 // For a given boundary, it is possible to have two overflows of the same
10279 // type (signed/unsigned) without having the other type in between: this
10280 // can happen when the vertex of the parabola is between the iterations
10281 // corresponding to the overflows. This is only possible when the two
10282 // overflows cross k*2^W for the same k. In such case, if the second one
10283 // left the range (and was the first one to do so), the first overflow
10284 // would have to enter the range, which would mean that either we had left
10285 // the range before or that we started outside of it. Both of these cases
10286 // are contradictions.
10288 // Claim: In the case where SolveForBoundary returns std::nullopt, the correct
10289 // solution is not some value between the Max for this boundary and the
10290 // Min of the other boundary.
10292 // Justification: Assume that we had such Max_A and Min_B corresponding
10293 // to range boundaries A and B and such that Max_A < Min_B. If there was
10294 // a solution between Max_A and Min_B, it would have to be caused by an
10295 // overflow corresponding to either A or B. It cannot correspond to B,
10296 // since Min_B is the first occurrence of such an overflow. If it
10297 // corresponded to A, it would have to be either a signed or an unsigned
10298 // overflow that is larger than both eliminated overflows for A. But
10299 // between the eliminated overflows and this overflow, the values would
10300 // cover the entire value space, thus crossing the other boundary, which
10301 // is a contradiction.
10303 return TruncIfPossible(MinOptional(SL
.first
, SU
.first
), BitWidth
);
10306 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV
*V
,
10308 bool ControlsOnlyExit
,
10309 bool AllowPredicates
) {
10311 // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
10312 // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
10313 // effectively V != 0. We know and take advantage of the fact that this
10314 // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
10316 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Predicates
;
10317 // If the value is a constant
10318 if (const SCEVConstant
*C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(V
)) {
10319 // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
10320 if (C
->getValue()->isZero()) return C
;
10321 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
10324 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AddRec
=
10325 dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(stripInjectiveFunctions(V
));
10327 if (!AddRec
&& AllowPredicates
)
10328 // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10329 // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10330 // algorithm below.
10331 AddRec
= convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V
, L
, Predicates
);
10333 if (!AddRec
|| AddRec
->getLoop() != L
)
10334 return getCouldNotCompute();
10336 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
10337 // the quadratic equation to solve it.
10338 if (AddRec
->isQuadratic() && AddRec
->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
10339 // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
10340 // value at this index. When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
10341 // should not accept a root of 2.
10342 if (auto S
= SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(AddRec
, *this)) {
10343 const auto *R
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getConstant(*S
));
10344 return ExitLimit(R
, R
, R
, false, Predicates
);
10346 return getCouldNotCompute();
10349 // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
10350 if (!AddRec
->isAffine())
10351 return getCouldNotCompute();
10353 // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
10354 // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
10356 // Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
10360 // Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
10362 // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
10364 // Get the initial value for the loop.
10365 const SCEV
*Start
= getSCEVAtScope(AddRec
->getStart(), L
->getParentLoop());
10366 const SCEV
*Step
= getSCEVAtScope(AddRec
->getOperand(1), L
->getParentLoop());
10368 // For now we handle only constant steps.
10370 // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
10371 // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
10372 // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
10373 // We have not yet seen any such cases.
10374 const SCEVConstant
*StepC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Step
);
10375 if (!StepC
|| StepC
->getValue()->isZero())
10376 return getCouldNotCompute();
10378 // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
10379 // N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
10380 // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
10382 // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
10383 bool CountDown
= StepC
->getAPInt().isNegative();
10384 const SCEV
*Distance
= CountDown
? Start
: getNegativeSCEV(Start
);
10386 // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
10387 // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
10388 // N = Distance (as unsigned)
10389 if (StepC
->getValue()->isOne() || StepC
->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
10390 APInt MaxBECount
= getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(Distance
, L
));
10391 MaxBECount
= APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount
, getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance
));
10393 // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
10394 // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1. Detect this
10395 // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
10397 // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
10398 // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
10399 // range inside the loop.
10400 const SCEV
*Zero
= getZero(Distance
->getType());
10401 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(Distance
->getType());
10402 const SCEV
*DistancePlusOne
= getAddExpr(Distance
, One
);
10403 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
, DistancePlusOne
, Zero
)) {
10404 // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
10405 // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
10406 ConstantRange CR
= getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne
);
10407 MaxBECount
= APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount
, CR
.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
10409 return ExitLimit(Distance
, getConstant(MaxBECount
), Distance
, false,
10413 // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
10414 // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
10415 // compute the backedge count. In this case, the step may not divide the
10416 // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
10417 // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
10418 if (ControlsOnlyExit
&& AddRec
->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
10419 loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec
->getLoop())) {
10420 const SCEV
*Exact
=
10421 getUDivExpr(Distance
, CountDown
? getNegativeSCEV(Step
) : Step
);
10422 const SCEV
*ConstantMax
= getCouldNotCompute();
10423 if (Exact
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
10424 APInt MaxInt
= getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(Exact
, L
));
10426 getConstant(APIntOps::umin(MaxInt
, getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact
)));
10428 const SCEV
*SymbolicMax
=
10429 isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Exact
) ? ConstantMax
: Exact
;
10430 return ExitLimit(Exact
, ConstantMax
, SymbolicMax
, false, Predicates
);
10433 // Solve the general equation.
10434 const SCEV
*E
= SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC
->getAPInt(),
10435 getNegativeSCEV(Start
), *this);
10438 if (E
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
10439 APInt MaxWithGuards
= getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(E
, L
));
10440 M
= getConstant(APIntOps::umin(MaxWithGuards
, getUnsignedRangeMax(E
)));
10442 auto *S
= isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(E
) ? M
: E
;
10443 return ExitLimit(E
, M
, S
, false, Predicates
);
10446 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10447 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV
*V
, const Loop
*L
) {
10448 // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed. We don't
10449 // handle them yet except for the trivial case. This could be expanded in the
10450 // future as needed.
10452 // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
10453 // already. If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
10454 if (const SCEVConstant
*C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(V
)) {
10455 if (!C
->getValue()->isZero())
10456 return getZero(C
->getType());
10457 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
10460 // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
10461 // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
10462 return getCouldNotCompute();
10465 std::pair
<const BasicBlock
*, const BasicBlock
*>
10466 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(const BasicBlock
*BB
)
10468 // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
10469 // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
10470 // from the predecessor to the block.
10471 if (const BasicBlock
*Pred
= BB
->getSinglePredecessor())
10474 // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
10475 // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
10476 // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
10477 if (const Loop
*L
= LI
.getLoopFor(BB
))
10478 return {L
->getLoopPredecessor(), L
->getHeader()};
10480 return {nullptr, nullptr};
10483 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
10484 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
10485 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
10486 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
10487 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV
*A
, const SCEV
*B
) {
10488 // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
10489 if (A
== B
) return true;
10491 auto ComputesEqualValues
= [](const Instruction
*A
, const Instruction
*B
) {
10492 // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value. For
10493 // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
10494 // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
10495 return A
->isIdenticalTo(B
) && (isa
<BinaryOperator
>(A
) || isa
<GetElementPtrInst
>(A
));
10498 // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
10499 // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
10500 if (const SCEVUnknown
*AU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(A
))
10501 if (const SCEVUnknown
*BU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(B
))
10502 if (const Instruction
*AI
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(AU
->getValue()))
10503 if (const Instruction
*BI
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(BU
->getValue()))
10504 if (ComputesEqualValues(AI
, BI
))
10507 // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
10511 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate
&Pred
,
10512 const SCEV
*&LHS
, const SCEV
*&RHS
,
10514 bool Changed
= false;
10515 // Simplifies ICMP to trivial true or false by turning it into '0 == 0' or
10517 auto TrivialCase
= [&](bool TriviallyTrue
) {
10518 LHS
= RHS
= getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
10519 Pred
= TriviallyTrue
? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
: ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
;
10522 // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
10526 // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
10527 if (const SCEVConstant
*LHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
)) {
10528 // Check for both operands constant.
10529 if (const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
10530 if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred
,
10532 RHSC
->getValue())->isNullValue())
10533 return TrivialCase(false);
10534 return TrivialCase(true);
10536 // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
10537 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
10538 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
10542 // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
10543 // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
10544 // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
10545 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(RHS
)) {
10546 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
10547 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS
, L
) && properlyDominates(LHS
, L
->getHeader())) {
10548 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
10549 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
10554 // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
10555 // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
10556 if (const SCEVConstant
*RC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
10557 const APInt
&RA
= RC
->getAPInt();
10559 bool SimplifiedByConstantRange
= false;
10561 if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred
)) {
10562 ConstantRange ExactCR
= ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred
, RA
);
10563 if (ExactCR
.isFullSet())
10564 return TrivialCase(true);
10565 if (ExactCR
.isEmptySet())
10566 return TrivialCase(false);
10569 CmpInst::Predicate NewPred
;
10570 if (ExactCR
.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred
, NewRHS
) &&
10571 ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred
)) {
10572 // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
10574 RHS
= getConstant(NewRHS
);
10575 Changed
= SimplifiedByConstantRange
= true;
10579 if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange
) {
10583 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
:
10584 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
:
10585 // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
10587 if (const SCEVAddExpr
*AE
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(LHS
))
10588 if (const SCEVMulExpr
*ME
=
10589 dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(AE
->getOperand(0)))
10590 if (AE
->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME
->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
10591 ME
->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
10592 RHS
= AE
->getOperand(1);
10593 LHS
= ME
->getOperand(1);
10599 // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
10600 // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
10601 // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
10602 // check to trivial case.
10604 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
10605 assert(!RA
.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10606 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
;
10607 RHS
= getConstant(RA
- 1);
10610 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
10611 assert(!RA
.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10612 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
;
10613 RHS
= getConstant(RA
+ 1);
10616 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
10617 assert(!RA
.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10618 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
;
10619 RHS
= getConstant(RA
- 1);
10622 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
10623 assert(!RA
.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10624 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
;
10625 RHS
= getConstant(RA
+ 1);
10632 // Check for obvious equality.
10633 if (HasSameValue(LHS
, RHS
)) {
10634 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred
))
10635 return TrivialCase(true);
10636 if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred
))
10637 return TrivialCase(false);
10640 // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
10641 // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
10643 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
10644 if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS
).isMaxSignedValue()) {
10645 RHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), 1, true), RHS
,
10647 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
;
10649 } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS
).isMinSignedValue()) {
10650 LHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS
,
10652 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
;
10656 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
10657 if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS
).isMinSignedValue()) {
10658 RHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS
,
10660 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
;
10662 } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS
).isMaxSignedValue()) {
10663 LHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), 1, true), LHS
,
10665 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
;
10669 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
10670 if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS
).isMaxValue()) {
10671 RHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), 1, true), RHS
,
10673 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
;
10675 } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS
).isMinValue()) {
10676 LHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS
);
10677 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
;
10681 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
10682 if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS
).isMinValue()) {
10683 RHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS
);
10684 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
;
10686 } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS
).isMaxValue()) {
10687 LHS
= getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS
->getType(), 1, true), LHS
,
10689 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
;
10697 // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
10699 // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
10702 return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Depth
+ 1);
10707 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV
*S
) {
10708 return getSignedRangeMax(S
).isNegative();
10711 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV
*S
) {
10712 return getSignedRangeMin(S
).isStrictlyPositive();
10715 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV
*S
) {
10716 return !getSignedRangeMin(S
).isNegative();
10719 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV
*S
) {
10720 return !getSignedRangeMax(S
).isStrictlyPositive();
10723 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV
*S
) {
10724 return getUnsignedRangeMin(S
) != 0;
10727 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*>
10728 ScalarEvolution::SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(const Loop
*L
, const SCEV
*S
) {
10729 // Compute SCEV on entry of loop L.
10730 const SCEV
*Start
= SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(S
, L
, *this);
10731 if (Start
== getCouldNotCompute())
10732 return { Start
, Start
};
10733 // Compute post increment SCEV for loop L.
10734 const SCEV
*PostInc
= SCEVPostIncRewriter::rewrite(S
, L
, *this);
10735 assert(PostInc
!= getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected could not compute");
10736 return { Start
, PostInc
};
10739 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaInduction(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10740 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
10741 // First collect all loops.
10742 SmallPtrSet
<const Loop
*, 8> LoopsUsed
;
10743 getUsedLoops(LHS
, LoopsUsed
);
10744 getUsedLoops(RHS
, LoopsUsed
);
10746 if (LoopsUsed
.empty())
10749 // Domination relationship must be a linear order on collected loops.
10751 for (const auto *L1
: LoopsUsed
)
10752 for (const auto *L2
: LoopsUsed
)
10753 assert((DT
.dominates(L1
->getHeader(), L2
->getHeader()) ||
10754 DT
.dominates(L2
->getHeader(), L1
->getHeader())) &&
10755 "Domination relationship is not a linear order");
10759 *std::max_element(LoopsUsed
.begin(), LoopsUsed
.end(),
10760 [&](const Loop
*L1
, const Loop
*L2
) {
10761 return DT
.properlyDominates(L1
->getHeader(), L2
->getHeader());
10764 // Get init and post increment value for LHS.
10765 auto SplitLHS
= SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL
, LHS
);
10766 // if LHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
10767 if (SplitLHS
.first
== getCouldNotCompute())
10769 assert (SplitLHS
.second
!= getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
10770 // Get init and post increment value for RHS.
10771 auto SplitRHS
= SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL
, RHS
);
10772 // if RHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
10773 if (SplitRHS
.first
== getCouldNotCompute())
10775 assert (SplitRHS
.second
!= getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
10776 // It is possible that init SCEV contains an invariant load but it does
10777 // not dominate MDL and is not available at MDL loop entry, so we should
10779 if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitLHS
.first
, MDL
) ||
10780 !isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitRHS
.first
, MDL
))
10783 // It seems backedge guard check is faster than entry one so in some cases
10784 // it can speed up whole estimation by short circuit
10785 return isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(MDL
, Pred
, SplitLHS
.second
,
10786 SplitRHS
.second
) &&
10787 isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(MDL
, Pred
, SplitLHS
.first
, SplitRHS
.first
);
10790 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10791 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
10792 // Canonicalize the inputs first.
10793 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
10795 if (isKnownViaInduction(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
10798 if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
10801 // Otherwise see what can be done with some simple reasoning.
10802 return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
10805 std::optional
<bool> ScalarEvolution::evaluatePredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10808 if (isKnownPredicate(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
10810 if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred
), LHS
, RHS
))
10812 return std::nullopt
;
10815 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateAt(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10816 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
10817 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
10818 // TODO: Analyze guards and assumes from Context's block.
10819 return isKnownPredicate(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
) ||
10820 isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(CtxI
->getParent(), Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
10823 std::optional
<bool>
10824 ScalarEvolution::evaluatePredicateAt(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
,
10825 const SCEV
*RHS
, const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
10826 std::optional
<bool> KnownWithoutContext
= evaluatePredicate(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
10827 if (KnownWithoutContext
)
10828 return KnownWithoutContext
;
10830 if (isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(CtxI
->getParent(), Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
10832 if (isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(CtxI
->getParent(),
10833 ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred
),
10836 return std::nullopt
;
10839 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10840 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*LHS
,
10842 const Loop
*L
= LHS
->getLoop();
10843 return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, LHS
->getStart(), RHS
) &&
10844 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, LHS
->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS
);
10847 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType
>
10848 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateType(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*LHS
,
10849 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
) {
10850 auto Result
= getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(LHS
, Pred
);
10853 // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
10854 // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
10856 auto ResultSwapped
=
10857 getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(LHS
, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
));
10859 assert(*ResultSwapped
!= *Result
&&
10860 "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
10867 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType
>
10868 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*LHS
,
10869 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
) {
10870 // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
10871 // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
10872 // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
10873 // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
10874 // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
10876 // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
10877 // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
10878 // as general as possible.
10880 // Only handle LE/LT/GE/GT predicates.
10881 if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred
))
10882 return std::nullopt
;
10884 bool IsGreater
= ICmpInst::isGE(Pred
) || ICmpInst::isGT(Pred
);
10885 assert((IsGreater
|| ICmpInst::isLE(Pred
) || ICmpInst::isLT(Pred
)) &&
10886 "Should be greater or less!");
10888 // Check that AR does not wrap.
10889 if (ICmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred
)) {
10890 if (!LHS
->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
10891 return std::nullopt
;
10892 return IsGreater
? MonotonicallyIncreasing
: MonotonicallyDecreasing
;
10894 assert(ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred
) &&
10895 "Relational predicate is either signed or unsigned!");
10896 if (!LHS
->hasNoSignedWrap())
10897 return std::nullopt
;
10899 const SCEV
*Step
= LHS
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
10901 if (isKnownNonNegative(Step
))
10902 return IsGreater
? MonotonicallyIncreasing
: MonotonicallyDecreasing
;
10904 if (isKnownNonPositive(Step
))
10905 return !IsGreater
? MonotonicallyIncreasing
: MonotonicallyDecreasing
;
10907 return std::nullopt
;
10910 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate
>
10911 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
10912 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
10914 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
10915 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
10916 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
)) {
10917 if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS
, L
))
10918 return std::nullopt
;
10920 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
10921 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
10924 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*ArLHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
10925 if (!ArLHS
|| ArLHS
->getLoop() != L
)
10926 return std::nullopt
;
10928 auto MonotonicType
= getMonotonicPredicateType(ArLHS
, Pred
);
10929 if (!MonotonicType
)
10930 return std::nullopt
;
10931 // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
10932 // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
10933 // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
10935 // * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
10936 // is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
10938 // * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
10939 // continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
10940 // monotonically increasing.
10942 // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
10943 // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
10944 // loop invariant).
10946 // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
10947 // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
10948 bool Increasing
= *MonotonicType
== ScalarEvolution::MonotonicallyIncreasing
;
10949 auto P
= Increasing
? Pred
: ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred
);
10951 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, P
, LHS
, RHS
))
10952 return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred
, ArLHS
->getStart(),
10956 return std::nullopt
;
10957 // Try to prove via context.
10958 // TODO: Support other cases.
10962 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
10963 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
: {
10964 assert(ArLHS
->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && "Is a requirement of monotonicity!");
10965 // Given preconditions
10966 // (1) ArLHS does not cross the border of positive and negative parts of
10967 // range because of:
10968 // - Positive step; (TODO: lift this limitation)
10969 // - nuw - does not cross zero boundary;
10970 // - nsw - does not cross SINT_MAX boundary;
10971 // (2) ArLHS <s RHS
10973 // we can replace the loop variant ArLHS <u RHS condition with loop
10974 // invariant Start(ArLHS) <u RHS.
10976 // Because of (1) there are two options:
10977 // - ArLHS is always negative. It means that ArLHS <u RHS is always false;
10978 // - ArLHS is always non-negative. Because of (3) RHS is also non-negative.
10979 // It means that ArLHS <s RHS <=> ArLHS <u RHS.
10980 // Because of (2) ArLHS <u RHS is trivially true.
10981 // All together it means that ArLHS <u RHS <=> Start(ArLHS) >=s 0.
10982 // We can strengthen this to Start(ArLHS) <u RHS.
10983 auto SignFlippedPred
= ICmpInst::getFlippedSignednessPredicate(Pred
);
10984 if (ArLHS
->hasNoSignedWrap() && ArLHS
->isAffine() &&
10985 isKnownPositive(ArLHS
->getStepRecurrence(*this)) &&
10986 isKnownNonNegative(RHS
) &&
10987 isKnownPredicateAt(SignFlippedPred
, ArLHS
, RHS
, CtxI
))
10988 return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred
, ArLHS
->getStart(),
10993 return std::nullopt
;
10996 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate
>
10997 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterations(
10998 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
, const Loop
*L
,
10999 const Instruction
*CtxI
, const SCEV
*MaxIter
) {
11000 if (auto LIP
= getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11001 Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, L
, CtxI
, MaxIter
))
11003 if (auto *UMin
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(MaxIter
))
11004 // Number of iterations expressed as UMIN isn't always great for expressing
11005 // the value on the last iteration. If the straightforward approach didn't
11006 // work, try the following trick: if the a predicate is invariant for X, it
11007 // is also invariant for umin(X, ...). So try to find something that works
11008 // among subexpressions of MaxIter expressed as umin.
11009 for (auto *Op
: UMin
->operands())
11010 if (auto LIP
= getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11011 Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, L
, CtxI
, Op
))
11013 return std::nullopt
;
11016 std::optional
<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate
>
11017 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11018 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
, const Loop
*L
,
11019 const Instruction
*CtxI
, const SCEV
*MaxIter
) {
11020 // Try to prove the following set of facts:
11021 // - The predicate is monotonic in the iteration space.
11022 // - If the check does not fail on the 1st iteration:
11023 // - No overflow will happen during first MaxIter iterations;
11024 // - It will not fail on the MaxIter'th iteration.
11025 // If the check does fail on the 1st iteration, we leave the loop and no
11026 // other checks matter.
11028 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
11029 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
)) {
11030 if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS
, L
))
11031 return std::nullopt
;
11033 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11034 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
11037 auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
11038 if (!AR
|| AR
->getLoop() != L
)
11039 return std::nullopt
;
11041 // The predicate must be relational (i.e. <, <=, >=, >).
11042 if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred
))
11043 return std::nullopt
;
11045 // TODO: Support steps other than +/- 1.
11046 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
11047 auto *One
= getOne(Step
->getType());
11048 auto *MinusOne
= getNegativeSCEV(One
);
11049 if (Step
!= One
&& Step
!= MinusOne
)
11050 return std::nullopt
;
11052 // Type mismatch here means that MaxIter is potentially larger than max
11053 // unsigned value in start type, which mean we cannot prove no wrap for the
11055 if (AR
->getType() != MaxIter
->getType())
11056 return std::nullopt
;
11058 // Value of IV on suggested last iteration.
11059 const SCEV
*Last
= AR
->evaluateAtIteration(MaxIter
, *this);
11060 // Does it still meet the requirement?
11061 if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, Last
, RHS
))
11062 return std::nullopt
;
11063 // Because step is +/- 1 and MaxIter has same type as Start (i.e. it does
11064 // not exceed max unsigned value of this type), this effectively proves
11065 // that there is no wrap during the iteration. To prove that there is no
11066 // signed/unsigned wrap, we need to check that
11067 // Start <= Last for step = 1 or Start >= Last for step = -1.
11068 ICmpInst::Predicate NoOverflowPred
=
11069 CmpInst::isSigned(Pred
) ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
;
11070 if (Step
== MinusOne
)
11071 NoOverflowPred
= CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(NoOverflowPred
);
11072 const SCEV
*Start
= AR
->getStart();
11073 if (!isKnownPredicateAt(NoOverflowPred
, Start
, Last
, CtxI
))
11074 return std::nullopt
;
11076 // Everything is fine.
11077 return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred
, Start
, RHS
);
11080 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
11081 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
11082 if (HasSameValue(LHS
, RHS
))
11083 return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred
);
11085 // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
11086 // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
11088 auto CheckRanges
= [&](const ConstantRange
&RangeLHS
,
11089 const ConstantRange
&RangeRHS
) {
11090 return RangeLHS
.icmp(Pred
, RangeRHS
);
11093 // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
11094 // known to be equal.
11095 if (Pred
== CmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
11098 if (Pred
== CmpInst::ICMP_NE
) {
11099 auto SL
= getSignedRange(LHS
);
11100 auto SR
= getSignedRange(RHS
);
11101 if (CheckRanges(SL
, SR
))
11103 auto UL
= getUnsignedRange(LHS
);
11104 auto UR
= getUnsignedRange(RHS
);
11105 if (CheckRanges(UL
, UR
))
11107 auto *Diff
= getMinusSCEV(LHS
, RHS
);
11108 return !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Diff
) && isKnownNonZero(Diff
);
11111 if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred
)) {
11112 auto SL
= getSignedRange(LHS
);
11113 auto SR
= getSignedRange(RHS
);
11114 return CheckRanges(SL
, SR
);
11117 auto UL
= getUnsignedRange(LHS
);
11118 auto UR
= getUnsignedRange(RHS
);
11119 return CheckRanges(UL
, UR
);
11122 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11125 // Match X to (A + C1)<ExpectedFlags> and Y to (A + C2)<ExpectedFlags>, where
11126 // C1 and C2 are constant integers. If either X or Y are not add expressions,
11127 // consider them as X + 0 and Y + 0 respectively. C1 and C2 are returned via
11128 // OutC1 and OutC2.
11129 auto MatchBinaryAddToConst
= [this](const SCEV
*X
, const SCEV
*Y
,
11130 APInt
&OutC1
, APInt
&OutC2
,
11131 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags
) {
11132 const SCEV
*XNonConstOp
, *XConstOp
;
11133 const SCEV
*YNonConstOp
, *YConstOp
;
11134 SCEV::NoWrapFlags XFlagsPresent
;
11135 SCEV::NoWrapFlags YFlagsPresent
;
11137 if (!splitBinaryAdd(X
, XConstOp
, XNonConstOp
, XFlagsPresent
)) {
11138 XConstOp
= getZero(X
->getType());
11140 XFlagsPresent
= ExpectedFlags
;
11142 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(XConstOp
) ||
11143 (XFlagsPresent
& ExpectedFlags
) != ExpectedFlags
)
11146 if (!splitBinaryAdd(Y
, YConstOp
, YNonConstOp
, YFlagsPresent
)) {
11147 YConstOp
= getZero(Y
->getType());
11149 YFlagsPresent
= ExpectedFlags
;
11152 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(YConstOp
) ||
11153 (YFlagsPresent
& ExpectedFlags
) != ExpectedFlags
)
11156 if (YNonConstOp
!= XNonConstOp
)
11159 OutC1
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(XConstOp
)->getAPInt();
11160 OutC2
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(YConstOp
)->getAPInt();
11172 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
11173 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11175 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
11176 // (X + C1)<nsw> s<= (X + C2)<nsw> if C1 s<= C2.
11177 if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS
, RHS
, C1
, C2
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) && C1
.sle(C2
))
11182 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
11183 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11185 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
11186 // (X + C1)<nsw> s< (X + C2)<nsw> if C1 s< C2.
11187 if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS
, RHS
, C1
, C2
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) && C1
.slt(C2
))
11192 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
11193 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11195 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
11196 // (X + C1)<nuw> u<= (X + C2)<nuw> for C1 u<= C2.
11197 if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS
, LHS
, C2
, C1
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) && C1
.ule(C2
))
11202 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
11203 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11205 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
11206 // (X + C1)<nuw> u< (X + C2)<nuw> if C1 u< C2.
11207 if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS
, LHS
, C2
, C1
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) && C1
.ult(C2
))
11215 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11218 if (Pred
!= ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
|| ProvingSplitPredicate
)
11221 // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
11222 // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
11223 SaveAndRestore
Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate
, true);
11225 // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
11227 // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
11228 // isKnownPredicate. isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
11229 // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
11230 // interesting cases seen in practice. We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
11231 // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
11232 return isKnownNonNegative(RHS
) &&
11233 isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE
, LHS
, getZero(LHS
->getType())) &&
11234 isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT
, LHS
, RHS
);
11237 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(const BasicBlock
*BB
,
11238 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11239 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
11240 // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
11244 return any_of(*BB
, [&](const Instruction
&I
) {
11245 using namespace llvm::PatternMatch
;
11248 return match(&I
, m_Intrinsic
<Intrinsic::experimental_guard
>(
11249 m_Value(Condition
))) &&
11250 isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Condition
, false);
11254 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
11255 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to
11256 /// to eliminate casts.
11258 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop
*L
,
11259 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11260 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
11261 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
11262 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). Do not bother about
11263 // unreachable loops.
11264 if (!L
|| !DT
.isReachableFromEntry(L
->getHeader()))
11268 assert(!verifyFunction(*L
->getHeader()->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
11269 "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
11272 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
11275 BasicBlock
*Latch
= L
->getLoopLatch();
11279 BranchInst
*LoopContinuePredicate
=
11280 dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(Latch
->getTerminator());
11281 if (LoopContinuePredicate
&& LoopContinuePredicate
->isConditional() &&
11282 isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
,
11283 LoopContinuePredicate
->getCondition(),
11284 LoopContinuePredicate
->getSuccessor(0) != L
->getHeader()))
11287 // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
11288 // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
11289 if (WalkingBEDominatingConds
)
11292 SaveAndRestore
ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds
, true);
11294 // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
11295 const auto &BETakenInfo
= getBackedgeTakenInfo(L
);
11296 const SCEV
*LatchBECount
= BETakenInfo
.getExact(Latch
, this);
11297 if (LatchBECount
!= getCouldNotCompute()) {
11298 // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
11299 // LatchBECount times. This means the backdege condition at Latch is
11300 // equivalent to "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
11301 Type
*Ty
= LatchBECount
->getType();
11302 auto NoWrapFlags
= SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW
| SCEV::FlagNW
);
11303 const SCEV
*LoopCounter
=
11304 getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty
), getOne(Ty
), L
, NoWrapFlags
);
11305 if (isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
, LoopCounter
,
11310 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
11311 for (auto &AssumeVH
: AC
.assumptions()) {
11314 auto *CI
= cast
<CallInst
>(AssumeVH
);
11315 if (!DT
.dominates(CI
, Latch
->getTerminator()))
11318 if (isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, CI
->getArgOperand(0), false))
11322 if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch
, Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
11325 for (DomTreeNode
*DTN
= DT
[Latch
], *HeaderDTN
= DT
[L
->getHeader()];
11326 DTN
!= HeaderDTN
; DTN
= DTN
->getIDom()) {
11327 assert(DTN
&& "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
11329 BasicBlock
*BB
= DTN
->getBlock();
11330 if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB
, Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
11333 BasicBlock
*PBB
= BB
->getSinglePredecessor();
11337 BranchInst
*ContinuePredicate
= dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(PBB
->getTerminator());
11338 if (!ContinuePredicate
|| !ContinuePredicate
->isConditional())
11341 Value
*Condition
= ContinuePredicate
->getCondition();
11343 // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
11344 // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge. This
11345 // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
11347 BasicBlockEdge
DominatingEdge(PBB
, BB
);
11348 if (DominatingEdge
.isSingleEdge()) {
11349 // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
11350 // loop body that dominate the latch. The dominator tree better agree
11351 // with us on this:
11352 assert(DT
.dominates(DominatingEdge
, Latch
) && "should be!");
11354 if (isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Condition
,
11355 BB
!= ContinuePredicate
->getSuccessor(0)))
11363 bool ScalarEvolution::isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(const BasicBlock
*BB
,
11364 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11367 // Do not bother proving facts for unreachable code.
11368 if (!DT
.isReachableFromEntry(BB
))
11371 assert(!verifyFunction(*BB
->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
11372 "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
11374 // If we cannot prove strict comparison (e.g. a > b), maybe we can prove
11375 // the facts (a >= b && a != b) separately. A typical situation is when the
11376 // non-strict comparison is known from ranges and non-equality is known from
11377 // dominating predicates. If we are proving strict comparison, we always try
11378 // to prove non-equality and non-strict comparison separately.
11379 auto NonStrictPredicate
= ICmpInst::getNonStrictPredicate(Pred
);
11380 const bool ProvingStrictComparison
= (Pred
!= NonStrictPredicate
);
11381 bool ProvedNonStrictComparison
= false;
11382 bool ProvedNonEquality
= false;
11384 auto SplitAndProve
=
11385 [&](std::function
<bool(ICmpInst::Predicate
)> Fn
) -> bool {
11386 if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison
)
11387 ProvedNonStrictComparison
= Fn(NonStrictPredicate
);
11388 if (!ProvedNonEquality
)
11389 ProvedNonEquality
= Fn(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
);
11390 if (ProvedNonStrictComparison
&& ProvedNonEquality
)
11395 if (ProvingStrictComparison
) {
11396 auto ProofFn
= [&](ICmpInst::Predicate P
) {
11397 return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(P
, LHS
, RHS
);
11399 if (SplitAndProve(ProofFn
))
11403 // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedCond.
11404 auto ProveViaCond
= [&](const Value
*Condition
, bool Inverse
) {
11405 const Instruction
*CtxI
= &BB
->front();
11406 if (isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Condition
, Inverse
, CtxI
))
11408 if (ProvingStrictComparison
) {
11409 auto ProofFn
= [&](ICmpInst::Predicate P
) {
11410 return isImpliedCond(P
, LHS
, RHS
, Condition
, Inverse
, CtxI
);
11412 if (SplitAndProve(ProofFn
))
11418 // Starting at the block's predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
11419 // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
11420 // leading to the original block.
11421 const Loop
*ContainingLoop
= LI
.getLoopFor(BB
);
11422 const BasicBlock
*PredBB
;
11423 if (ContainingLoop
&& ContainingLoop
->getHeader() == BB
)
11424 PredBB
= ContainingLoop
->getLoopPredecessor();
11426 PredBB
= BB
->getSinglePredecessor();
11427 for (std::pair
<const BasicBlock
*, const BasicBlock
*> Pair(PredBB
, BB
);
11428 Pair
.first
; Pair
= getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair
.first
)) {
11429 const BranchInst
*BlockEntryPredicate
=
11430 dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(Pair
.first
->getTerminator());
11431 if (!BlockEntryPredicate
|| BlockEntryPredicate
->isUnconditional())
11434 if (ProveViaCond(BlockEntryPredicate
->getCondition(),
11435 BlockEntryPredicate
->getSuccessor(0) != Pair
.second
))
11439 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
11440 for (auto &AssumeVH
: AC
.assumptions()) {
11443 auto *CI
= cast
<CallInst
>(AssumeVH
);
11444 if (!DT
.dominates(CI
, BB
))
11447 if (ProveViaCond(CI
->getArgOperand(0), false))
11451 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.experimental.guard intrinsics.
11452 auto *GuardDecl
= F
.getParent()->getFunction(
11453 Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard
));
11455 for (const auto *GU
: GuardDecl
->users())
11456 if (const auto *Guard
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(GU
))
11457 if (Guard
->getFunction() == BB
->getParent() && DT
.dominates(Guard
, BB
))
11458 if (ProveViaCond(Guard
->getArgOperand(0), false))
11463 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop
*L
,
11464 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11467 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
11468 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
11472 // Both LHS and RHS must be available at loop entry.
11473 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(LHS
, L
) &&
11474 "LHS is not available at Loop Entry");
11475 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(RHS
, L
) &&
11476 "RHS is not available at Loop Entry");
11478 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
11481 return isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(L
->getHeader(), Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
11484 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
,
11486 const Value
*FoundCondValue
, bool Inverse
,
11487 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
11488 // False conditions implies anything. Do not bother analyzing it further.
11489 if (FoundCondValue
==
11490 ConstantInt::getBool(FoundCondValue
->getContext(), Inverse
))
11493 if (!PendingLoopPredicates
.insert(FoundCondValue
).second
)
11497 make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates
.erase(FoundCondValue
); });
11499 // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
11500 const Value
*Op0
, *Op1
;
11501 if (match(FoundCondValue
, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(Op0
), m_Value(Op1
)))) {
11503 return isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Op0
, Inverse
, CtxI
) ||
11504 isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Op1
, Inverse
, CtxI
);
11505 } else if (match(FoundCondValue
, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(Op0
), m_Value(Op1
)))) {
11507 return isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Op0
, Inverse
, CtxI
) ||
11508 isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Op1
, Inverse
, CtxI
);
11511 const ICmpInst
*ICI
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(FoundCondValue
);
11512 if (!ICI
) return false;
11514 // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
11515 // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
11516 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred
;
11518 FoundPred
= ICI
->getInversePredicate();
11520 FoundPred
= ICI
->getPredicate();
11522 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
= getSCEV(ICI
->getOperand(0));
11523 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
= getSCEV(ICI
->getOperand(1));
11525 return isImpliedCond(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundPred
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
);
11528 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
,
11530 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred
,
11531 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
, const SCEV
*FoundRHS
,
11532 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
11533 // Balance the types.
11534 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) <
11535 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS
->getType())) {
11536 // For unsigned and equality predicates, try to prove that both found
11537 // operands fit into narrow unsigned range. If so, try to prove facts in
11539 if (!CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred
) && !FoundLHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11540 !FoundRHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
11541 auto *NarrowType
= LHS
->getType();
11542 auto *WideType
= FoundLHS
->getType();
11543 auto BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(NarrowType
);
11544 const SCEV
*MaxValue
= getZeroExtendExpr(
11545 getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
)), WideType
);
11546 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, FoundLHS
,
11548 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, FoundRHS
,
11550 const SCEV
*TruncFoundLHS
= getTruncateExpr(FoundLHS
, NarrowType
);
11551 const SCEV
*TruncFoundRHS
= getTruncateExpr(FoundRHS
, NarrowType
);
11552 if (isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundPred
, TruncFoundLHS
,
11553 TruncFoundRHS
, CtxI
))
11558 if (LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() || RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy())
11560 if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred
)) {
11561 LHS
= getSignExtendExpr(LHS
, FoundLHS
->getType());
11562 RHS
= getSignExtendExpr(RHS
, FoundLHS
->getType());
11564 LHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(LHS
, FoundLHS
->getType());
11565 RHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(RHS
, FoundLHS
->getType());
11567 } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) >
11568 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS
->getType())) {
11569 if (FoundLHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() || FoundRHS
->getType()->isPointerTy())
11571 if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred
)) {
11572 FoundLHS
= getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS
, LHS
->getType());
11573 FoundRHS
= getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS
, LHS
->getType());
11575 FoundLHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS
, LHS
->getType());
11576 FoundRHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS
, LHS
->getType());
11579 return isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundPred
, FoundLHS
,
11583 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(
11584 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
11585 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred
, const SCEV
*FoundLHS
, const SCEV
*FoundRHS
,
11586 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
11587 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) ==
11588 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS
->getType()) &&
11589 "Types should be balanced!");
11590 // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
11591 // canonicalized the comparison.
11592 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
))
11594 return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred
);
11595 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
11596 if (FoundLHS
== FoundRHS
)
11597 return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred
);
11599 // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
11600 if (LHS
== FoundRHS
|| RHS
== FoundLHS
) {
11601 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)) {
11602 std::swap(FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
);
11603 FoundPred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred
);
11605 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
11606 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
11610 // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
11611 if (FoundPred
== Pred
)
11612 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
);
11614 // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
11615 // desired predicate.
11616 if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred
) == Pred
) {
11617 // We can write the implication
11618 // 0. LHS Pred RHS <- FoundLHS SwapPred FoundRHS
11619 // using one of the following ways:
11620 // 1. LHS Pred RHS <- FoundRHS Pred FoundLHS
11621 // 2. RHS SwapPred LHS <- FoundLHS SwapPred FoundRHS
11622 // 3. LHS Pred RHS <- ~FoundLHS Pred ~FoundRHS
11623 // 4. ~LHS SwapPred ~RHS <- FoundLHS SwapPred FoundRHS
11624 // Forms 1. and 2. require swapping the operands of one condition. Don't
11625 // do this if it would break canonical constant/addrec ordering.
11626 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
) && !isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
))
11627 return isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred
, RHS
, LHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
,
11629 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundRHS
) && !isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(FoundLHS
))
11630 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundRHS
, FoundLHS
, CtxI
);
11632 // There's no clear preference between forms 3. and 4., try both. Avoid
11633 // forming getNotSCEV of pointer values as the resulting subtract is
11635 if (!LHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() && !RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11636 isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred
, getNotSCEV(LHS
), getNotSCEV(RHS
),
11637 FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
))
11640 if (!FoundLHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11641 !FoundRHS
->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11642 isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, getNotSCEV(FoundLHS
),
11643 getNotSCEV(FoundRHS
), CtxI
))
11649 auto IsSignFlippedPredicate
= [](CmpInst::Predicate P1
,
11650 CmpInst::Predicate P2
) {
11651 assert(P1
!= P2
&& "Handled earlier!");
11652 return CmpInst::isRelational(P2
) &&
11653 P1
== CmpInst::getFlippedSignednessPredicate(P2
);
11655 if (IsSignFlippedPredicate(Pred
, FoundPred
)) {
11656 // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the
11657 // operands are non-negative or negative.
11658 if ((isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS
) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS
)) ||
11659 (isKnownNegative(FoundLHS
) && isKnownNegative(FoundRHS
)))
11660 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
);
11661 // Create local copies that we can freely swap and canonicalize our
11662 // conditions to "le/lt".
11663 ICmpInst::Predicate CanonicalPred
= Pred
, CanonicalFoundPred
= FoundPred
;
11664 const SCEV
*CanonicalLHS
= LHS
, *CanonicalRHS
= RHS
,
11665 *CanonicalFoundLHS
= FoundLHS
, *CanonicalFoundRHS
= FoundRHS
;
11666 if (ICmpInst::isGT(CanonicalPred
) || ICmpInst::isGE(CanonicalPred
)) {
11667 CanonicalPred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(CanonicalPred
);
11668 CanonicalFoundPred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(CanonicalFoundPred
);
11669 std::swap(CanonicalLHS
, CanonicalRHS
);
11670 std::swap(CanonicalFoundLHS
, CanonicalFoundRHS
);
11672 assert((ICmpInst::isLT(CanonicalPred
) || ICmpInst::isLE(CanonicalPred
)) &&
11674 assert((ICmpInst::isLT(CanonicalFoundPred
) ||
11675 ICmpInst::isLE(CanonicalFoundPred
)) &&
11677 if (ICmpInst::isSigned(CanonicalPred
) && isKnownNonNegative(CanonicalRHS
))
11678 // Use implication:
11679 // x <u y && y >=s 0 --> x <s y.
11680 // If we can prove the left part, the right part is also proven.
11681 return isImpliedCondOperands(CanonicalFoundPred
, CanonicalLHS
,
11682 CanonicalRHS
, CanonicalFoundLHS
,
11683 CanonicalFoundRHS
);
11684 if (ICmpInst::isUnsigned(CanonicalPred
) && isKnownNegative(CanonicalRHS
))
11685 // Use implication:
11686 // x <s y && y <s 0 --> x <u y.
11687 // If we can prove the left part, the right part is also proven.
11688 return isImpliedCondOperands(CanonicalFoundPred
, CanonicalLHS
,
11689 CanonicalRHS
, CanonicalFoundLHS
,
11690 CanonicalFoundRHS
);
11693 // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
11694 if (FoundPred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
&&
11695 (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundLHS
) || isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundRHS
))) {
11697 const SCEVConstant
*C
= nullptr;
11698 const SCEV
*V
= nullptr;
11700 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundLHS
)) {
11701 C
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundLHS
);
11704 C
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundRHS
);
11708 // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
11709 // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t). The
11710 // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
11711 // predicate we're interested in folding.
11713 APInt Min
= ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred
) ?
11714 getSignedRangeMin(V
) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V
);
11716 if (Min
== C
->getAPInt()) {
11717 // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
11718 // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
11719 // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
11721 APInt SharperMin
= Min
+ 1;
11724 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
11725 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
11726 // We know V `Pred` SharperMin. If this implies LHS `Pred`
11727 // RHS, we're done.
11728 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, V
, getConstant(SharperMin
),
11733 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
11734 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
11735 // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
11736 // V == Min). We know from the guarding condition that !(V
11737 // == Min). This gives us
11739 // V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
11742 // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
11744 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, V
, getConstant(Min
), CtxI
))
11748 // `LHS < RHS` and `LHS <= RHS` are handled in the same way as `RHS > LHS` and `RHS >= LHS` respectively.
11749 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
11750 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
11751 if (isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
), RHS
,
11752 LHS
, V
, getConstant(SharperMin
), CtxI
))
11756 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
11757 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
11758 if (isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
), RHS
,
11759 LHS
, V
, getConstant(Min
), CtxI
))
11770 // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
11771 if (FoundPred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
11772 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred
))
11773 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
))
11775 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
)
11776 if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred
))
11777 if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, CtxI
))
11780 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundPred
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
11783 // Otherwise assume the worst.
11787 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV
*Expr
,
11788 const SCEV
*&L
, const SCEV
*&R
,
11789 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
&Flags
) {
11790 const auto *AE
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Expr
);
11791 if (!AE
|| AE
->getNumOperands() != 2)
11794 L
= AE
->getOperand(0);
11795 R
= AE
->getOperand(1);
11796 Flags
= AE
->getNoWrapFlags();
11800 std::optional
<APInt
>
11801 ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV
*More
, const SCEV
*Less
) {
11802 // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
11803 // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
11807 return APInt(getTypeSizeInBits(More
->getType()), 0);
11809 if (isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Less
) && isa
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(More
)) {
11810 const auto *LAR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Less
);
11811 const auto *MAR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(More
);
11813 if (LAR
->getLoop() != MAR
->getLoop())
11814 return std::nullopt
;
11816 // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
11817 // getStepRecurrence cheap.
11818 if (!LAR
->isAffine() || !MAR
->isAffine())
11819 return std::nullopt
;
11821 if (LAR
->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR
->getStepRecurrence(*this))
11822 return std::nullopt
;
11824 Less
= LAR
->getStart();
11825 More
= MAR
->getStart();
11830 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Less
) && isa
<SCEVConstant
>(More
)) {
11831 const auto &M
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(More
)->getAPInt();
11832 const auto &L
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Less
)->getAPInt();
11836 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags
;
11837 const SCEV
*LLess
= nullptr, *RLess
= nullptr;
11838 const SCEV
*LMore
= nullptr, *RMore
= nullptr;
11839 const SCEVConstant
*C1
= nullptr, *C2
= nullptr;
11840 // Compare (X + C1) vs X.
11841 if (splitBinaryAdd(Less
, LLess
, RLess
, Flags
))
11842 if ((C1
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LLess
)))
11844 return -(C1
->getAPInt());
11846 // Compare X vs (X + C2).
11847 if (splitBinaryAdd(More
, LMore
, RMore
, Flags
))
11848 if ((C2
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(LMore
)))
11850 return C2
->getAPInt();
11852 // Compare (X + C1) vs (X + C2).
11853 if (C1
&& C2
&& RLess
== RMore
)
11854 return C2
->getAPInt() - C1
->getAPInt();
11856 return std::nullopt
;
11859 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(
11860 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
11861 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
, const SCEV
*FoundRHS
, const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
11862 // Try to recognize the following pattern:
11867 // FoundLHS = {Start,+,W}
11868 // context_bb: // Basic block from the same loop
11869 // known(Pred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)
11871 // If some predicate is known in the context of a loop, it is also known on
11872 // each iteration of this loop, including the first iteration. Therefore, in
11873 // this case, `FoundLHS Pred FoundRHS` implies `Start Pred FoundRHS`. Try to
11874 // prove the original pred using this fact.
11877 const BasicBlock
*ContextBB
= CtxI
->getParent();
11878 // Make sure AR varies in the context block.
11879 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(FoundLHS
)) {
11880 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
11881 // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
11882 // (if it ever executes at all).
11883 if (!L
->contains(ContextBB
) || !DT
.dominates(ContextBB
, L
->getLoopLatch()))
11885 if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS
, AR
->getLoop()))
11887 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, AR
->getStart(), FoundRHS
);
11890 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(FoundRHS
)) {
11891 const Loop
*L
= AR
->getLoop();
11892 // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
11893 // (if it ever executes at all).
11894 if (!L
->contains(ContextBB
) || !DT
.dominates(ContextBB
, L
->getLoopLatch()))
11896 if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundLHS
, AR
->getLoop()))
11898 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, AR
->getStart());
11904 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
11905 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
, const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
11906 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
, const SCEV
*FoundRHS
) {
11907 if (Pred
!= CmpInst::ICMP_SLT
&& Pred
!= CmpInst::ICMP_ULT
)
11910 const auto *AddRecLHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
11914 const auto *AddRecFoundLHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(FoundLHS
);
11915 if (!AddRecFoundLHS
)
11918 // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
11919 // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop. This
11920 // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
11922 const Loop
*L
= AddRecFoundLHS
->getLoop();
11923 if (L
!= AddRecLHS
->getLoop())
11926 // FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C => (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
11928 // FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
11931 // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
11933 // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
11937 // FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
11938 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C [ using (3) ]
11939 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
11940 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
11941 // (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
11942 // <=> FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
11944 // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
11946 // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
11947 // (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
11948 // (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
11951 // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
11952 // will not sign underflow. For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
11953 // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100). Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
11954 // s< (INT_MIN - C). Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
11955 // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
11958 std::optional
<APInt
> LDiff
= computeConstantDifference(LHS
, FoundLHS
);
11959 std::optional
<APInt
> RDiff
= computeConstantDifference(RHS
, FoundRHS
);
11960 if (!LDiff
|| !RDiff
|| *LDiff
!= *RDiff
)
11963 if (LDiff
->isMinValue())
11966 APInt FoundRHSLimit
;
11968 if (Pred
== CmpInst::ICMP_ULT
) {
11969 FoundRHSLimit
= -(*RDiff
);
11971 assert(Pred
== CmpInst::ICMP_SLT
&& "Checked above!");
11972 FoundRHSLimit
= APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType())) - *RDiff
;
11975 // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
11976 return isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS
, L
) &&
11977 isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Pred
, FoundRHS
,
11978 getConstant(FoundRHSLimit
));
11981 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaMerge(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
11982 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
11983 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
11984 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
, unsigned Depth
) {
11985 const PHINode
*LPhi
= nullptr, *RPhi
= nullptr;
11987 auto ClearOnExit
= make_scope_exit([&]() {
11989 bool Erased
= PendingMerges
.erase(LPhi
);
11990 assert(Erased
&& "Failed to erase LPhi!");
11994 bool Erased
= PendingMerges
.erase(RPhi
);
11995 assert(Erased
&& "Failed to erase RPhi!");
12000 // Find respective Phis and check that they are not being pending.
12001 if (const SCEVUnknown
*LU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(LHS
))
12002 if (auto *Phi
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(LU
->getValue())) {
12003 if (!PendingMerges
.insert(Phi
).second
)
12007 if (const SCEVUnknown
*RU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(RHS
))
12008 if (auto *Phi
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(RU
->getValue())) {
12009 // If we detect a loop of Phi nodes being processed by this method, for
12012 // %a = phi i32 [ %some1, %preheader ], [ %b, %latch ]
12013 // %b = phi i32 [ %some2, %preheader ], [ %a, %latch ]
12015 // we don't want to deal with a case that complex, so return conservative
12017 if (!PendingMerges
.insert(Phi
).second
)
12022 // If none of LHS, RHS is a Phi, nothing to do here.
12023 if (!LPhi
&& !RPhi
)
12026 // If there is a SCEVUnknown Phi we are interested in, make it left.
12028 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12029 std::swap(FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
);
12030 std::swap(LPhi
, RPhi
);
12031 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
12034 assert(LPhi
&& "LPhi should definitely be a SCEVUnknown Phi!");
12035 const BasicBlock
*LBB
= LPhi
->getParent();
12036 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*RAR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(RHS
);
12038 auto ProvedEasily
= [&](const SCEV
*S1
, const SCEV
*S2
) {
12039 return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred
, S1
, S2
) ||
12040 isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred
, S1
, S2
, Pred
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
) ||
12041 isImpliedViaOperations(Pred
, S1
, S2
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, Depth
);
12044 if (RPhi
&& RPhi
->getParent() == LBB
) {
12045 // Case one: RHS is also a SCEVUnknown Phi from the same basic block.
12046 // If we compare two Phis from the same block, and for each entry block
12047 // the predicate is true for incoming values from this block, then the
12048 // predicate is also true for the Phis.
12049 for (const BasicBlock
*IncBB
: predecessors(LBB
)) {
12050 const SCEV
*L
= getSCEV(LPhi
->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB
));
12051 const SCEV
*R
= getSCEV(RPhi
->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB
));
12052 if (!ProvedEasily(L
, R
))
12055 } else if (RAR
&& RAR
->getLoop()->getHeader() == LBB
) {
12056 // Case two: RHS is also a Phi from the same basic block, and it is an
12057 // AddRec. It means that there is a loop which has both AddRec and Unknown
12058 // PHIs, for it we can compare incoming values of AddRec from above the loop
12059 // and latch with their respective incoming values of LPhi.
12060 // TODO: Generalize to handle loops with many inputs in a header.
12061 if (LPhi
->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return false;
12063 auto *RLoop
= RAR
->getLoop();
12064 auto *Predecessor
= RLoop
->getLoopPredecessor();
12065 assert(Predecessor
&& "Loop with AddRec with no predecessor?");
12066 const SCEV
*L1
= getSCEV(LPhi
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor
));
12067 if (!ProvedEasily(L1
, RAR
->getStart()))
12069 auto *Latch
= RLoop
->getLoopLatch();
12070 assert(Latch
&& "Loop with AddRec with no latch?");
12071 const SCEV
*L2
= getSCEV(LPhi
->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch
));
12072 if (!ProvedEasily(L2
, RAR
->getPostIncExpr(*this)))
12075 // In all other cases go over inputs of LHS and compare each of them to RHS,
12076 // the predicate is true for (LHS, RHS) if it is true for all such pairs.
12077 // At this point RHS is either a non-Phi, or it is a Phi from some block
12078 // different from LBB.
12079 for (const BasicBlock
*IncBB
: predecessors(LBB
)) {
12080 // Check that RHS is available in this block.
12081 if (!dominates(RHS
, IncBB
))
12083 const SCEV
*L
= getSCEV(LPhi
->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB
));
12084 // Make sure L does not refer to a value from a potentially previous
12085 // iteration of a loop.
12086 if (!properlyDominates(L
, LBB
))
12088 if (!ProvedEasily(L
, RHS
))
12095 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaShift(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12098 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
12099 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
) {
12100 // We want to imply LHS < RHS from LHS < (RHS >> shiftvalue). First, make
12101 // sure that we are dealing with same LHS.
12102 if (RHS
== FoundRHS
) {
12103 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12104 std::swap(FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
);
12105 Pred
= ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
12107 if (LHS
!= FoundLHS
)
12110 auto *SUFoundRHS
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(FoundRHS
);
12114 Value
*Shiftee
, *ShiftValue
;
12116 using namespace PatternMatch
;
12117 if (match(SUFoundRHS
->getValue(),
12118 m_LShr(m_Value(Shiftee
), m_Value(ShiftValue
)))) {
12119 auto *ShifteeS
= getSCEV(Shiftee
);
12120 // Prove one of the following:
12121 // LHS <u (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=u RHS ---> LHS <u RHS
12122 // LHS <=u (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=u RHS ---> LHS <=u RHS
12123 // LHS <s (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=s RHS && shiftee >=s 0
12125 // LHS <=s (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=s RHS && shiftee >=s 0
12126 // ---> LHS <=s RHS
12127 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
|| Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
)
12128 return isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, ShifteeS
, RHS
);
12129 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
|| Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
)
12130 if (isKnownNonNegative(ShifteeS
))
12131 return isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
, ShifteeS
, RHS
);
12137 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12138 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
12139 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
12140 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
,
12141 const Instruction
*CtxI
) {
12142 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, Pred
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
12145 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
12148 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaShift(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
12151 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
,
12155 return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
,
12156 FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
);
12159 /// Is MaybeMinMaxExpr an (U|S)(Min|Max) of Candidate and some other values?
12160 template <typename MinMaxExprType
>
12161 static bool IsMinMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV
*MaybeMinMaxExpr
,
12162 const SCEV
*Candidate
) {
12163 const MinMaxExprType
*MinMaxExpr
= dyn_cast
<MinMaxExprType
>(MaybeMinMaxExpr
);
12167 return is_contained(MinMaxExpr
->operands(), Candidate
);
12170 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
12171 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12172 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
12173 // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
12174 // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
12175 // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
12177 if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred
))
12180 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*LAR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
12183 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*RAR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(RHS
);
12186 if (LAR
->getLoop() != RAR
->getLoop())
12188 if (!LAR
->isAffine() || !RAR
->isAffine())
12191 if (LAR
->getStepRecurrence(SE
) != RAR
->getStepRecurrence(SE
))
12194 SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW
= ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred
) ?
12195 SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagNUW
;
12196 if (!LAR
->getNoWrapFlags(NW
) || !RAR
->getNoWrapFlags(NW
))
12199 return SE
.isKnownPredicate(Pred
, LAR
->getStart(), RAR
->getStart());
12202 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
12204 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
12205 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12206 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
12211 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
12212 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12214 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
12216 // min(A, ...) <= A
12217 IsMinMaxConsistingOf
<SCEVSMinExpr
>(LHS
, RHS
) ||
12218 // A <= max(A, ...)
12219 IsMinMaxConsistingOf
<SCEVSMaxExpr
>(RHS
, LHS
);
12221 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
12222 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12224 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
12226 // min(A, ...) <= A
12227 // FIXME: what about umin_seq?
12228 IsMinMaxConsistingOf
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(LHS
, RHS
) ||
12229 // A <= max(A, ...)
12230 IsMinMaxConsistingOf
<SCEVUMaxExpr
>(RHS
, LHS
);
12233 llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
12236 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12237 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
12238 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
12239 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
,
12241 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) ==
12242 getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType()) &&
12243 "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
12244 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS
->getType()) ==
12245 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS
->getType()) &&
12246 "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
12247 // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
12248 if (Depth
> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth
)
12251 // We only want to work with GT comparison so far.
12252 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
|| Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
) {
12253 Pred
= CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred
);
12254 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12255 std::swap(FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
);
12258 // For unsigned, try to reduce it to corresponding signed comparison.
12259 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
)
12260 // We can replace unsigned predicate with its signed counterpart if all
12261 // involved values are non-negative.
12262 // TODO: We could have better support for unsigned.
12263 if (isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS
) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS
)) {
12264 // Knowing that both FoundLHS and FoundRHS are non-negative, and knowing
12265 // FoundLHS >u FoundRHS, we also know that FoundLHS >s FoundRHS. Let us
12266 // use this fact to prove that LHS and RHS are non-negative.
12267 const SCEV
*MinusOne
= getMinusOne(LHS
->getType());
12268 if (isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
, LHS
, MinusOne
, FoundLHS
,
12270 isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
, RHS
, MinusOne
, FoundLHS
,
12272 Pred
= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
;
12275 if (Pred
!= ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
)
12278 auto GetOpFromSExt
= [&](const SCEV
*S
) {
12279 if (auto *Ext
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(S
))
12280 return Ext
->getOperand();
12281 // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
12282 // the constant in some cases.
12286 // Acquire values from extensions.
12287 auto *OrigLHS
= LHS
;
12288 auto *OrigFoundLHS
= FoundLHS
;
12289 LHS
= GetOpFromSExt(LHS
);
12290 FoundLHS
= GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS
);
12292 // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
12293 auto IsSGTViaContext
= [&](const SCEV
*S1
, const SCEV
*S2
) {
12294 return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
, S1
, S2
) ||
12295 isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
, S1
, S2
, OrigFoundLHS
,
12296 FoundRHS
, Depth
+ 1);
12299 if (auto *LHSAddExpr
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(LHS
)) {
12300 // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
12301 // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
12302 // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
12303 // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
12304 // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
12305 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType()))
12308 // Should not overflow.
12309 if (!LHSAddExpr
->hasNoSignedWrap())
12312 auto *LL
= LHSAddExpr
->getOperand(0);
12313 auto *LR
= LHSAddExpr
->getOperand(1);
12314 auto *MinusOne
= getMinusOne(RHS
->getType());
12316 // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
12317 auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS
= [&](const SCEV
*S1
, const SCEV
*S2
) {
12318 return IsSGTViaContext(S1
, MinusOne
) && IsSGTViaContext(S2
, RHS
);
12320 // Try to prove the following rule:
12321 // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
12322 // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
12323 if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL
, LR
) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR
, LL
))
12325 } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(LHS
)) {
12327 // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
12329 using namespace llvm::PatternMatch
;
12331 if (match(LHSUnknownExpr
->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL
), m_Value(LR
)))) {
12332 // Rules for division.
12333 // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
12334 // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
12335 // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
12336 // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
12337 // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
12338 // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
12339 // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
12340 if (!isa
<ConstantInt
>(LR
))
12343 auto *Denominator
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getSCEV(LR
));
12345 // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
12346 // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
12347 auto *Numerator
= getExistingSCEV(LL
);
12348 if (!Numerator
|| Numerator
->getType() != FoundLHS
->getType())
12351 // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
12353 if (!HasSameValue(Numerator
, FoundLHS
) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator
))
12356 auto *DTy
= Denominator
->getType();
12357 auto *FRHSTy
= FoundRHS
->getType();
12358 if (DTy
->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy
->isPointerTy())
12359 // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
12360 // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
12361 // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
12362 // to avoid this check.
12366 // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
12367 auto *WTy
= getWiderType(DTy
, FRHSTy
);
12368 auto *DenominatorExt
= getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator
, WTy
);
12369 auto *FoundRHSExt
= getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS
, WTy
);
12371 // Try to prove the following rule:
12372 // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
12373 // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
12374 // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
12375 auto *DenomMinusTwo
= getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt
, getConstant(WTy
, 2));
12376 if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS
) &&
12377 IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt
, DenomMinusTwo
))
12380 // Try to prove the following rule:
12381 // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
12382 // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
12383 // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
12384 // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
12385 // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
12386 // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
12387 auto *MinusOne
= getMinusOne(WTy
);
12388 auto *NegDenomMinusOne
= getMinusSCEV(MinusOne
, DenominatorExt
);
12389 if (isKnownNegative(RHS
) &&
12390 IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt
, NegDenomMinusOne
))
12395 // If our expression contained SCEVUnknown Phis, and we split it down and now
12396 // need to prove something for them, try to prove the predicate for every
12397 // possible incoming values of those Phis.
12398 if (isImpliedViaMerge(Pred
, OrigLHS
, RHS
, OrigFoundLHS
, FoundRHS
, Depth
+ 1))
12404 static bool isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12405 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
12406 // zext x u<= sext x, sext x s<= zext x
12408 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
12409 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12411 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
: {
12412 // If operand >=s 0 then ZExt == SExt. If operand <s 0 then SExt <s ZExt.
12413 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(LHS
);
12414 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(RHS
);
12415 if (SExt
&& ZExt
&& SExt
->getOperand() == ZExt
->getOperand())
12419 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
12420 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
12422 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
: {
12423 // If operand >=s 0 then ZExt == SExt. If operand <s 0 then ZExt <u SExt.
12424 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(LHS
);
12425 const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*SExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSignExtendExpr
>(RHS
);
12426 if (SExt
&& ZExt
&& SExt
->getOperand() == ZExt
->getOperand())
12437 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12438 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
12439 return isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
) ||
12440 isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
) ||
12441 IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred
, LHS
, RHS
) ||
12442 IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred
, LHS
, RHS
) ||
12443 isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
12447 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12448 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
12449 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
12450 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
) {
12452 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
12453 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
:
12454 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE
:
12455 if (HasSameValue(LHS
, FoundLHS
) && HasSameValue(RHS
, FoundRHS
))
12458 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
12459 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
12460 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
, LHS
, FoundLHS
) &&
12461 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
, RHS
, FoundRHS
))
12464 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
12465 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
12466 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
, LHS
, FoundLHS
) &&
12467 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE
, RHS
, FoundRHS
))
12470 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
12471 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
12472 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, LHS
, FoundLHS
) &&
12473 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
, RHS
, FoundRHS
))
12476 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
12477 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
12478 if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
, LHS
, FoundLHS
) &&
12479 isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE
, RHS
, FoundRHS
))
12484 // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
12485 if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred
, LHS
, RHS
, FoundLHS
, FoundRHS
))
12491 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
12494 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred
,
12495 const SCEV
*FoundLHS
,
12496 const SCEV
*FoundRHS
) {
12497 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
) || !isa
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundRHS
))
12498 // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
12499 // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
12502 std::optional
<APInt
> Addend
= computeConstantDifference(LHS
, FoundLHS
);
12506 const APInt
&ConstFoundRHS
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(FoundRHS
)->getAPInt();
12508 // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
12509 // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `FoundPred` `FoundRHS`".
12510 ConstantRange FoundLHSRange
=
12511 ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(FoundPred
, ConstFoundRHS
);
12513 // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
12514 ConstantRange LHSRange
= FoundLHSRange
.add(ConstantRange(*Addend
));
12516 // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
12517 // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
12518 const APInt
&ConstRHS
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)->getAPInt();
12519 // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
12520 // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
12521 return LHSRange
.icmp(Pred
, ConstRHS
);
12524 bool ScalarEvolution::canIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV
*RHS
, const SCEV
*Stride
,
12526 assert(isKnownPositive(Stride
) && "Positive stride expected!");
12528 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType());
12529 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(Stride
->getType());
12532 APInt MaxRHS
= getSignedRangeMax(RHS
);
12533 APInt MaxValue
= APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth
);
12534 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne
= getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
));
12536 // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
12537 return (std::move(MaxValue
) - MaxStrideMinusOne
).slt(MaxRHS
);
12540 APInt MaxRHS
= getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS
);
12541 APInt MaxValue
= APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
);
12542 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne
= getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
));
12544 // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
12545 return (std::move(MaxValue
) - MaxStrideMinusOne
).ult(MaxRHS
);
12548 bool ScalarEvolution::canIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV
*RHS
, const SCEV
*Stride
,
12551 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType());
12552 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(Stride
->getType());
12555 APInt MinRHS
= getSignedRangeMin(RHS
);
12556 APInt MinValue
= APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
);
12557 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne
= getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
));
12559 // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
12560 return (std::move(MinValue
) + MaxStrideMinusOne
).sgt(MinRHS
);
12563 APInt MinRHS
= getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS
);
12564 APInt MinValue
= APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth
);
12565 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne
= getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
));
12567 // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
12568 return (std::move(MinValue
) + MaxStrideMinusOne
).ugt(MinRHS
);
12571 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getUDivCeilSCEV(const SCEV
*N
, const SCEV
*D
) {
12572 // umin(N, 1) + floor((N - umin(N, 1)) / D)
12573 // This is equivalent to "1 + floor((N - 1) / D)" for N != 0. The umin
12574 // expression fixes the case of N=0.
12575 const SCEV
*MinNOne
= getUMinExpr(N
, getOne(N
->getType()));
12576 const SCEV
*NMinusOne
= getMinusSCEV(N
, MinNOne
);
12577 return getAddExpr(MinNOne
, getUDivExpr(NMinusOne
, D
));
12580 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV
*Start
,
12581 const SCEV
*Stride
,
12585 // The logic in this function assumes we can represent a positive stride.
12586 // If we can't, the backedge-taken count must be zero.
12587 if (IsSigned
&& BitWidth
== 1)
12588 return getZero(Stride
->getType());
12590 // This code below only been closely audited for negative strides in the
12591 // unsigned comparison case, it may be correct for signed comparison, but
12592 // that needs to be established.
12593 if (IsSigned
&& isKnownNegative(Stride
))
12594 return getCouldNotCompute();
12596 // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
12597 // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
12599 IsSigned
? getSignedRangeMin(Start
) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start
);
12602 IsSigned
? getSignedRangeMin(Stride
) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride
);
12604 // We assume either the stride is positive, or the backedge-taken count
12605 // is zero. So force StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
12606 APInt
One(BitWidth
, 1);
12607 APInt StrideForMaxBECount
= IsSigned
? APIntOps::smax(One
, MinStride
)
12608 : APIntOps::umax(One
, MinStride
);
12610 APInt MaxValue
= IsSigned
? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth
)
12611 : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth
);
12612 APInt Limit
= MaxValue
- (StrideForMaxBECount
- 1);
12614 // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
12615 // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
12616 // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
12618 APInt MaxEnd
= IsSigned
? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End
), Limit
)
12619 : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End
), Limit
);
12621 // MaxBECount = ceil((max(MaxEnd, MinStart) - MinStart) / Stride)
12622 MaxEnd
= IsSigned
? APIntOps::smax(MaxEnd
, MinStart
)
12623 : APIntOps::umax(MaxEnd
, MinStart
);
12625 return getUDivCeilSCEV(getConstant(MaxEnd
- MinStart
) /* Delta */,
12626 getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount
) /* Step */);
12629 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
12630 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
,
12631 const Loop
*L
, bool IsSigned
,
12632 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
12633 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Predicates
;
12635 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*IV
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
12636 bool PredicatedIV
= false;
12638 auto canAssumeNoSelfWrap
= [&](const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
) {
12639 // Can we prove this loop *must* be UB if overflow of IV occurs?
12640 // Reasoning goes as follows:
12641 // * Suppose the IV did self wrap.
12642 // * If Stride evenly divides the iteration space, then once wrap
12643 // occurs, the loop must revisit the same values.
12644 // * We know that RHS is invariant, and that none of those values
12645 // caused this exit to be taken previously. Thus, this exit is
12646 // dynamically dead.
12647 // * If this is the sole exit, then a dead exit implies the loop
12648 // must be infinite if there are no abnormal exits.
12649 // * If the loop were infinite, then it must either not be mustprogress
12650 // or have side effects. Otherwise, it must be UB.
12651 // * It can't (by assumption), be UB so we have contradicted our
12652 // premise and can conclude the IV did not in fact self-wrap.
12653 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
12656 auto *StrideC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
12657 if (!StrideC
|| !StrideC
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
12660 if (!ControlsOnlyExit
|| !loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L
))
12663 return loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L
);
12667 if (auto *ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(LHS
)) {
12668 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(ZExt
->getOperand());
12669 if (AR
&& AR
->getLoop() == L
&& AR
->isAffine()) {
12670 auto canProveNUW
= [&]() {
12671 // We can use the comparison to infer no-wrap flags only if it fully
12672 // controls the loop exit.
12673 if (!ControlsOnlyExit
)
12676 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
12679 if (!isKnownNonZero(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this)))
12680 // We need the sequence defined by AR to strictly increase in the
12681 // unsigned integer domain for the logic below to hold.
12684 const unsigned InnerBitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(AR
->getType());
12685 const unsigned OuterBitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(RHS
->getType());
12686 // If RHS <=u Limit, then there must exist a value V in the sequence
12687 // defined by AR (e.g. {Start,+,Step}) such that V >u RHS, and
12688 // V <=u UINT_MAX. Thus, we must exit the loop before unsigned
12689 // overflow occurs. This limit also implies that a signed comparison
12690 // (in the wide bitwidth) is equivalent to an unsigned comparison as
12691 // the high bits on both sides must be zero.
12692 APInt StrideMax
= getUnsignedRangeMax(AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
12693 APInt Limit
= APInt::getMaxValue(InnerBitWidth
) - (StrideMax
- 1);
12694 Limit
= Limit
.zext(OuterBitWidth
);
12695 return getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(RHS
, L
)).ule(Limit
);
12697 auto Flags
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
12698 if (!hasFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) && canProveNUW())
12699 Flags
= setFlags(Flags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
);
12701 setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr
*>(AR
), Flags
);
12702 if (AR
->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
12703 // Emulate what getZeroExtendExpr would have done during construction
12704 // if we'd been able to infer the fact just above at that time.
12705 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
12706 Type
*Ty
= ZExt
->getType();
12707 auto *S
= getAddRecExpr(
12708 getExtendAddRecStart
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(AR
, Ty
, this, 0),
12709 getZeroExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
, 0), L
, AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
12710 IV
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
12717 if (!IV
&& AllowPredicates
) {
12718 // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
12719 // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
12720 // algorithm below.
12721 IV
= convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS
, L
, Predicates
);
12722 PredicatedIV
= true;
12725 // Avoid weird loops
12726 if (!IV
|| IV
->getLoop() != L
|| !IV
->isAffine())
12727 return getCouldNotCompute();
12729 // A precondition of this method is that the condition being analyzed
12730 // reaches an exiting branch which dominates the latch. Given that, we can
12731 // assume that an increment which violates the nowrap specification and
12732 // produces poison must cause undefined behavior when the resulting poison
12733 // value is branched upon and thus we can conclude that the backedge is
12734 // taken no more often than would be required to produce that poison value.
12735 // Note that a well defined loop can exit on the iteration which violates
12736 // the nowrap specification if there is another exit (either explicit or
12737 // implicit/exceptional) which causes the loop to execute before the
12738 // exiting instruction we're analyzing would trigger UB.
12739 auto WrapType
= IsSigned
? SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagNUW
;
12740 bool NoWrap
= ControlsOnlyExit
&& IV
->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType
);
12741 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond
= IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
: ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT
;
12743 const SCEV
*Stride
= IV
->getStepRecurrence(*this);
12745 bool PositiveStride
= isKnownPositive(Stride
);
12747 // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
12748 if (!PositiveStride
) {
12749 // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
12750 // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
12751 // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
12757 // } while (i < end);
12759 // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
12760 // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
12762 // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
12763 // of the above formula is as follows -
12765 // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
12767 // b) the loop is guaranteed to be finite (e.g. is mustprogress and has
12768 // no side effects within the loop)
12769 // c) loop has a single static exit (with no abnormal exits)
12771 // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
12772 // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
12774 // Precondition b) and c) combine to imply that if rhs is invariant in L,
12775 // then a zero stride means the backedge can't be taken without executing
12776 // undefined behavior.
12778 // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
12779 // true (original behavior of the function).
12781 if (PredicatedIV
|| !NoWrap
|| !loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L
) ||
12782 !loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L
))
12783 return getCouldNotCompute();
12785 if (!isKnownNonZero(Stride
)) {
12786 // If we have a step of zero, and RHS isn't invariant in L, we don't know
12787 // if it might eventually be greater than start and if so, on which
12788 // iteration. We can't even produce a useful upper bound.
12789 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
12790 return getCouldNotCompute();
12792 // We allow a potentially zero stride, but we need to divide by stride
12793 // below. Since the loop can't be infinite and this check must control
12794 // the sole exit, we can infer the exit must be taken on the first
12795 // iteration (e.g. backedge count = 0) if the stride is zero. Given that,
12796 // we know the numerator in the divides below must be zero, so we can
12797 // pick an arbitrary non-zero value for the denominator (e.g. stride)
12798 // and produce the right result.
12799 // FIXME: Handle the case where Stride is poison?
12800 auto wouldZeroStrideBeUB
= [&]() {
12801 // Proof by contradiction. Suppose the stride were zero. If we can
12802 // prove that the backedge *is* taken on the first iteration, then since
12803 // we know this condition controls the sole exit, we must have an
12804 // infinite loop. We can't have a (well defined) infinite loop per
12805 // check just above.
12806 // Note: The (Start - Stride) term is used to get the start' term from
12807 // (start' + stride,+,stride). Remember that we only care about the
12808 // result of this expression when stride == 0 at runtime.
12809 auto *StartIfZero
= getMinusSCEV(IV
->getStart(), Stride
);
12810 return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Cond
, StartIfZero
, RHS
);
12812 if (!wouldZeroStrideBeUB()) {
12813 Stride
= getUMaxExpr(Stride
, getOne(Stride
->getType()));
12816 } else if (!Stride
->isOne() && !NoWrap
) {
12817 auto isUBOnWrap
= [&]() {
12818 // From no-self-wrap, we need to then prove no-(un)signed-wrap. This
12819 // follows trivially from the fact that every (un)signed-wrapped, but
12820 // not self-wrapped value must be LT than the last value before
12821 // (un)signed wrap. Since we know that last value didn't exit, nor
12822 // will any smaller one.
12823 return canAssumeNoSelfWrap(IV
);
12826 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
12827 // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
12828 // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
12829 // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
12830 if (canIVOverflowOnLT(RHS
, Stride
, IsSigned
) && !isUBOnWrap())
12831 return getCouldNotCompute();
12834 // On all paths just preceeding, we established the following invariant:
12835 // IV can be assumed not to overflow up to and including the exiting
12836 // iteration. We proved this in one of two ways:
12837 // 1) We can show overflow doesn't occur before the exiting iteration
12838 // 1a) canIVOverflowOnLT, and b) step of one
12839 // 2) We can show that if overflow occurs, the loop must execute UB
12840 // before any possible exit.
12841 // Note that we have not yet proved RHS invariant (in general).
12843 const SCEV
*Start
= IV
->getStart();
12845 // Preserve pointer-typed Start/RHS to pass to isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
12846 // If we convert to integers, isLoopEntryGuardedByCond will miss some cases.
12847 // Use integer-typed versions for actual computation; we can't subtract
12848 // pointers in general.
12849 const SCEV
*OrigStart
= Start
;
12850 const SCEV
*OrigRHS
= RHS
;
12851 if (Start
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
12852 Start
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Start
);
12853 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Start
))
12856 if (RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
12857 RHS
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS
);
12858 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(RHS
))
12862 // When the RHS is not invariant, we do not know the end bound of the loop and
12863 // cannot calculate the ExactBECount needed by ExitLimit. However, we can
12864 // calculate the MaxBECount, given the start, stride and max value for the end
12865 // bound of the loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
12867 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
)) {
12868 const SCEV
*MaxBECount
= computeMaxBECountForLT(
12869 Start
, Stride
, RHS
, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()), IsSigned
);
12870 return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount
,
12871 MaxBECount
, false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates
);
12874 // We use the expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the
12875 // backedge count, as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start)
12876 // is End and so the result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start
12877 // so we get a backedge count of zero.
12878 const SCEV
*BECount
= nullptr;
12879 auto *OrigStartMinusStride
= getMinusSCEV(OrigStart
, Stride
);
12880 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigStartMinusStride
, L
) && "Must be!");
12881 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigStart
, L
) && "Must be!");
12882 assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigRHS
, L
) && "Must be!");
12883 // Can we prove (max(RHS,Start) > Start - Stride?
12884 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Cond
, OrigStartMinusStride
, OrigStart
) &&
12885 isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Cond
, OrigStartMinusStride
, OrigRHS
)) {
12886 // In this case, we can use a refined formula for computing backedge taken
12887 // count. The general formula remains:
12888 // "End-Start /uceiling Stride" where "End = max(RHS,Start)"
12889 // We want to use the alternate formula:
12890 // "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride"
12891 // Let's do a quick case analysis to show these are equivalent under
12892 // our precondition that max(RHS,Start) > Start - Stride.
12893 // * For RHS <= Start, the backedge-taken count must be zero.
12894 // "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reduces to
12895 // "((Start - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" which simplies to
12896 // "Stride - 1 /u Stride" which is indeed zero for all non-zero values
12897 // of Stride. For 0 stride, we've use umin(1,Stride) above, reducing
12898 // this to the stride of 1 case.
12899 // * For RHS >= Start, the backedge count must be "RHS-Start /uceil Stride".
12900 // "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reduces to
12901 // "((RHS - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reassociates to
12902 // "((RHS - (Start - Stride) - 1) /u Stride".
12903 // Our preconditions trivially imply no overflow in that form.
12904 const SCEV
*MinusOne
= getMinusOne(Stride
->getType());
12905 const SCEV
*Numerator
=
12906 getMinusSCEV(getAddExpr(RHS
, MinusOne
), getMinusSCEV(Start
, Stride
));
12907 BECount
= getUDivExpr(Numerator
, Stride
);
12910 const SCEV
*BECountIfBackedgeTaken
= nullptr;
12912 auto canProveRHSGreaterThanEqualStart
= [&]() {
12913 auto CondGE
= IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
;
12914 const SCEV
*GuardedRHS
= applyLoopGuards(OrigRHS
, L
);
12915 const SCEV
*GuardedStart
= applyLoopGuards(OrigStart
, L
);
12917 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, CondGE
, OrigRHS
, OrigStart
) ||
12918 isKnownPredicate(CondGE
, GuardedRHS
, GuardedStart
))
12921 // (RHS > Start - 1) implies RHS >= Start.
12922 // * "RHS >= Start" is trivially equivalent to "RHS > Start - 1" if
12923 // "Start - 1" doesn't overflow.
12924 // * For signed comparison, if Start - 1 does overflow, it's equal
12925 // to INT_MAX, and "RHS >s INT_MAX" is trivially false.
12926 // * For unsigned comparison, if Start - 1 does overflow, it's equal
12927 // to UINT_MAX, and "RHS >u UINT_MAX" is trivially false.
12929 // FIXME: Should isLoopEntryGuardedByCond do this for us?
12930 auto CondGT
= IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
;
12931 auto *StartMinusOne
= getAddExpr(OrigStart
,
12932 getMinusOne(OrigStart
->getType()));
12933 return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, CondGT
, OrigRHS
, StartMinusOne
);
12936 // If we know that RHS >= Start in the context of loop, then we know that
12937 // max(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
12939 if (canProveRHSGreaterThanEqualStart()) {
12942 // If RHS < Start, the backedge will be taken zero times. So in
12943 // general, we can write the backedge-taken count as:
12945 // RHS >= Start ? ceil(RHS - Start) / Stride : 0
12947 // We convert it to the following to make it more convenient for SCEV:
12949 // ceil(max(RHS, Start) - Start) / Stride
12950 End
= IsSigned
? getSMaxExpr(RHS
, Start
) : getUMaxExpr(RHS
, Start
);
12952 // See what would happen if we assume the backedge is taken. This is
12953 // used to compute MaxBECount.
12954 BECountIfBackedgeTaken
= getUDivCeilSCEV(getMinusSCEV(RHS
, Start
), Stride
);
12957 // At this point, we know:
12959 // 1. If IsSigned, Start <=s End; otherwise, Start <=u End
12960 // 2. The index variable doesn't overflow.
12962 // Therefore, we know N exists such that
12963 // (Start + Stride * N) >= End, and computing "(Start + Stride * N)"
12964 // doesn't overflow.
12966 // Using this information, try to prove whether the addition in
12967 // "(Start - End) + (Stride - 1)" has unsigned overflow.
12968 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(Stride
->getType());
12969 bool MayAddOverflow
= [&] {
12970 if (auto *StrideC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Stride
)) {
12971 if (StrideC
->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
12972 // Suppose Stride is a power of two, and Start/End are unsigned
12973 // integers. Let UMAX be the largest representable unsigned
12976 // By the preconditions of this function, we know
12977 // "(Start + Stride * N) >= End", and this doesn't overflow.
12980 // End <= (Start + Stride * N) <= UMAX
12982 // Subtracting Start from all the terms:
12984 // End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - Start
12986 // Since Start is unsigned, UMAX - Start <= UMAX. Therefore:
12988 // End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX
12990 // Stride * N is a multiple of Stride. Therefore,
12992 // End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - (UMAX mod Stride)
12994 // Since Stride is a power of two, UMAX + 1 is divisible by Stride.
12995 // Therefore, UMAX mod Stride == Stride - 1. So we can write:
12997 // End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - Stride - 1
12999 // Dropping the middle term:
13001 // End - Start <= UMAX - Stride - 1
13003 // Adding Stride - 1 to both sides:
13005 // (End - Start) + (Stride - 1) <= UMAX
13007 // In other words, the addition doesn't have unsigned overflow.
13009 // A similar proof works if we treat Start/End as signed values.
13010 // Just rewrite steps before "End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX" to
13011 // use signed max instead of unsigned max. Note that we're trying
13012 // to prove a lack of unsigned overflow in either case.
13016 if (Start
== Stride
|| Start
== getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
)) {
13017 // If Start is equal to Stride, (End - Start) + (Stride - 1) == End - 1.
13018 // If !IsSigned, 0 <u Stride == Start <=u End; so 0 <u End - 1 <u End.
13019 // If IsSigned, 0 <s Stride == Start <=s End; so 0 <s End - 1 <s End.
13021 // If Start is equal to Stride - 1, (End - Start) + Stride - 1 == End.
13027 const SCEV
*Delta
= getMinusSCEV(End
, Start
);
13028 if (!MayAddOverflow
) {
13029 // floor((D + (S - 1)) / S)
13030 // We prefer this formulation if it's legal because it's fewer operations.
13032 getUDivExpr(getAddExpr(Delta
, getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
)), Stride
);
13034 BECount
= getUDivCeilSCEV(Delta
, Stride
);
13038 const SCEV
*ConstantMaxBECount
;
13039 bool MaxOrZero
= false;
13040 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(BECount
)) {
13041 ConstantMaxBECount
= BECount
;
13042 } else if (BECountIfBackedgeTaken
&&
13043 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken
)) {
13044 // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
13045 // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
13047 ConstantMaxBECount
= BECountIfBackedgeTaken
;
13050 ConstantMaxBECount
= computeMaxBECountForLT(
13051 Start
, Stride
, RHS
, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()), IsSigned
);
13054 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxBECount
) &&
13055 !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
))
13056 ConstantMaxBECount
= getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount
));
13058 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxBECount
=
13059 isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
) ? ConstantMaxBECount
: BECount
;
13060 return ExitLimit(BECount
, ConstantMaxBECount
, SymbolicMaxBECount
, MaxOrZero
,
13064 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(
13065 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
, const Loop
*L
, bool IsSigned
,
13066 bool ControlsOnlyExit
, bool AllowPredicates
) {
13067 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Predicates
;
13068 // We handle only IV > Invariant
13069 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS
, L
))
13070 return getCouldNotCompute();
13072 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*IV
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(LHS
);
13073 if (!IV
&& AllowPredicates
)
13074 // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
13075 // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
13076 // algorithm below.
13077 IV
= convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS
, L
, Predicates
);
13079 // Avoid weird loops
13080 if (!IV
|| IV
->getLoop() != L
|| !IV
->isAffine())
13081 return getCouldNotCompute();
13083 auto WrapType
= IsSigned
? SCEV::FlagNSW
: SCEV::FlagNUW
;
13084 bool NoWrap
= ControlsOnlyExit
&& IV
->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType
);
13085 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond
= IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT
;
13087 const SCEV
*Stride
= getNegativeSCEV(IV
->getStepRecurrence(*this));
13089 // Avoid negative or zero stride values
13090 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride
))
13091 return getCouldNotCompute();
13093 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
13094 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
13095 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
13096 // behaviors like the case of C language.
13097 if (!Stride
->isOne() && !NoWrap
)
13098 if (canIVOverflowOnGT(RHS
, Stride
, IsSigned
))
13099 return getCouldNotCompute();
13101 const SCEV
*Start
= IV
->getStart();
13102 const SCEV
*End
= RHS
;
13103 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L
, Cond
, getAddExpr(Start
, Stride
), RHS
)) {
13104 // If we know that Start >= RHS in the context of loop, then we know that
13105 // min(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
13106 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
13107 L
, IsSigned
? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE
: ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE
, Start
, RHS
))
13110 End
= IsSigned
? getSMinExpr(RHS
, Start
) : getUMinExpr(RHS
, Start
);
13113 if (Start
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13114 Start
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Start
);
13115 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(Start
))
13118 if (End
->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13119 End
= getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(End
);
13120 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(End
))
13124 // Compute ((Start - End) + (Stride - 1)) / Stride.
13125 // FIXME: This can overflow. Holding off on fixing this for now;
13126 // howManyGreaterThans will hopefully be gone soon.
13127 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(Stride
->getType());
13128 const SCEV
*BECount
= getUDivExpr(
13129 getAddExpr(getMinusSCEV(Start
, End
), getMinusSCEV(Stride
, One
)), Stride
);
13131 APInt MaxStart
= IsSigned
? getSignedRangeMax(Start
)
13132 : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start
);
13134 APInt MinStride
= IsSigned
? getSignedRangeMin(Stride
)
13135 : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride
);
13137 unsigned BitWidth
= getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType());
13138 APInt Limit
= IsSigned
? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth
) + (MinStride
- 1)
13139 : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth
) + (MinStride
- 1);
13141 // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
13142 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
13143 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
13145 IsSigned
? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS
), Limit
)
13146 : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS
), Limit
);
13148 const SCEV
*ConstantMaxBECount
=
13149 isa
<SCEVConstant
>(BECount
)
13151 : getUDivCeilSCEV(getConstant(MaxStart
- MinEnd
),
13152 getConstant(MinStride
));
13154 if (isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantMaxBECount
))
13155 ConstantMaxBECount
= BECount
;
13156 const SCEV
*SymbolicMaxBECount
=
13157 isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(BECount
) ? ConstantMaxBECount
: BECount
;
13159 return ExitLimit(BECount
, ConstantMaxBECount
, SymbolicMaxBECount
, false,
13163 const SCEV
*SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange
&Range
,
13164 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) const {
13165 if (Range
.isFullSet()) // Infinite loop.
13166 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
13168 // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
13169 if (const SCEVConstant
*SC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getStart()))
13170 if (!SC
->getValue()->isZero()) {
13171 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> Operands(operands());
13172 Operands
[0] = SE
.getZero(SC
->getType());
13173 const SCEV
*Shifted
= SE
.getAddRecExpr(Operands
, getLoop(),
13174 getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW
));
13175 if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Shifted
))
13176 return ShiftedAddRec
->getNumIterationsInRange(
13177 Range
.subtract(SC
->getAPInt()), SE
);
13178 // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
13179 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
13182 // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
13183 // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
13184 if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV
*Op
) { return !isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
); }))
13185 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
13187 // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
13188 // that the start element is zero.
13190 // First check to see if the range contains zero. If not, the first
13191 // iteration exits.
13192 unsigned BitWidth
= SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
13193 if (!Range
.contains(APInt(BitWidth
, 0)))
13194 return SE
.getZero(getType());
13197 // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
13198 // Solve {0,+,A} in Range === Ax in Range
13200 // We know that zero is in the range. If A is positive then we know that
13201 // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
13202 // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
13203 // value. Also note that we already checked for a full range.
13204 APInt A
= cast
<SCEVConstant
>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
13205 APInt End
= A
.sge(1) ? (Range
.getUpper() - 1) : Range
.getLower();
13207 // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
13208 APInt ExitVal
= (End
+ A
).udiv(A
);
13209 ConstantInt
*ExitValue
= ConstantInt::get(SE
.getContext(), ExitVal
);
13211 // Evaluate at the exit value. If we really did fall out of the valid
13212 // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
13213 // things must have happened.
13214 ConstantInt
*Val
= EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue
, SE
);
13215 if (Range
.contains(Val
->getValue()))
13216 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
13218 // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.
13219 assert(Range
.contains(
13220 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
13221 ConstantInt::get(SE
.getContext(), ExitVal
- 1), SE
)->getValue()) &&
13222 "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
13223 return SE
.getConstant(ExitValue
);
13226 if (isQuadratic()) {
13227 if (auto S
= SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(this, Range
, SE
))
13228 return SE
.getConstant(*S
);
13231 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
13234 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*
13235 SCEVAddRecExpr::getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution
&SE
) const {
13236 assert(getNumOperands() > 1 && "AddRec with zero step?");
13237 // There is a temptation to just call getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)),
13238 // but in this case we cannot guarantee that the value returned will be an
13239 // AddRec because SCEV does not have a fixed point where it stops
13240 // simplification: it is legal to return ({rec1} + {rec2}). For example, it
13241 // may happen if we reach arithmetic depth limit while simplifying. So we
13242 // construct the returned value explicitly.
13243 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 3> Ops
;
13244 // If this is {A,+,B,+,C,...,+,N}, then its step is {B,+,C,+,...,+,N}, and
13245 // (this + Step) is {A+B,+,B+C,+...,+,N}.
13246 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= getNumOperands() - 1; i
< e
; ++i
)
13247 Ops
.push_back(SE
.getAddExpr(getOperand(i
), getOperand(i
+ 1)));
13248 // We know that the last operand is not a constant zero (otherwise it would
13249 // have been popped out earlier). This guarantees us that if the result has
13250 // the same last operand, then it will also not be popped out, meaning that
13251 // the returned value will be an AddRec.
13252 const SCEV
*Last
= getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1);
13253 assert(!Last
->isZero() && "Recurrency with zero step?");
13254 Ops
.push_back(Last
);
13255 return cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(SE
.getAddRecExpr(Ops
, getLoop(),
13256 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap
));
13259 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
13260 bool ScalarEvolution::containsUndefs(const SCEV
*S
) const {
13261 return SCEVExprContains(S
, [](const SCEV
*S
) {
13262 if (const auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
))
13263 return isa
<UndefValue
>(SU
->getValue());
13268 // Return true when S contains a value that is a nullptr.
13269 bool ScalarEvolution::containsErasedValue(const SCEV
*S
) const {
13270 return SCEVExprContains(S
, [](const SCEV
*S
) {
13271 if (const auto *SU
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
))
13272 return SU
->getValue() == nullptr;
13277 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
13278 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction
*Inst
) {
13280 if (StoreInst
*Store
= dyn_cast
<StoreInst
>(Inst
))
13281 Ty
= Store
->getValueOperand()->getType();
13282 else if (LoadInst
*Load
= dyn_cast
<LoadInst
>(Inst
))
13283 Ty
= Load
->getType();
13287 Type
*ETy
= getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty
));
13288 return getSizeOfExpr(ETy
, Ty
);
13291 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13292 // SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
13293 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13295 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
13296 assert(SE
&& "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
13297 if (PHINode
*PN
= dyn_cast
<PHINode
>(getValPtr()))
13298 SE
->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
.erase(PN
);
13299 SE
->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
13300 // this now dangles!
13303 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value
*V
) {
13304 assert(SE
&& "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
13306 // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
13307 // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
13309 SE
->forgetValue(getValPtr());
13310 // this now dangles!
13313 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value
*V
, ScalarEvolution
*se
)
13314 : CallbackVH(V
), SE(se
) {}
13316 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13317 // ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
13318 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13320 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function
&F
, TargetLibraryInfo
&TLI
,
13321 AssumptionCache
&AC
, DominatorTree
&DT
,
13323 : F(F
), TLI(TLI
), AC(AC
), DT(DT
), LI(LI
),
13324 CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
13325 LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
13326 // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
13327 // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators. Doing this is a waste of
13328 // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
13329 // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
13331 // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
13332 // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
13333 // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards. For now we prefer to be
13334 // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
13336 auto *GuardDecl
= F
.getParent()->getFunction(
13337 Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard
));
13338 HasGuards
= GuardDecl
&& !GuardDecl
->use_empty();
13341 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution
&&Arg
)
13342 : F(Arg
.F
), HasGuards(Arg
.HasGuards
), TLI(Arg
.TLI
), AC(Arg
.AC
), DT(Arg
.DT
),
13343 LI(Arg
.LI
), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg
.CouldNotCompute
)),
13344 ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg
.ValueExprMap
)),
13345 PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg
.PendingLoopPredicates
)),
13346 PendingPhiRanges(std::move(Arg
.PendingPhiRanges
)),
13347 PendingMerges(std::move(Arg
.PendingMerges
)),
13348 ConstantMultipleCache(std::move(Arg
.ConstantMultipleCache
)),
13349 BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg
.BackedgeTakenCounts
)),
13350 PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
13351 std::move(Arg
.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
)),
13352 BECountUsers(std::move(Arg
.BECountUsers
)),
13353 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
13354 std::move(Arg
.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue
)),
13355 ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg
.ValuesAtScopes
)),
13356 ValuesAtScopesUsers(std::move(Arg
.ValuesAtScopesUsers
)),
13357 LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg
.LoopDispositions
)),
13358 LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg
.LoopPropertiesCache
)),
13359 BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg
.BlockDispositions
)),
13360 SCEVUsers(std::move(Arg
.SCEVUsers
)),
13361 UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg
.UnsignedRanges
)),
13362 SignedRanges(std::move(Arg
.SignedRanges
)),
13363 UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg
.UniqueSCEVs
)),
13364 UniquePreds(std::move(Arg
.UniquePreds
)),
13365 SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg
.SCEVAllocator
)),
13366 LoopUsers(std::move(Arg
.LoopUsers
)),
13367 PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg
.PredicatedSCEVRewrites
)),
13368 FirstUnknown(Arg
.FirstUnknown
) {
13369 Arg
.FirstUnknown
= nullptr;
13372 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
13373 // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
13374 // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
13375 for (SCEVUnknown
*U
= FirstUnknown
; U
;) {
13376 SCEVUnknown
*Tmp
= U
;
13378 Tmp
->~SCEVUnknown();
13380 FirstUnknown
= nullptr;
13382 ExprValueMap
.clear();
13383 ValueExprMap
.clear();
13385 BackedgeTakenCounts
.clear();
13386 PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
.clear();
13388 assert(PendingLoopPredicates
.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
13389 assert(PendingPhiRanges
.empty() && "getRangeRef garbage");
13390 assert(PendingMerges
.empty() && "isImpliedViaMerge garbage");
13391 assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds
&& "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
13392 assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate
&& "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
13395 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop
*L
) {
13396 return !isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L
));
13399 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream
&OS
, ScalarEvolution
*SE
,
13401 // Print all inner loops first
13403 PrintLoopInfo(OS
, SE
, I
);
13406 L
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13409 SmallVector
<BasicBlock
*, 8> ExitingBlocks
;
13410 L
->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks
);
13411 if (ExitingBlocks
.size() != 1)
13412 OS
<< "<multiple exits> ";
13414 if (SE
->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L
))
13415 OS
<< "backedge-taken count is " << *SE
->getBackedgeTakenCount(L
) << "\n";
13417 OS
<< "Unpredictable backedge-taken count.\n";
13419 if (ExitingBlocks
.size() > 1)
13420 for (BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
: ExitingBlocks
) {
13421 OS
<< " exit count for " << ExitingBlock
->getName() << ": "
13422 << *SE
->getExitCount(L
, ExitingBlock
) << "\n";
13426 L
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13429 auto *ConstantBTC
= SE
->getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
13430 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ConstantBTC
)) {
13431 OS
<< "constant max backedge-taken count is " << *ConstantBTC
;
13432 if (SE
->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L
))
13433 OS
<< ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
13435 OS
<< "Unpredictable constant max backedge-taken count. ";
13440 L
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13443 auto *SymbolicBTC
= SE
->getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
13444 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SymbolicBTC
)) {
13445 OS
<< "symbolic max backedge-taken count is " << *SymbolicBTC
;
13446 if (SE
->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L
))
13447 OS
<< ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
13449 OS
<< "Unpredictable symbolic max backedge-taken count. ";
13453 if (ExitingBlocks
.size() > 1)
13454 for (BasicBlock
*ExitingBlock
: ExitingBlocks
) {
13455 OS
<< " symbolic max exit count for " << ExitingBlock
->getName() << ": "
13456 << *SE
->getExitCount(L
, ExitingBlock
, ScalarEvolution::SymbolicMaximum
)
13461 L
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13464 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Preds
;
13465 auto PBT
= SE
->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L
, Preds
);
13466 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(PBT
)) {
13467 OS
<< "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT
<< "\n";
13468 OS
<< " Predicates:\n";
13469 for (const auto *P
: Preds
)
13472 OS
<< "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count.\n";
13475 if (SE
->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L
)) {
13477 L
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13479 OS
<< "Trip multiple is " << SE
->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L
) << "\n";
13484 raw_ostream
&operator<<(raw_ostream
&OS
, ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD
) {
13486 case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant
:
13489 case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant
:
13492 case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable
:
13493 OS
<< "Computable";
13499 raw_ostream
&operator<<(raw_ostream
&OS
, ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition BD
) {
13501 case ScalarEvolution::DoesNotDominateBlock
:
13502 OS
<< "DoesNotDominate";
13504 case ScalarEvolution::DominatesBlock
:
13507 case ScalarEvolution::ProperlyDominatesBlock
:
13508 OS
<< "ProperlyDominates";
13515 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream
&OS
) const {
13516 // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
13517 // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
13518 // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
13519 // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
13520 // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
13521 // const isn't dangerous.
13522 ScalarEvolution
&SE
= *const_cast<ScalarEvolution
*>(this);
13524 if (ClassifyExpressions
) {
13525 OS
<< "Classifying expressions for: ";
13526 F
.printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13528 for (Instruction
&I
: instructions(F
))
13529 if (isSCEVable(I
.getType()) && !isa
<CmpInst
>(I
)) {
13532 const SCEV
*SV
= SE
.getSCEV(&I
);
13534 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(SV
)) {
13536 SE
.getUnsignedRange(SV
).print(OS
);
13538 SE
.getSignedRange(SV
).print(OS
);
13541 const Loop
*L
= LI
.getLoopFor(I
.getParent());
13543 const SCEV
*AtUse
= SE
.getSCEVAtScope(SV
, L
);
13547 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(AtUse
)) {
13549 SE
.getUnsignedRange(AtUse
).print(OS
);
13551 SE
.getSignedRange(AtUse
).print(OS
);
13556 OS
<< "\t\t" "Exits: ";
13557 const SCEV
*ExitValue
= SE
.getSCEVAtScope(SV
, L
->getParentLoop());
13558 if (!SE
.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue
, L
)) {
13559 OS
<< "<<Unknown>>";
13565 for (const auto *Iter
= L
; Iter
; Iter
= Iter
->getParentLoop()) {
13567 OS
<< "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
13573 Iter
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13574 OS
<< ": " << SE
.getLoopDisposition(SV
, Iter
);
13577 for (const auto *InnerL
: depth_first(L
)) {
13581 OS
<< "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
13587 InnerL
->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13588 OS
<< ": " << SE
.getLoopDisposition(SV
, InnerL
);
13598 OS
<< "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
13599 F
.printAsOperand(OS
, /*PrintType=*/false);
13602 PrintLoopInfo(OS
, &SE
, I
);
13605 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
13606 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
) {
13607 auto &Values
= LoopDispositions
[S
];
13608 for (auto &V
: Values
) {
13609 if (V
.getPointer() == L
)
13612 Values
.emplace_back(L
, LoopVariant
);
13613 LoopDisposition D
= computeLoopDisposition(S
, L
);
13614 auto &Values2
= LoopDispositions
[S
];
13615 for (auto &V
: llvm::reverse(Values2
)) {
13616 if (V
.getPointer() == L
) {
13624 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
13625 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
) {
13626 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
13629 return LoopInvariant
;
13630 case scAddRecExpr
: {
13631 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
13633 // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
13634 if (AR
->getLoop() == L
)
13635 return LoopComputable
;
13637 // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
13639 return LoopVariant
;
13641 // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
13642 if (DT
.dominates(L
->getHeader(), AR
->getLoop()->getHeader()))
13643 return LoopVariant
;
13644 assert(!L
->contains(AR
->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
13645 " dominate the contained loop's header?");
13647 // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
13648 if (AR
->getLoop()->contains(L
))
13649 return LoopInvariant
;
13651 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
13653 for (const auto *Op
: AR
->operands())
13654 if (!isLoopInvariant(Op
, L
))
13655 return LoopVariant
;
13657 // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
13658 return LoopInvariant
;
13671 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
13672 bool HasVarying
= false;
13673 for (const auto *Op
: S
->operands()) {
13674 LoopDisposition D
= getLoopDisposition(Op
, L
);
13675 if (D
== LoopVariant
)
13676 return LoopVariant
;
13677 if (D
== LoopComputable
)
13680 return HasVarying
? LoopComputable
: LoopInvariant
;
13683 // All non-instruction values are loop invariant. All instructions are loop
13684 // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
13685 // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
13686 // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
13687 if (auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
)->getValue()))
13688 return (L
&& !L
->contains(I
)) ? LoopInvariant
: LoopVariant
;
13689 return LoopInvariant
;
13690 case scCouldNotCompute
:
13691 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
13693 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
13696 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
) {
13697 return getLoopDisposition(S
, L
) == LoopInvariant
;
13700 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
) {
13701 return getLoopDisposition(S
, L
) == LoopComputable
;
13704 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
13705 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV
*S
, const BasicBlock
*BB
) {
13706 auto &Values
= BlockDispositions
[S
];
13707 for (auto &V
: Values
) {
13708 if (V
.getPointer() == BB
)
13711 Values
.emplace_back(BB
, DoesNotDominateBlock
);
13712 BlockDisposition D
= computeBlockDisposition(S
, BB
);
13713 auto &Values2
= BlockDispositions
[S
];
13714 for (auto &V
: llvm::reverse(Values2
)) {
13715 if (V
.getPointer() == BB
) {
13723 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
13724 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV
*S
, const BasicBlock
*BB
) {
13725 switch (S
->getSCEVType()) {
13728 return ProperlyDominatesBlock
;
13729 case scAddRecExpr
: {
13730 // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
13731 // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
13732 // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
13733 // dominates its entire containing block.
13734 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
13735 if (!DT
.dominates(AR
->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB
))
13736 return DoesNotDominateBlock
;
13738 // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
13752 case scSequentialUMinExpr
: {
13753 bool Proper
= true;
13754 for (const SCEV
*NAryOp
: S
->operands()) {
13755 BlockDisposition D
= getBlockDisposition(NAryOp
, BB
);
13756 if (D
== DoesNotDominateBlock
)
13757 return DoesNotDominateBlock
;
13758 if (D
== DominatesBlock
)
13761 return Proper
? ProperlyDominatesBlock
: DominatesBlock
;
13764 if (Instruction
*I
=
13765 dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(S
)->getValue())) {
13766 if (I
->getParent() == BB
)
13767 return DominatesBlock
;
13768 if (DT
.properlyDominates(I
->getParent(), BB
))
13769 return ProperlyDominatesBlock
;
13770 return DoesNotDominateBlock
;
13772 return ProperlyDominatesBlock
;
13773 case scCouldNotCompute
:
13774 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
13776 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
13779 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV
*S
, const BasicBlock
*BB
) {
13780 return getBlockDisposition(S
, BB
) >= DominatesBlock
;
13783 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV
*S
, const BasicBlock
*BB
) {
13784 return getBlockDisposition(S
, BB
) == ProperlyDominatesBlock
;
13787 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV
*S
, const SCEV
*Op
) const {
13788 return SCEVExprContains(S
, [&](const SCEV
*Expr
) { return Expr
== Op
; });
13791 void ScalarEvolution::forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(const Loop
*L
,
13794 Predicated
? PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
: BackedgeTakenCounts
;
13795 auto It
= BECounts
.find(L
);
13796 if (It
!= BECounts
.end()) {
13797 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo
&ENT
: It
->second
.ExitNotTaken
) {
13798 for (const SCEV
*S
: {ENT
.ExactNotTaken
, ENT
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
}) {
13799 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(S
)) {
13800 auto UserIt
= BECountUsers
.find(S
);
13801 assert(UserIt
!= BECountUsers
.end());
13802 UserIt
->second
.erase({L
, Predicated
});
13806 BECounts
.erase(It
);
13810 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> SCEVs
) {
13811 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEV
*, 8> ToForget(SCEVs
.begin(), SCEVs
.end());
13812 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 8> Worklist(ToForget
.begin(), ToForget
.end());
13814 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
13815 const SCEV
*Curr
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
13816 auto Users
= SCEVUsers
.find(Curr
);
13817 if (Users
!= SCEVUsers
.end())
13818 for (const auto *User
: Users
->second
)
13819 if (ToForget
.insert(User
).second
)
13820 Worklist
.push_back(User
);
13823 for (const auto *S
: ToForget
)
13824 forgetMemoizedResultsImpl(S
);
13826 for (auto I
= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.begin();
13827 I
!= PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.end();) {
13828 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, const Loop
*> Entry
= I
->first
;
13829 if (ToForget
.count(Entry
.first
))
13830 PredicatedSCEVRewrites
.erase(I
++);
13836 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResultsImpl(const SCEV
*S
) {
13837 LoopDispositions
.erase(S
);
13838 BlockDispositions
.erase(S
);
13839 UnsignedRanges
.erase(S
);
13840 SignedRanges
.erase(S
);
13841 HasRecMap
.erase(S
);
13842 ConstantMultipleCache
.erase(S
);
13844 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
)) {
13845 UnsignedWrapViaInductionTried
.erase(AR
);
13846 SignedWrapViaInductionTried
.erase(AR
);
13849 auto ExprIt
= ExprValueMap
.find(S
);
13850 if (ExprIt
!= ExprValueMap
.end()) {
13851 for (Value
*V
: ExprIt
->second
) {
13852 auto ValueIt
= ValueExprMap
.find_as(V
);
13853 if (ValueIt
!= ValueExprMap
.end())
13854 ValueExprMap
.erase(ValueIt
);
13856 ExprValueMap
.erase(ExprIt
);
13859 auto ScopeIt
= ValuesAtScopes
.find(S
);
13860 if (ScopeIt
!= ValuesAtScopes
.end()) {
13861 for (const auto &Pair
: ScopeIt
->second
)
13862 if (!isa_and_nonnull
<SCEVConstant
>(Pair
.second
))
13863 llvm::erase(ValuesAtScopesUsers
[Pair
.second
],
13864 std::make_pair(Pair
.first
, S
));
13865 ValuesAtScopes
.erase(ScopeIt
);
13868 auto ScopeUserIt
= ValuesAtScopesUsers
.find(S
);
13869 if (ScopeUserIt
!= ValuesAtScopesUsers
.end()) {
13870 for (const auto &Pair
: ScopeUserIt
->second
)
13871 llvm::erase(ValuesAtScopes
[Pair
.second
], std::make_pair(Pair
.first
, S
));
13872 ValuesAtScopesUsers
.erase(ScopeUserIt
);
13875 auto BEUsersIt
= BECountUsers
.find(S
);
13876 if (BEUsersIt
!= BECountUsers
.end()) {
13877 // Work on a copy, as forgetBackedgeTakenCounts() will modify the original.
13878 auto Copy
= BEUsersIt
->second
;
13879 for (const auto &Pair
: Copy
)
13880 forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(Pair
.getPointer(), Pair
.getInt());
13881 BECountUsers
.erase(BEUsersIt
);
13884 auto FoldUser
= FoldCacheUser
.find(S
);
13885 if (FoldUser
!= FoldCacheUser
.end())
13886 for (auto &KV
: FoldUser
->second
)
13887 FoldCache
.erase(KV
);
13888 FoldCacheUser
.erase(S
);
13892 ScalarEvolution::getUsedLoops(const SCEV
*S
,
13893 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const Loop
*> &LoopsUsed
) {
13894 struct FindUsedLoops
{
13895 FindUsedLoops(SmallPtrSetImpl
<const Loop
*> &LoopsUsed
)
13896 : LoopsUsed(LoopsUsed
) {}
13897 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const Loop
*> &LoopsUsed
;
13898 bool follow(const SCEV
*S
) {
13899 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
))
13900 LoopsUsed
.insert(AR
->getLoop());
13904 bool isDone() const { return false; }
13907 FindUsedLoops
F(LoopsUsed
);
13908 SCEVTraversal
<FindUsedLoops
>(F
).visitAll(S
);
13911 void ScalarEvolution::getReachableBlocks(
13912 SmallPtrSetImpl
<BasicBlock
*> &Reachable
, Function
&F
) {
13913 SmallVector
<BasicBlock
*> Worklist
;
13914 Worklist
.push_back(&F
.getEntryBlock());
13915 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
13916 BasicBlock
*BB
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
13917 if (!Reachable
.insert(BB
).second
)
13921 BasicBlock
*TrueBB
, *FalseBB
;
13922 if (match(BB
->getTerminator(), m_Br(m_Value(Cond
), m_BasicBlock(TrueBB
),
13923 m_BasicBlock(FalseBB
)))) {
13924 if (auto *C
= dyn_cast
<ConstantInt
>(Cond
)) {
13925 Worklist
.push_back(C
->isOne() ? TrueBB
: FalseBB
);
13929 if (auto *Cmp
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(Cond
)) {
13930 const SCEV
*L
= getSCEV(Cmp
->getOperand(0));
13931 const SCEV
*R
= getSCEV(Cmp
->getOperand(1));
13932 if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Cmp
->getPredicate(), L
, R
)) {
13933 Worklist
.push_back(TrueBB
);
13936 if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Cmp
->getInversePredicate(), L
,
13938 Worklist
.push_back(FalseBB
);
13944 append_range(Worklist
, successors(BB
));
13948 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
13949 ScalarEvolution
&SE
= *const_cast<ScalarEvolution
*>(this);
13950 ScalarEvolution
SE2(F
, TLI
, AC
, DT
, LI
);
13952 SmallVector
<Loop
*, 8> LoopStack(LI
.begin(), LI
.end());
13954 // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
13955 struct SCEVMapper
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVMapper
> {
13956 SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution
&SE
) : SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVMapper
>(SE
) {}
13958 const SCEV
*visitConstant(const SCEVConstant
*Constant
) {
13959 return SE
.getConstant(Constant
->getAPInt());
13962 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
13963 return SE
.getUnknown(Expr
->getValue());
13966 const SCEV
*visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute
*Expr
) {
13967 return SE
.getCouldNotCompute();
13971 SCEVMapper
SCM(SE2
);
13972 SmallPtrSet
<BasicBlock
*, 16> ReachableBlocks
;
13973 SE2
.getReachableBlocks(ReachableBlocks
, F
);
13975 auto GetDelta
= [&](const SCEV
*Old
, const SCEV
*New
) -> const SCEV
* {
13976 if (containsUndefs(Old
) || containsUndefs(New
)) {
13977 // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
13978 // not propagate undef aggressively). This means we can (and do) fail
13979 // verification in cases where a transform makes a value go from "undef"
13980 // to "undef+1" (say). The transform is fine, since in both cases the
13981 // result is "undef", but SCEV thinks the value increased by 1.
13985 // Unless VerifySCEVStrict is set, we only compare constant deltas.
13986 const SCEV
*Delta
= SE2
.getMinusSCEV(Old
, New
);
13987 if (!VerifySCEVStrict
&& !isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Delta
))
13993 while (!LoopStack
.empty()) {
13994 auto *L
= LoopStack
.pop_back_val();
13995 llvm::append_range(LoopStack
, *L
);
13997 // Only verify BECounts in reachable loops. For an unreachable loop,
13998 // any BECount is legal.
13999 if (!ReachableBlocks
.contains(L
->getHeader()))
14002 // Only verify cached BECounts. Computing new BECounts may change the
14003 // results of subsequent SCEV uses.
14004 auto It
= BackedgeTakenCounts
.find(L
);
14005 if (It
== BackedgeTakenCounts
.end())
14009 SCM
.visit(It
->second
.getExact(L
, const_cast<ScalarEvolution
*>(this)));
14010 auto *NewBECount
= SE2
.getBackedgeTakenCount(L
);
14012 if (CurBECount
== SE2
.getCouldNotCompute() ||
14013 NewBECount
== SE2
.getCouldNotCompute()) {
14014 // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
14015 // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
14016 // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV. However, we
14017 // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
14022 if (SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount
->getType()) >
14023 SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount
->getType()))
14024 NewBECount
= SE2
.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount
, CurBECount
->getType());
14025 else if (SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount
->getType()) <
14026 SE
.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount
->getType()))
14027 CurBECount
= SE2
.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount
, NewBECount
->getType());
14029 const SCEV
*Delta
= GetDelta(CurBECount
, NewBECount
);
14030 if (Delta
&& !Delta
->isZero()) {
14031 dbgs() << "Trip Count for " << *L
<< " Changed!\n";
14032 dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount
<< "\n";
14033 dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount
<< "\n";
14034 dbgs() << "Delta: " << *Delta
<< "\n";
14039 // Collect all valid loops currently in LoopInfo.
14040 SmallPtrSet
<Loop
*, 32> ValidLoops
;
14041 SmallVector
<Loop
*, 32> Worklist(LI
.begin(), LI
.end());
14042 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
14043 Loop
*L
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
14044 if (ValidLoops
.insert(L
).second
)
14045 Worklist
.append(L
->begin(), L
->end());
14047 for (const auto &KV
: ValueExprMap
) {
14049 // Check for SCEV expressions referencing invalid/deleted loops.
14050 if (auto *AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(KV
.second
)) {
14051 assert(ValidLoops
.contains(AR
->getLoop()) &&
14052 "AddRec references invalid loop");
14056 // Check that the value is also part of the reverse map.
14057 auto It
= ExprValueMap
.find(KV
.second
);
14058 if (It
== ExprValueMap
.end() || !It
->second
.contains(KV
.first
)) {
14059 dbgs() << "Value " << *KV
.first
14060 << " is in ValueExprMap but not in ExprValueMap\n";
14064 if (auto *I
= dyn_cast
<Instruction
>(&*KV
.first
)) {
14065 if (!ReachableBlocks
.contains(I
->getParent()))
14067 const SCEV
*OldSCEV
= SCM
.visit(KV
.second
);
14068 const SCEV
*NewSCEV
= SE2
.getSCEV(I
);
14069 const SCEV
*Delta
= GetDelta(OldSCEV
, NewSCEV
);
14070 if (Delta
&& !Delta
->isZero()) {
14071 dbgs() << "SCEV for value " << *I
<< " changed!\n"
14072 << "Old: " << *OldSCEV
<< "\n"
14073 << "New: " << *NewSCEV
<< "\n"
14074 << "Delta: " << *Delta
<< "\n";
14080 for (const auto &KV
: ExprValueMap
) {
14081 for (Value
*V
: KV
.second
) {
14082 auto It
= ValueExprMap
.find_as(V
);
14083 if (It
== ValueExprMap
.end()) {
14084 dbgs() << "Value " << *V
14085 << " is in ExprValueMap but not in ValueExprMap\n";
14088 if (It
->second
!= KV
.first
) {
14089 dbgs() << "Value " << *V
<< " mapped to " << *It
->second
14090 << " rather than " << *KV
.first
<< "\n";
14096 // Verify integrity of SCEV users.
14097 for (const auto &S
: UniqueSCEVs
) {
14098 for (const auto *Op
: S
.operands()) {
14099 // We do not store dependencies of constants.
14100 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
14102 auto It
= SCEVUsers
.find(Op
);
14103 if (It
!= SCEVUsers
.end() && It
->second
.count(&S
))
14105 dbgs() << "Use of operand " << *Op
<< " by user " << S
14106 << " is not being tracked!\n";
14111 // Verify integrity of ValuesAtScopes users.
14112 for (const auto &ValueAndVec
: ValuesAtScopes
) {
14113 const SCEV
*Value
= ValueAndVec
.first
;
14114 for (const auto &LoopAndValueAtScope
: ValueAndVec
.second
) {
14115 const Loop
*L
= LoopAndValueAtScope
.first
;
14116 const SCEV
*ValueAtScope
= LoopAndValueAtScope
.second
;
14117 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(ValueAtScope
)) {
14118 auto It
= ValuesAtScopesUsers
.find(ValueAtScope
);
14119 if (It
!= ValuesAtScopesUsers
.end() &&
14120 is_contained(It
->second
, std::make_pair(L
, Value
)))
14122 dbgs() << "Value: " << *Value
<< ", Loop: " << *L
<< ", ValueAtScope: "
14123 << *ValueAtScope
<< " missing in ValuesAtScopesUsers\n";
14129 for (const auto &ValueAtScopeAndVec
: ValuesAtScopesUsers
) {
14130 const SCEV
*ValueAtScope
= ValueAtScopeAndVec
.first
;
14131 for (const auto &LoopAndValue
: ValueAtScopeAndVec
.second
) {
14132 const Loop
*L
= LoopAndValue
.first
;
14133 const SCEV
*Value
= LoopAndValue
.second
;
14134 assert(!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Value
));
14135 auto It
= ValuesAtScopes
.find(Value
);
14136 if (It
!= ValuesAtScopes
.end() &&
14137 is_contained(It
->second
, std::make_pair(L
, ValueAtScope
)))
14139 dbgs() << "Value: " << *Value
<< ", Loop: " << *L
<< ", ValueAtScope: "
14140 << *ValueAtScope
<< " missing in ValuesAtScopes\n";
14145 // Verify integrity of BECountUsers.
14146 auto VerifyBECountUsers
= [&](bool Predicated
) {
14148 Predicated
? PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts
: BackedgeTakenCounts
;
14149 for (const auto &LoopAndBEInfo
: BECounts
) {
14150 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo
&ENT
: LoopAndBEInfo
.second
.ExitNotTaken
) {
14151 for (const SCEV
*S
: {ENT
.ExactNotTaken
, ENT
.SymbolicMaxNotTaken
}) {
14152 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(S
)) {
14153 auto UserIt
= BECountUsers
.find(S
);
14154 if (UserIt
!= BECountUsers
.end() &&
14155 UserIt
->second
.contains({ LoopAndBEInfo
.first
, Predicated
}))
14157 dbgs() << "Value " << *S
<< " for loop " << *LoopAndBEInfo
.first
14158 << " missing from BECountUsers\n";
14165 VerifyBECountUsers(/* Predicated */ false);
14166 VerifyBECountUsers(/* Predicated */ true);
14168 // Verify intergity of loop disposition cache.
14169 for (auto &[S
, Values
] : LoopDispositions
) {
14170 for (auto [Loop
, CachedDisposition
] : Values
) {
14171 const auto RecomputedDisposition
= SE2
.getLoopDisposition(S
, Loop
);
14172 if (CachedDisposition
!= RecomputedDisposition
) {
14173 dbgs() << "Cached disposition of " << *S
<< " for loop " << *Loop
14174 << " is incorrect: cached " << CachedDisposition
<< ", actual "
14175 << RecomputedDisposition
<< "\n";
14181 // Verify integrity of the block disposition cache.
14182 for (auto &[S
, Values
] : BlockDispositions
) {
14183 for (auto [BB
, CachedDisposition
] : Values
) {
14184 const auto RecomputedDisposition
= SE2
.getBlockDisposition(S
, BB
);
14185 if (CachedDisposition
!= RecomputedDisposition
) {
14186 dbgs() << "Cached disposition of " << *S
<< " for block %"
14187 << BB
->getName() << " is incorrect: cached " << CachedDisposition
14188 << ", actual " << RecomputedDisposition
<< "\n";
14194 // Verify FoldCache/FoldCacheUser caches.
14195 for (auto [FoldID
, Expr
] : FoldCache
) {
14196 auto I
= FoldCacheUser
.find(Expr
);
14197 if (I
== FoldCacheUser
.end()) {
14198 dbgs() << "Missing entry in FoldCacheUser for cached expression " << *Expr
14202 if (!is_contained(I
->second
, FoldID
)) {
14203 dbgs() << "Missing FoldID in cached users of " << *Expr
<< "!\n";
14207 for (auto [Expr
, IDs
] : FoldCacheUser
) {
14208 for (auto &FoldID
: IDs
) {
14209 auto I
= FoldCache
.find(FoldID
);
14210 if (I
== FoldCache
.end()) {
14211 dbgs() << "Missing entry in FoldCache for expression " << *Expr
14215 if (I
->second
!= Expr
) {
14216 dbgs() << "Entry in FoldCache doesn't match FoldCacheUser: "
14217 << *I
->second
<< " != " << *Expr
<< "!\n";
14223 // Verify that ConstantMultipleCache computations are correct. We check that
14224 // cached multiples and recomputed multiples are multiples of each other to
14225 // verify correctness. It is possible that a recomputed multiple is different
14226 // from the cached multiple due to strengthened no wrap flags or changes in
14227 // KnownBits computations.
14228 for (auto [S
, Multiple
] : ConstantMultipleCache
) {
14229 APInt RecomputedMultiple
= SE2
.getConstantMultiple(S
);
14230 if ((Multiple
!= 0 && RecomputedMultiple
!= 0 &&
14231 Multiple
.urem(RecomputedMultiple
) != 0 &&
14232 RecomputedMultiple
.urem(Multiple
) != 0)) {
14233 dbgs() << "Incorrect cached computation in ConstantMultipleCache for "
14234 << *S
<< " : Computed " << RecomputedMultiple
14235 << " but cache contains " << Multiple
<< "!\n";
14241 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
14242 Function
&F
, const PreservedAnalyses
&PA
,
14243 FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator
&Inv
) {
14244 // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
14245 // of its dependencies is invalidated.
14246 auto PAC
= PA
.getChecker
<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis
>();
14247 return !(PAC
.preserved() || PAC
.preservedSet
<AllAnalysesOn
<Function
>>()) ||
14248 Inv
.invalidate
<AssumptionAnalysis
>(F
, PA
) ||
14249 Inv
.invalidate
<DominatorTreeAnalysis
>(F
, PA
) ||
14250 Inv
.invalidate
<LoopAnalysis
>(F
, PA
);
14253 AnalysisKey
ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key
;
14255 ScalarEvolution
ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function
&F
,
14256 FunctionAnalysisManager
&AM
) {
14257 auto &TLI
= AM
.getResult
<TargetLibraryAnalysis
>(F
);
14258 auto &AC
= AM
.getResult
<AssumptionAnalysis
>(F
);
14259 auto &DT
= AM
.getResult
<DominatorTreeAnalysis
>(F
);
14260 auto &LI
= AM
.getResult
<LoopAnalysis
>(F
);
14261 return ScalarEvolution(F
, TLI
, AC
, DT
, LI
);
14265 ScalarEvolutionVerifierPass::run(Function
&F
, FunctionAnalysisManager
&AM
) {
14266 AM
.getResult
<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis
>(F
).verify();
14267 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
14271 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function
&F
, FunctionAnalysisManager
&AM
) {
14272 // For compatibility with opt's -analyze feature under legacy pass manager
14273 // which was not ported to NPM. This keeps tests using
14274 // update_analyze_test_checks.py working.
14275 OS
<< "Printing analysis 'Scalar Evolution Analysis' for function '"
14276 << F
.getName() << "':\n";
14277 AM
.getResult
<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis
>(F
).print(OS
);
14278 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
14281 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass
, "scalar-evolution",
14282 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
14283 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker
)
14284 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass
)
14285 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass
)
14286 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass
)
14287 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass
, "scalar-evolution",
14288 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
14290 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID
= 0;
14292 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID
) {
14293 initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
14296 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function
&F
) {
14297 SE
.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
14298 F
, getAnalysis
<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass
>().getTLI(F
),
14299 getAnalysis
<AssumptionCacheTracker
>().getAssumptionCache(F
),
14300 getAnalysis
<DominatorTreeWrapperPass
>().getDomTree(),
14301 getAnalysis
<LoopInfoWrapperPass
>().getLoopInfo()));
14305 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE
.reset(); }
14307 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream
&OS
, const Module
*) const {
14311 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
14318 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage
&AU
) const {
14319 AU
.setPreservesAll();
14320 AU
.addRequiredTransitive
<AssumptionCacheTracker
>();
14321 AU
.addRequiredTransitive
<LoopInfoWrapperPass
>();
14322 AU
.addRequiredTransitive
<DominatorTreeWrapperPass
>();
14323 AU
.addRequiredTransitive
<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass
>();
14326 const SCEVPredicate
*ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV
*LHS
,
14328 return getComparePredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
, LHS
, RHS
);
14331 const SCEVPredicate
*
14332 ScalarEvolution::getComparePredicate(const ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
14333 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
) {
14334 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
14335 assert(LHS
->getType() == RHS
->getType() &&
14336 "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
14337 // Unique this node based on the arguments
14338 ID
.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Compare
);
14339 ID
.AddInteger(Pred
);
14340 ID
.AddPointer(LHS
);
14341 ID
.AddPointer(RHS
);
14342 void *IP
= nullptr;
14343 if (const auto *S
= UniquePreds
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
14345 SCEVComparePredicate
*Eq
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
14346 SCEVComparePredicate(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), Pred
, LHS
, RHS
);
14347 UniquePreds
.InsertNode(Eq
, IP
);
14351 const SCEVPredicate
*ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
14352 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
,
14353 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags
) {
14354 FoldingSetNodeID ID
;
14355 // Unique this node based on the arguments
14356 ID
.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap
);
14358 ID
.AddInteger(AddedFlags
);
14359 void *IP
= nullptr;
14360 if (const auto *S
= UniquePreds
.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID
, IP
))
14362 auto *OF
= new (SCEVAllocator
)
14363 SCEVWrapPredicate(ID
.Intern(SCEVAllocator
), AR
, AddedFlags
);
14364 UniquePreds
.InsertNode(OF
, IP
);
14370 class SCEVPredicateRewriter
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVPredicateRewriter
> {
14373 /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
14374 /// infrastructure.
14376 /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
14377 /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
14379 /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
14380 /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
14381 static const SCEV
*rewrite(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
14382 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> *NewPreds
,
14383 const SCEVPredicate
*Pred
) {
14384 SCEVPredicateRewriter
Rewriter(L
, SE
, NewPreds
, Pred
);
14385 return Rewriter
.visit(S
);
14388 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
14390 if (auto *U
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(Pred
)) {
14391 for (const auto *Pred
: U
->getPredicates())
14392 if (const auto *IPred
= dyn_cast
<SCEVComparePredicate
>(Pred
))
14393 if (IPred
->getLHS() == Expr
&&
14394 IPred
->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
14395 return IPred
->getRHS();
14396 } else if (const auto *IPred
= dyn_cast
<SCEVComparePredicate
>(Pred
)) {
14397 if (IPred
->getLHS() == Expr
&&
14398 IPred
->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
14399 return IPred
->getRHS();
14402 return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr
);
14405 const SCEV
*visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*Expr
) {
14406 const SCEV
*Operand
= visit(Expr
->getOperand());
14407 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Operand
);
14408 if (AR
&& AR
->getLoop() == L
&& AR
->isAffine()) {
14409 // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
14410 // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
14411 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(SE
);
14412 Type
*Ty
= Expr
->getType();
14413 if (addOverflowAssumption(AR
, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW
))
14414 return SE
.getAddRecExpr(SE
.getZeroExtendExpr(AR
->getStart(), Ty
),
14415 SE
.getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
), L
,
14416 AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
14418 return SE
.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand
, Expr
->getType());
14421 const SCEV
*visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*Expr
) {
14422 const SCEV
*Operand
= visit(Expr
->getOperand());
14423 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Operand
);
14424 if (AR
&& AR
->getLoop() == L
&& AR
->isAffine()) {
14425 // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
14426 // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
14427 const SCEV
*Step
= AR
->getStepRecurrence(SE
);
14428 Type
*Ty
= Expr
->getType();
14429 if (addOverflowAssumption(AR
, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
))
14430 return SE
.getAddRecExpr(SE
.getSignExtendExpr(AR
->getStart(), Ty
),
14431 SE
.getSignExtendExpr(Step
, Ty
), L
,
14432 AR
->getNoWrapFlags());
14434 return SE
.getSignExtendExpr(Operand
, Expr
->getType());
14438 explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop
*L
, ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
14439 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> *NewPreds
,
14440 const SCEVPredicate
*Pred
)
14441 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), NewPreds(NewPreds
), Pred(Pred
), L(L
) {}
14443 bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate
*P
) {
14445 // Check if we've already made this assumption.
14446 return Pred
&& Pred
->implies(P
);
14448 NewPreds
->insert(P
);
14452 bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
,
14453 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags
) {
14454 auto *A
= SE
.getWrapPredicate(AR
, AddedFlags
);
14455 return addOverflowAssumption(A
);
14458 // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
14459 // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
14460 // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
14461 // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
14462 // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
14464 const SCEV
*convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
14465 if (!isa
<PHINode
>(Expr
->getValue()))
14468 std::pair
<const SCEV
*, SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 3>>>
14469 PredicatedRewrite
= SE
.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr
);
14470 if (!PredicatedRewrite
)
14472 for (const auto *P
: PredicatedRewrite
->second
){
14473 // Wrap predicates from outer loops are not supported.
14474 if (auto *WP
= dyn_cast
<const SCEVWrapPredicate
>(P
)) {
14475 if (L
!= WP
->getExpr()->getLoop())
14478 if (!addOverflowAssumption(P
))
14481 return PredicatedRewrite
->first
;
14484 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> *NewPreds
;
14485 const SCEVPredicate
*Pred
;
14489 } // end anonymous namespace
14492 ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
,
14493 const SCEVPredicate
&Preds
) {
14494 return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S
, L
, *this, nullptr, &Preds
);
14497 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
14498 const SCEV
*S
, const Loop
*L
,
14499 SmallPtrSetImpl
<const SCEVPredicate
*> &Preds
) {
14500 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> TransformPreds
;
14501 S
= SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S
, L
, *this, &TransformPreds
, nullptr);
14502 auto *AddRec
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(S
);
14507 // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
14509 for (const auto *P
: TransformPreds
)
14515 /// SCEV predicates
14516 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
14517 SCEVPredicateKind Kind
)
14518 : FastID(ID
), Kind(Kind
) {}
14520 SCEVComparePredicate::SCEVComparePredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
14521 const ICmpInst::Predicate Pred
,
14522 const SCEV
*LHS
, const SCEV
*RHS
)
14523 : SCEVPredicate(ID
, P_Compare
), Pred(Pred
), LHS(LHS
), RHS(RHS
) {
14524 assert(LHS
->getType() == RHS
->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
14525 assert(LHS
!= RHS
&& "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
14528 bool SCEVComparePredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate
*N
) const {
14529 const auto *Op
= dyn_cast
<SCEVComparePredicate
>(N
);
14534 if (Pred
!= ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
14537 return Op
->LHS
== LHS
&& Op
->RHS
== RHS
;
14540 bool SCEVComparePredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
14542 void SCEVComparePredicate::print(raw_ostream
&OS
, unsigned Depth
) const {
14543 if (Pred
== ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ
)
14544 OS
.indent(Depth
) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS
<< " == " << *RHS
<< "\n";
14546 OS
.indent(Depth
) << "Compare predicate: " << *LHS
<< " " << Pred
<< ") "
14551 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID
,
14552 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
,
14553 IncrementWrapFlags Flags
)
14554 : SCEVPredicate(ID
, P_Wrap
), AR(AR
), Flags(Flags
) {}
14556 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR
; }
14558 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate
*N
) const {
14559 const auto *Op
= dyn_cast
<SCEVWrapPredicate
>(N
);
14561 return Op
&& Op
->AR
== AR
&& setFlags(Flags
, Op
->Flags
) == Flags
;
14564 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
14565 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
14566 IncrementWrapFlags IFlags
= Flags
;
14568 if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) == ScevFlags
)
14569 IFlags
= clearFlags(IFlags
, IncrementNSSW
);
14571 return IFlags
== IncrementAnyWrap
;
14574 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream
&OS
, unsigned Depth
) const {
14575 OS
.indent(Depth
) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
14576 if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW
& getFlags())
14578 if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
& getFlags())
14583 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
14584 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*AR
,
14585 ScalarEvolution
&SE
) {
14586 IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags
= IncrementAnyWrap
;
14587 SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags
= AR
->getNoWrapFlags();
14589 // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
14590 if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags
, SCEV::FlagNSW
) == StaticFlags
)
14591 ImpliedFlags
= IncrementNSSW
;
14593 if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags
, SCEV::FlagNUW
) == StaticFlags
) {
14594 // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
14595 // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
14596 if (const auto *Step
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AR
->getStepRecurrence(SE
)))
14597 if (Step
->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
14598 ImpliedFlags
= setFlags(ImpliedFlags
, IncrementNUSW
);
14601 return ImpliedFlags
;
14604 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
14605 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate(ArrayRef
<const SCEVPredicate
*> Preds
)
14606 : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union
) {
14607 for (const auto *P
: Preds
)
14611 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
14612 return all_of(Preds
,
14613 [](const SCEVPredicate
*I
) { return I
->isAlwaysTrue(); });
14616 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate
*N
) const {
14617 if (const auto *Set
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(N
))
14618 return all_of(Set
->Preds
,
14619 [this](const SCEVPredicate
*I
) { return this->implies(I
); });
14621 return any_of(Preds
,
14622 [N
](const SCEVPredicate
*I
) { return I
->implies(N
); });
14625 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream
&OS
, unsigned Depth
) const {
14626 for (const auto *Pred
: Preds
)
14627 Pred
->print(OS
, Depth
);
14630 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate
*N
) {
14631 if (const auto *Set
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(N
)) {
14632 for (const auto *Pred
: Set
->Preds
)
14637 Preds
.push_back(N
);
14640 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
14643 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Empty
;
14644 Preds
= std::make_unique
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(Empty
);
14647 void ScalarEvolution::registerUser(const SCEV
*User
,
14648 ArrayRef
<const SCEV
*> Ops
) {
14649 for (const auto *Op
: Ops
)
14650 // We do not expect that forgetting cached data for SCEVConstants will ever
14651 // open any prospects for sharpening or introduce any correctness issues,
14652 // so we don't bother storing their dependencies.
14653 if (!isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Op
))
14654 SCEVUsers
[Op
].insert(User
);
14657 const SCEV
*PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value
*V
) {
14658 const SCEV
*Expr
= SE
.getSCEV(V
);
14659 RewriteEntry
&Entry
= RewriteMap
[Expr
];
14661 // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
14662 if (Entry
.second
&& Generation
== Entry
.first
)
14663 return Entry
.second
;
14665 // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
14666 // according to the current predicate.
14668 Expr
= Entry
.second
;
14670 const SCEV
*NewSCEV
= SE
.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr
, &L
, *Preds
);
14671 Entry
= {Generation
, NewSCEV
};
14676 const SCEV
*PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
14677 if (!BackedgeCount
) {
14678 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> Preds
;
14679 BackedgeCount
= SE
.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L
, Preds
);
14680 for (const auto *P
: Preds
)
14683 return BackedgeCount
;
14686 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate
&Pred
) {
14687 if (Preds
->implies(&Pred
))
14690 auto &OldPreds
= Preds
->getPredicates();
14691 SmallVector
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> NewPreds(OldPreds
.begin(), OldPreds
.end());
14692 NewPreds
.push_back(&Pred
);
14693 Preds
= std::make_unique
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(NewPreds
);
14694 updateGeneration();
14697 const SCEVPredicate
&PredicatedScalarEvolution::getPredicate() const {
14701 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
14702 // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
14703 if (++Generation
== 0) {
14704 for (auto &II
: RewriteMap
) {
14705 const SCEV
*Rewritten
= II
.second
.second
;
14706 II
.second
= {Generation
, SE
.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten
, &L
, *Preds
)};
14711 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
14712 Value
*V
, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags
) {
14713 const SCEV
*Expr
= getSCEV(V
);
14714 const auto *AR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Expr
);
14716 auto ImpliedFlags
= SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR
, SE
);
14718 // Clear the statically implied flags.
14719 Flags
= SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags
, ImpliedFlags
);
14720 addPredicate(*SE
.getWrapPredicate(AR
, Flags
));
14722 auto II
= FlagsMap
.insert({V
, Flags
});
14724 II
.first
->second
= SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags
, II
.first
->second
);
14727 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
14728 Value
*V
, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags
) {
14729 const SCEV
*Expr
= getSCEV(V
);
14730 const auto *AR
= cast
<SCEVAddRecExpr
>(Expr
);
14732 Flags
= SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
14733 Flags
, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR
, SE
));
14735 auto II
= FlagsMap
.find(V
);
14737 if (II
!= FlagsMap
.end())
14738 Flags
= SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags
, II
->second
);
14740 return Flags
== SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap
;
14743 const SCEVAddRecExpr
*PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value
*V
) {
14744 const SCEV
*Expr
= this->getSCEV(V
);
14745 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEVPredicate
*, 4> NewPreds
;
14746 auto *New
= SE
.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr
, &L
, NewPreds
);
14751 for (const auto *P
: NewPreds
)
14754 RewriteMap
[SE
.getSCEV(V
)] = {Generation
, New
};
14758 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
14759 const PredicatedScalarEvolution
&Init
)
14760 : RewriteMap(Init
.RewriteMap
), SE(Init
.SE
), L(Init
.L
),
14761 Preds(std::make_unique
<SCEVUnionPredicate
>(Init
.Preds
->getPredicates())),
14762 Generation(Init
.Generation
), BackedgeCount(Init
.BackedgeCount
) {
14763 for (auto I
: Init
.FlagsMap
)
14764 FlagsMap
.insert(I
);
14767 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream
&OS
, unsigned Depth
) const {
14769 for (auto *BB
: L
.getBlocks())
14770 for (auto &I
: *BB
) {
14771 if (!SE
.isSCEVable(I
.getType()))
14774 auto *Expr
= SE
.getSCEV(&I
);
14775 auto II
= RewriteMap
.find(Expr
);
14777 if (II
== RewriteMap
.end())
14780 // Don't print things that are not interesting.
14781 if (II
->second
.second
== Expr
)
14784 OS
.indent(Depth
) << "[PSE]" << I
<< ":\n";
14785 OS
.indent(Depth
+ 2) << *Expr
<< "\n";
14786 OS
.indent(Depth
+ 2) << "--> " << *II
->second
.second
<< "\n";
14790 // Match the mathematical pattern A - (A / B) * B, where A and B can be
14791 // arbitrary expressions. Also match zext (trunc A to iB) to iY, which is used
14792 // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands.
14793 // It's not always easy, as A and B can be folded (imagine A is X / 2, and B is
14794 // 4, A / B becomes X / 8).
14795 bool ScalarEvolution::matchURem(const SCEV
*Expr
, const SCEV
*&LHS
,
14796 const SCEV
*&RHS
) {
14797 // Try to match 'zext (trunc A to iB) to iY', which is used
14798 // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands. Make sure the size of
14799 // the operand A matches the size of the whole expressions.
14800 if (const auto *ZExt
= dyn_cast
<SCEVZeroExtendExpr
>(Expr
))
14801 if (const auto *Trunc
= dyn_cast
<SCEVTruncateExpr
>(ZExt
->getOperand(0))) {
14802 LHS
= Trunc
->getOperand();
14803 // Bail out if the type of the LHS is larger than the type of the
14804 // expression for now.
14805 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS
->getType()) >
14806 getTypeSizeInBits(Expr
->getType()))
14808 if (LHS
->getType() != Expr
->getType())
14809 LHS
= getZeroExtendExpr(LHS
, Expr
->getType());
14810 RHS
= getConstant(APInt(getTypeSizeInBits(Expr
->getType()), 1)
14811 << getTypeSizeInBits(Trunc
->getType()));
14814 const auto *Add
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(Expr
);
14815 if (Add
== nullptr || Add
->getNumOperands() != 2)
14818 const SCEV
*A
= Add
->getOperand(1);
14819 const auto *Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Add
->getOperand(0));
14821 if (Mul
== nullptr)
14824 const auto MatchURemWithDivisor
= [&](const SCEV
*B
) {
14825 // (SomeExpr + (-(SomeExpr / B) * B)).
14826 if (Expr
== getURemExpr(A
, B
)) {
14834 // (SomeExpr + (-1 * (SomeExpr / B) * B)).
14835 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() == 3 && isa
<SCEVConstant
>(Mul
->getOperand(0)))
14836 return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul
->getOperand(1)) ||
14837 MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul
->getOperand(2));
14839 // (SomeExpr + ((-SomeExpr / B) * B)) or (SomeExpr + ((SomeExpr / B) * -B)).
14840 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() == 2)
14841 return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul
->getOperand(1)) ||
14842 MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul
->getOperand(0)) ||
14843 MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul
->getOperand(1))) ||
14844 MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul
->getOperand(0)));
14849 ScalarEvolution::computeSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop
*L
) {
14850 SmallVector
<BasicBlock
*, 16> ExitingBlocks
;
14851 L
->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks
);
14853 // Form an expression for the maximum exit count possible for this loop. We
14854 // merge the max and exact information to approximate a version of
14855 // getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount which isn't restricted to just constants.
14856 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 4> ExitCounts
;
14857 for (BasicBlock
*ExitingBB
: ExitingBlocks
) {
14858 const SCEV
*ExitCount
=
14859 getExitCount(L
, ExitingBB
, ScalarEvolution::SymbolicMaximum
);
14860 if (!isa
<SCEVCouldNotCompute
>(ExitCount
)) {
14861 assert(DT
.dominates(ExitingBB
, L
->getLoopLatch()) &&
14862 "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that "
14863 "dominate latch!");
14864 ExitCounts
.push_back(ExitCount
);
14867 if (ExitCounts
.empty())
14868 return getCouldNotCompute();
14869 return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(ExitCounts
, /*Sequential*/ true);
14872 /// A rewriter to replace SCEV expressions in Map with the corresponding entry
14873 /// in the map. It skips AddRecExpr because we cannot guarantee that the
14874 /// replacement is loop invariant in the loop of the AddRec.
14875 class SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
: public SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
> {
14876 const DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*> &Map
;
14879 SCEVLoopGuardRewriter(ScalarEvolution
&SE
,
14880 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*> &M
)
14881 : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE
), Map(M
) {}
14883 const SCEV
*visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr
*Expr
) { return Expr
; }
14885 const SCEV
*visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown
*Expr
) {
14886 auto I
= Map
.find(Expr
);
14887 if (I
== Map
.end())
14892 const SCEV
*visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr
*Expr
) {
14893 auto I
= Map
.find(Expr
);
14894 if (I
== Map
.end()) {
14895 // If we didn't find the extact ZExt expr in the map, check if there's an
14896 // entry for a smaller ZExt we can use instead.
14897 Type
*Ty
= Expr
->getType();
14898 const SCEV
*Op
= Expr
->getOperand(0);
14899 unsigned Bitwidth
= Ty
->getScalarSizeInBits() / 2;
14900 while (Bitwidth
% 8 == 0 && Bitwidth
>= 8 &&
14901 Bitwidth
> Op
->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()) {
14902 Type
*NarrowTy
= IntegerType::get(SE
.getContext(), Bitwidth
);
14903 auto *NarrowExt
= SE
.getZeroExtendExpr(Op
, NarrowTy
);
14904 auto I
= Map
.find(NarrowExt
);
14905 if (I
!= Map
.end())
14906 return SE
.getZeroExtendExpr(I
->second
, Ty
);
14907 Bitwidth
= Bitwidth
/ 2;
14910 return SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
>::visitZeroExtendExpr(
14916 const SCEV
*visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr
*Expr
) {
14917 auto I
= Map
.find(Expr
);
14918 if (I
== Map
.end())
14919 return SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
>::visitSignExtendExpr(
14924 const SCEV
*visitUMinExpr(const SCEVUMinExpr
*Expr
) {
14925 auto I
= Map
.find(Expr
);
14926 if (I
== Map
.end())
14927 return SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
>::visitUMinExpr(Expr
);
14931 const SCEV
*visitSMinExpr(const SCEVSMinExpr
*Expr
) {
14932 auto I
= Map
.find(Expr
);
14933 if (I
== Map
.end())
14934 return SCEVRewriteVisitor
<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
>::visitSMinExpr(Expr
);
14939 const SCEV
*ScalarEvolution::applyLoopGuards(const SCEV
*Expr
, const Loop
*L
) {
14940 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> ExprsToRewrite
;
14941 auto CollectCondition
= [&](ICmpInst::Predicate Predicate
, const SCEV
*LHS
,
14943 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*>
14945 // WARNING: It is generally unsound to apply any wrap flags to the proposed
14946 // replacement SCEV which isn't directly implied by the structure of that
14947 // SCEV. In particular, using contextual facts to imply flags is *NOT*
14948 // legal. See the scoping rules for flags in the header to understand why.
14950 // If LHS is a constant, apply information to the other expression.
14951 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
)) {
14952 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
14953 Predicate
= CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate
);
14956 // Check for a condition of the form (-C1 + X < C2). InstCombine will
14957 // create this form when combining two checks of the form (X u< C2 + C1) and
14959 auto MatchRangeCheckIdiom
= [this, Predicate
, LHS
, RHS
, &RewriteMap
,
14960 &ExprsToRewrite
]() {
14961 auto *AddExpr
= dyn_cast
<SCEVAddExpr
>(LHS
);
14962 if (!AddExpr
|| AddExpr
->getNumOperands() != 2)
14965 auto *C1
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(AddExpr
->getOperand(0));
14966 auto *LHSUnknown
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(AddExpr
->getOperand(1));
14967 auto *C2
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
);
14968 if (!C1
|| !C2
|| !LHSUnknown
)
14972 ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Predicate
, C2
->getAPInt())
14973 .sub(C1
->getAPInt());
14975 // Bail out, unless we have a non-wrapping, monotonic range.
14976 if (ExactRegion
.isWrappedSet() || ExactRegion
.isFullSet())
14978 auto I
= RewriteMap
.find(LHSUnknown
);
14979 const SCEV
*RewrittenLHS
= I
!= RewriteMap
.end() ? I
->second
: LHSUnknown
;
14980 RewriteMap
[LHSUnknown
] = getUMaxExpr(
14981 getConstant(ExactRegion
.getUnsignedMin()),
14982 getUMinExpr(RewrittenLHS
, getConstant(ExactRegion
.getUnsignedMax())));
14983 ExprsToRewrite
.push_back(LHSUnknown
);
14986 if (MatchRangeCheckIdiom())
14989 // Return true if \p Expr is a MinMax SCEV expression with a non-negative
14990 // constant operand. If so, return in \p SCTy the SCEV type and in \p RHS
14991 // the non-constant operand and in \p LHS the constant operand.
14992 auto IsMinMaxSCEVWithNonNegativeConstant
=
14993 [&](const SCEV
*Expr
, SCEVTypes
&SCTy
, const SCEV
*&LHS
,
14994 const SCEV
*&RHS
) {
14995 if (auto *MinMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Expr
)) {
14996 if (MinMax
->getNumOperands() != 2)
14998 if (auto *C
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(MinMax
->getOperand(0))) {
14999 if (C
->getAPInt().isNegative())
15001 SCTy
= MinMax
->getSCEVType();
15002 LHS
= MinMax
->getOperand(0);
15003 RHS
= MinMax
->getOperand(1);
15010 // Checks whether Expr is a non-negative constant, and Divisor is a positive
15011 // constant, and returns their APInt in ExprVal and in DivisorVal.
15012 auto GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
, const SCEV
*Divisor
,
15013 APInt
&ExprVal
, APInt
&DivisorVal
) {
15014 auto *ConstExpr
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Expr
);
15015 auto *ConstDivisor
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(Divisor
);
15016 if (!ConstExpr
|| !ConstDivisor
)
15018 ExprVal
= ConstExpr
->getAPInt();
15019 DivisorVal
= ConstDivisor
->getAPInt();
15020 return ExprVal
.isNonNegative() && !DivisorVal
.isNonPositive();
15023 // Return a new SCEV that modifies \p Expr to the closest number divides by
15024 // \p Divisor and greater or equal than Expr.
15025 // For now, only handle constant Expr and Divisor.
15026 auto GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
,
15027 const SCEV
*Divisor
) {
15030 if (!GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor(Expr
, Divisor
, ExprVal
, DivisorVal
))
15032 APInt Rem
= ExprVal
.urem(DivisorVal
);
15034 // return the SCEV: Expr + Divisor - Expr % Divisor
15035 return getConstant(ExprVal
+ DivisorVal
- Rem
);
15039 // Return a new SCEV that modifies \p Expr to the closest number divides by
15040 // \p Divisor and less or equal than Expr.
15041 // For now, only handle constant Expr and Divisor.
15042 auto GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor
= [&](const SCEV
*Expr
,
15043 const SCEV
*Divisor
) {
15046 if (!GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor(Expr
, Divisor
, ExprVal
, DivisorVal
))
15048 APInt Rem
= ExprVal
.urem(DivisorVal
);
15049 // return the SCEV: Expr - Expr % Divisor
15050 return getConstant(ExprVal
- Rem
);
15053 // Apply divisibilty by \p Divisor on MinMaxExpr with constant values,
15054 // recursively. This is done by aligning up/down the constant value to the
15056 std::function
<const SCEV
*(const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*)>
15057 ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr
= [&](const SCEV
*MinMaxExpr
,
15058 const SCEV
*Divisor
) {
15059 const SCEV
*MinMaxLHS
= nullptr, *MinMaxRHS
= nullptr;
15061 if (!IsMinMaxSCEVWithNonNegativeConstant(MinMaxExpr
, SCTy
, MinMaxLHS
,
15065 isa
<SCEVSMinExpr
>(MinMaxExpr
) || isa
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(MinMaxExpr
);
15066 assert(isKnownNonNegative(MinMaxLHS
) &&
15067 "Expected non-negative operand!");
15068 auto *DivisibleExpr
=
15069 IsMin
? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(MinMaxLHS
, Divisor
)
15070 : GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(MinMaxLHS
, Divisor
);
15071 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*> Ops
= {
15072 ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr(MinMaxRHS
, Divisor
), DivisibleExpr
};
15073 return getMinMaxExpr(SCTy
, Ops
);
15076 // If we have LHS == 0, check if LHS is computing a property of some unknown
15077 // SCEV %v which we can rewrite %v to express explicitly.
15078 const SCEVConstant
*RHSC
= dyn_cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
);
15079 if (Predicate
== CmpInst::ICMP_EQ
&& RHSC
&&
15080 RHSC
->getValue()->isNullValue()) {
15081 // If LHS is A % B, i.e. A % B == 0, rewrite A to (A /u B) * B to
15082 // explicitly express that.
15083 const SCEV
*URemLHS
= nullptr;
15084 const SCEV
*URemRHS
= nullptr;
15085 if (matchURem(LHS
, URemLHS
, URemRHS
)) {
15086 if (const SCEVUnknown
*LHSUnknown
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUnknown
>(URemLHS
)) {
15087 auto I
= RewriteMap
.find(LHSUnknown
);
15088 const SCEV
*RewrittenLHS
=
15089 I
!= RewriteMap
.end() ? I
->second
: LHSUnknown
;
15090 RewrittenLHS
= ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr(RewrittenLHS
, URemRHS
);
15091 const auto *Multiple
=
15092 getMulExpr(getUDivExpr(RewrittenLHS
, URemRHS
), URemRHS
);
15093 RewriteMap
[LHSUnknown
] = Multiple
;
15094 ExprsToRewrite
.push_back(LHSUnknown
);
15100 // Do not apply information for constants or if RHS contains an AddRec.
15101 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(LHS
) || containsAddRecurrence(RHS
))
15104 // If RHS is SCEVUnknown, make sure the information is applied to it.
15105 if (!isa
<SCEVUnknown
>(LHS
) && isa
<SCEVUnknown
>(RHS
)) {
15106 std::swap(LHS
, RHS
);
15107 Predicate
= CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate
);
15110 // Puts rewrite rule \p From -> \p To into the rewrite map. Also if \p From
15111 // and \p FromRewritten are the same (i.e. there has been no rewrite
15112 // registered for \p From), then puts this value in the list of rewritten
15114 auto AddRewrite
= [&](const SCEV
*From
, const SCEV
*FromRewritten
,
15116 if (From
== FromRewritten
)
15117 ExprsToRewrite
.push_back(From
);
15118 RewriteMap
[From
] = To
;
15121 // Checks whether \p S has already been rewritten. In that case returns the
15122 // existing rewrite because we want to chain further rewrites onto the
15123 // already rewritten value. Otherwise returns \p S.
15124 auto GetMaybeRewritten
= [&](const SCEV
*S
) {
15125 auto I
= RewriteMap
.find(S
);
15126 return I
!= RewriteMap
.end() ? I
->second
: S
;
15129 // Check for the SCEV expression (A /u B) * B while B is a constant, inside
15130 // \p Expr. The check is done recuresively on \p Expr, which is assumed to
15131 // be a composition of Min/Max SCEVs. Return whether the SCEV expression (A
15132 // /u B) * B was found, and return the divisor B in \p DividesBy. For
15133 // example, if Expr = umin (umax ((A /u 8) * 8, 16), 64), return true since
15134 // (A /u 8) * 8 matched the pattern, and return the constant SCEV 8 in \p
15136 std::function
<bool(const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*&)> HasDivisibiltyInfo
=
15137 [&](const SCEV
*Expr
, const SCEV
*&DividesBy
) {
15138 if (auto *Mul
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMulExpr
>(Expr
)) {
15139 if (Mul
->getNumOperands() != 2)
15141 auto *MulLHS
= Mul
->getOperand(0);
15142 auto *MulRHS
= Mul
->getOperand(1);
15143 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(MulLHS
))
15144 std::swap(MulLHS
, MulRHS
);
15145 if (auto *Div
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUDivExpr
>(MulLHS
))
15146 if (Div
->getOperand(1) == MulRHS
) {
15147 DividesBy
= MulRHS
;
15151 if (auto *MinMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Expr
))
15152 return HasDivisibiltyInfo(MinMax
->getOperand(0), DividesBy
) ||
15153 HasDivisibiltyInfo(MinMax
->getOperand(1), DividesBy
);
15157 // Return true if Expr known to divide by \p DividesBy.
15158 std::function
<bool(const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*&)> IsKnownToDivideBy
=
15159 [&](const SCEV
*Expr
, const SCEV
*DividesBy
) {
15160 if (getURemExpr(Expr
, DividesBy
)->isZero())
15162 if (auto *MinMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVMinMaxExpr
>(Expr
))
15163 return IsKnownToDivideBy(MinMax
->getOperand(0), DividesBy
) &&
15164 IsKnownToDivideBy(MinMax
->getOperand(1), DividesBy
);
15168 const SCEV
*RewrittenLHS
= GetMaybeRewritten(LHS
);
15169 const SCEV
*DividesBy
= nullptr;
15170 if (HasDivisibiltyInfo(RewrittenLHS
, DividesBy
))
15171 // Check that the whole expression is divided by DividesBy
15173 IsKnownToDivideBy(RewrittenLHS
, DividesBy
) ? DividesBy
: nullptr;
15175 // Collect rewrites for LHS and its transitive operands based on the
15177 // For min/max expressions, also apply the guard to its operands:
15178 // 'min(a, b) >= c' -> '(a >= c) and (b >= c)',
15179 // 'min(a, b) > c' -> '(a > c) and (b > c)',
15180 // 'max(a, b) <= c' -> '(a <= c) and (b <= c)',
15181 // 'max(a, b) < c' -> '(a < c) and (b < c)'.
15183 // We cannot express strict predicates in SCEV, so instead we replace them
15184 // with non-strict ones against plus or minus one of RHS depending on the
15186 const SCEV
*One
= getOne(RHS
->getType());
15187 switch (Predicate
) {
15188 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
15189 if (RHS
->getType()->isPointerTy())
15191 RHS
= getUMaxExpr(RHS
, One
);
15193 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT
: {
15194 RHS
= getMinusSCEV(RHS
, One
);
15195 RHS
= DividesBy
? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS
, DividesBy
) : RHS
;
15198 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
15199 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
15200 RHS
= getAddExpr(RHS
, One
);
15201 RHS
= DividesBy
? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS
, DividesBy
) : RHS
;
15203 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
15204 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
15205 RHS
= DividesBy
? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS
, DividesBy
) : RHS
;
15207 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
15208 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
15209 RHS
= DividesBy
? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS
, DividesBy
) : RHS
;
15215 SmallVector
<const SCEV
*, 16> Worklist(1, LHS
);
15216 SmallPtrSet
<const SCEV
*, 16> Visited
;
15218 auto EnqueueOperands
= [&Worklist
](const SCEVNAryExpr
*S
) {
15219 append_range(Worklist
, S
->operands());
15222 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
15223 const SCEV
*From
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
15224 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(From
))
15226 if (!Visited
.insert(From
).second
)
15228 const SCEV
*FromRewritten
= GetMaybeRewritten(From
);
15229 const SCEV
*To
= nullptr;
15231 switch (Predicate
) {
15232 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT
:
15233 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE
:
15234 To
= getUMinExpr(FromRewritten
, RHS
);
15235 if (auto *UMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUMaxExpr
>(FromRewritten
))
15236 EnqueueOperands(UMax
);
15238 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT
:
15239 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE
:
15240 To
= getSMinExpr(FromRewritten
, RHS
);
15241 if (auto *SMax
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSMaxExpr
>(FromRewritten
))
15242 EnqueueOperands(SMax
);
15244 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT
:
15245 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE
:
15246 To
= getUMaxExpr(FromRewritten
, RHS
);
15247 if (auto *UMin
= dyn_cast
<SCEVUMinExpr
>(FromRewritten
))
15248 EnqueueOperands(UMin
);
15250 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT
:
15251 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE
:
15252 To
= getSMaxExpr(FromRewritten
, RHS
);
15253 if (auto *SMin
= dyn_cast
<SCEVSMinExpr
>(FromRewritten
))
15254 EnqueueOperands(SMin
);
15256 case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ
:
15257 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
))
15260 case CmpInst::ICMP_NE
:
15261 if (isa
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
) &&
15262 cast
<SCEVConstant
>(RHS
)->getValue()->isNullValue()) {
15263 const SCEV
*OneAlignedUp
=
15264 DividesBy
? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(One
, DividesBy
) : One
;
15265 To
= getUMaxExpr(FromRewritten
, OneAlignedUp
);
15273 AddRewrite(From
, FromRewritten
, To
);
15277 BasicBlock
*Header
= L
->getHeader();
15278 SmallVector
<PointerIntPair
<Value
*, 1, bool>> Terms
;
15279 // First, collect information from assumptions dominating the loop.
15280 for (auto &AssumeVH
: AC
.assumptions()) {
15283 auto *AssumeI
= cast
<CallInst
>(AssumeVH
);
15284 if (!DT
.dominates(AssumeI
, Header
))
15286 Terms
.emplace_back(AssumeI
->getOperand(0), true);
15289 // Second, collect information from llvm.experimental.guards dominating the loop.
15290 auto *GuardDecl
= F
.getParent()->getFunction(
15291 Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard
));
15293 for (const auto *GU
: GuardDecl
->users())
15294 if (const auto *Guard
= dyn_cast
<IntrinsicInst
>(GU
))
15295 if (Guard
->getFunction() == Header
->getParent() && DT
.dominates(Guard
, Header
))
15296 Terms
.emplace_back(Guard
->getArgOperand(0), true);
15298 // Third, collect conditions from dominating branches. Starting at the loop
15299 // predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long as there are
15300 // predecessors that can be found that have unique successors leading to the
15301 // original header.
15302 // TODO: share this logic with isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
15303 for (std::pair
<const BasicBlock
*, const BasicBlock
*> Pair(
15304 L
->getLoopPredecessor(), Header
);
15305 Pair
.first
; Pair
= getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair
.first
)) {
15307 const BranchInst
*LoopEntryPredicate
=
15308 dyn_cast
<BranchInst
>(Pair
.first
->getTerminator());
15309 if (!LoopEntryPredicate
|| LoopEntryPredicate
->isUnconditional())
15312 Terms
.emplace_back(LoopEntryPredicate
->getCondition(),
15313 LoopEntryPredicate
->getSuccessor(0) == Pair
.second
);
15316 // Now apply the information from the collected conditions to RewriteMap.
15317 // Conditions are processed in reverse order, so the earliest conditions is
15318 // processed first. This ensures the SCEVs with the shortest dependency chains
15319 // are constructed first.
15320 DenseMap
<const SCEV
*, const SCEV
*> RewriteMap
;
15321 for (auto [Term
, EnterIfTrue
] : reverse(Terms
)) {
15322 SmallVector
<Value
*, 8> Worklist
;
15323 SmallPtrSet
<Value
*, 8> Visited
;
15324 Worklist
.push_back(Term
);
15325 while (!Worklist
.empty()) {
15326 Value
*Cond
= Worklist
.pop_back_val();
15327 if (!Visited
.insert(Cond
).second
)
15330 if (auto *Cmp
= dyn_cast
<ICmpInst
>(Cond
)) {
15332 EnterIfTrue
? Cmp
->getPredicate() : Cmp
->getInversePredicate();
15333 const auto *LHS
= getSCEV(Cmp
->getOperand(0));
15334 const auto *RHS
= getSCEV(Cmp
->getOperand(1));
15335 CollectCondition(Predicate
, LHS
, RHS
, RewriteMap
);
15340 if (EnterIfTrue
? match(Cond
, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(L
), m_Value(R
)))
15341 : match(Cond
, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(L
), m_Value(R
)))) {
15342 Worklist
.push_back(L
);
15343 Worklist
.push_back(R
);
15348 if (RewriteMap
.empty())
15351 // Now that all rewrite information is collect, rewrite the collected
15352 // expressions with the information in the map. This applies information to
15353 // sub-expressions.
15354 if (ExprsToRewrite
.size() > 1) {
15355 for (const SCEV
*Expr
: ExprsToRewrite
) {
15356 const SCEV
*RewriteTo
= RewriteMap
[Expr
];
15357 RewriteMap
.erase(Expr
);
15358 SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
Rewriter(*this, RewriteMap
);
15359 RewriteMap
.insert({Expr
, Rewriter
.visit(RewriteTo
)});
15363 SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
Rewriter(*this, RewriteMap
);
15364 return Rewriter
.visit(Expr
);